2019

2020

Furniture Fittings
Product Range

Head Office
Taman Tekno Blok A No. 3
Serpong, Tangerang 15314
Furniture Fittings
Phone +62 21 7587 8888

Semarang
Jl. Majapahit 91 Ruko D
Semarang 50167
Phone +62 24 767 444 66

Surabaya
Jl. Raya Gubeng No. 32-M
Surabaya 60242
Phone +62 31 505 5055

Denpasar
Jl. Bypass Ngurah Rai 120i
Kuta Bali 80361
Phone +62 361 764278

Hotline 082 333 666 082

Email info@hafele.co.id Online Catalog www.hafele.co.id
 Furniture Fittings Furniture Fittings
Table of Contents Table of Contents

DRAWER RUNNER
DESIGN AND DRAWER
PAGE PAGE
1 FURNITURE 6 ORGANIZATION
HANDLES 1.1 - 1.20 SYSTEM 6.1 - 6.23

CONNECTOR
TECHNOLOGY, SLIDING
PAGE PAGE
2 SHELF 7 DOOR
SUPPORTS 2.1 - 2.50 FITTINGS 7.1 - 7.58

HINGES TABLE AND

PAGE PAGE
3 AND FLAP 8 FURNITURE
FITTINGS 3.1 - 3.101 BASE FITTINGS 8.1 - 8.28

DIALOCK DFT
LOCKS FURNITURE
PAGE PAGE
4 AND 9 LOCKING
CATCHES 4.1 - 4.44 SYSTEM 9.1 - 9.25

HOME TOOLS,
PAGE PAGE
5 IMPROVEMENT 10 SCREW AND
FITTINGS 5.1 - 5.24 CONSUMABLE 10.1 - 10.23

V.1 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

V.2
 Furniture Fittings Furniture Fittings
Catalogue Overview Catalogue Overview

HÄFELE WORLDWIDE
Häfele is an internationally
organized family owned and
operated business with
headquarters in Nagold, Germany.
It was founded in 1923 and today
serves the furniture industry,
architects, planners, cabinet
makers/joiners as well as dealers in
over 150 countries around the
world with furniture fittings and
architectural hardware as well as
electronic access control systems.
Häfele develops and manufactures
hardware and electronic access
control systems in 4 factories in
Germany and Hungary. In the 2014
financial year the Häfele Group
achieved exports of 77% with over
6,900 employees in 37 subsidiaries
and numerous additional
dealerships around the world and
revenue of over 1,1 billion Euros.

About this catalog

The Architectural Hardware and Furniture Fittings 2019 Catalog are the best reference
book for hardware technology and the worldwide reference for furniture fittings. In this
catalogue you will find a complete overview of all current on stock products. The
completely updated Häfele assortment in the product groups lighting, sliding door fittings
and furniture handles, is more attractive than ever, reflecting the current trend in furniture
construction.
HÄFELE IN INDONESIA
Quality and service based on German standards, have allowed Häfele to
grow steadily and become a world-class company. With our experience in
the furniture and construction industry, Häfele has become one of the leading
hardware specialist not only worldwide but also in Asia.

Not to worry if you need something that is not in these pages, we can help you. Just give
our sales representative or our Customer Service a call and we will order it for you. In
addition, our products experts are always available for advice and assistance.
We are driven by your success.
Best Regards,
Established in 1995, Häfele Indonesia is nowadays also providing home
appliances, kitchen and sanitary fittings, to offer customers full solutions for
their homes. Well trained and dedicated Häfele employees assist and advice
customers in the implementation of their ideas, with their industrial expertise.
With over 5,000 stocking items in our Distribution Centers in Asia, Häfele
proves logistic excellence. Besides that regular airfreight shipments from our
Headquarter in Germany give our customers the opportunity to access over
120,000 different products readily available.

Roland Poehlmann
Managing Director

V.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

V.4
 Furniture Fittings Furniture Fittings
Project References Project References

References
Turning customer requirements into a functional, profitable and creative solution is the primary objective for everyone involved in a construction
project. Häfele's comprehensive product range and our integrated knowledge of fittings makes it possible to provide manufacturer-independent
advice for any construction task.

With the 360° comprehensive project solutions for doors and furniture we reliably support architects, property developers, operators, technical
planners, general contractors and processing companies from initial planning to tendering, implementation and operation. Many years of
experience from many projects worldwide therefore lead to more functionality, more convenience and more reliability for being able to design and
use rooms in an optimum way.

The Mulia Hotel Indigo Hotel Raffles Hotel & Ascott CWJ
Bali, Indonesia Bali, Indonesia Jakarta, Indonesia

Mataram City Tunjungan Plaza Westin & Four Points

Yogyakarta, Indonesia Surabaya, Indonesia Surabaya, Indonesia

Indonesia Convention Exhibition (ICE) Puri Mansion Apartment Grand Mercure Hotel Noble House
BSD Banten, Indonesia Jakarta, Indonesia Setiabudi Bandung, Indonesia Mega Kuningan Jakarta, Indonesia

The Branz Apartment The Branz Apartment Grand Ambarrukmo Hotel Radisson Hotel Ritz Carlton Hotel Conrad Hotel
BSD Banten, Indonesia TB Simatupang Jakarta, Indonesia Yogyakarta, Indonesia Lampung, Indonesia Bali, Indonesia Bali, Indonesia

Ciputra Hotel Double Tree Hotel Santika Hotel Aloft Karma Kandara Kota Kasablanka Apartment
Semarang, Indonesia Surabaya, Indonesia Sukabumi, Indonesia TB Simatupang Jakarta, Indonesia Bali, Indonesia Jakarta, Indonesia

V.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

V.6
 Furniture Fittings Furniture Fittings
Online Website Warranty

INTELLIGENT TOOL. At Häfele, we recognise the importance of quality, function and design when it comes to making furniture.

THE HÄFELE WEBSITE. That’s why we have launched the Häfele Lifetime Guarantee across all of the products that we manufacture or
bring to you under the Häfele brand name.

All products that carry a Häfele Lifetime Guarantee have met our quality standards and have been tested
according to the relevant industry certification, to the point that we are now happy to guarantee that the product
will function as intended with no loss of operating quality, for the guaranteed lifetime period of that product.

We are confident in our range of products, and we want you to be as confident when you use our products for
your customer as we are.

LIFETIME
OF THE
FURNITURE*
LIFETIME
OF THE
FURNITURE*
2
YEARS*

www.hafele.co.id 2
YEARS*
Connectors
Hinges

LIFETIME
OF THE
FURNITURE*

2
YEARS*
Digital door locks Handles
Furniture handles Table fittings

QUICK AND EASY. 5

PRODUCT SEARCH.
Flap fittings 2
YEARS*
YEARS*

searching, inding and navigating have become more interactive and

intuitive. You enter the required properties quickly and easily in
accordance with your planning logic. The first recommendations
arrive before you've inished entering the information. The more
characteristics you enter, the more speciic the recommendations will
be. Images are also provided. You can also use intelligent ilters to
narrow down the selection (additionally or alternatively). You receive
2
YEARS*
an overview with several alternative products, and can conveniently
Sliding door fittings Kitchen Sink (Granite/Stainless steel)
select and compare.

2
YEARS*
E-CATALOG PAGE
Go to “Service” and click “Catalogues &
Brochures”. You can open E-Catalogues or
download in PDF format. We have
Catalogues (Furniture Fittings & Architecture
Hardware) and various brochure files.
Drawer runners
Or scan our QR Code below:

To find out more about our

"General Warranty Policy
by PT. Häfele Indotama"
please scan this QR code :
5
YEARS*

Cylinders

V.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

V.8
 1
DESIGN
FURNITURE
HANDLES
1.1 1.2
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Contemporary Style Contemporary Style

1 1

- Material : Stainless steel 1.4305/305

- Finish : Matt brushed
- Material : Zinc alloy
- Finish : Chrome plated matt
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
115 30 96 117.64.615 Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Dim. D mm Cat. No.
153 128 117.64.625
112 24 96 9 155.00.471
190 32 160 117.64.635
158 29 128 11 103.84.404
Packing : 1 or 10 pcs
Packing : 1 pcs

- Material : Zinc alloy

- Finish : Stainless steel coloured

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

158 30 128 103.33.402
Packing : 1 pcs

- Material : Steel
- Finish : Chrome plated pollished

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

112 30 96 155.00.820
148 128 155.00.821
184 32 160 155.00.822
221 192 155.00.823

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

332 31 288 155.00.825

392 41 352 155.00.826 - Material : Zinc alloy
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs - Finish : Nickel plated matt

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Dim. D mm Cat. No.

72 23 24 9 116.22.629
104 25 96 116.22.638
136 27 128 10 116.22.647
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

1.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.4
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Modern Style Modern Style

1 1

- Material: Stainless steel, quality 1.4301/AISI 304

- Finish: Satin brushed

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4305/305
- Finish: Matt brushed 136 35 96 155.01.400
168 128 155.01.401
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
200 160 155.01.402
173 38 160 155.01.461
232 192 155.01.403
205 192 155.01.462
328 288 155.01.405
237 224 155.01.463
392 352 155.01.407
301 288 155.01.464
488 448 155.01.408
333 320 155.01.465
500 460 155.01.410
Packing : 1 or 40 pcs
600 560 155.01.411
700 660 155.01.412
800 760 155.01.409
Packing : 1, 5, 8, 10 or 20 pcs

- Material: Aluminum
- Finish: Chrome plated polished
- Supplied with: Fixing screws

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

40 42 25 124.02.210
70 50 124.02.220
- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304 Packing : 1 or 25 pcs
- Finish: Matt brushed

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

108 38 96 115.93.002
140 128 115.93.003
172 160 115.93.004

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

204 192 115.93.005

224 115.93.006 - Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304
236
- Finish: Nickle plated brushed
300 288 115.93.008
364 352 115.93.010 Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
396 384 115.93.011 71 44 32 124.02.630
460 448 115.93.013 135 96 124.02.631
492 480 115.93.014 231 192 124.02.634
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs
652 640 115.93.019
Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

1.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.6
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Classic Style Classic Style

- Material: Zinc Alloy - Material: Zinc Alloy

1 - Finish: Stainless steel coloured - Finish: Bronzed and brushed 1
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No. Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
28 25 12 135.48.001 36 26 21 134.33.120
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Zinc Alloy - Material: Zinc Alloy

- Finish: Chrome plated polished - Finish: Brass burnished

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No. Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
32 27 13 134.45.200 34 26 10 115.70.150
Packing : 1 or 50 pcs Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Zinc Alloy - Material: Zinc Alloy

- Finish: Stainless steel coloured - Finish: Tin plated antique

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No. Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
57 23 16 131.11.000 31 26 20 134.15.080
Packing : 1 or 10 pcs Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Zinc Alloy - Material: Zinc Alloy

- Finish: Nickel plated matt - Finish: Brass burnished

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No. Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
14 26 10 155.00.570 36 25 21 122.31.100
Packing : 1 or 100 pcs Packing : 1 or 100 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304

- Finish: Matt brushed

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Cat. No.

12 20 135.95.001
12 25 134.80.610
18 24 135.95.003
20 30 134.80.629
Packing : 1 or 10 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

1.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.8
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Classic Style Classic Style

- Material: Zinc Alloy - Material: Brass

1 - Finish: Pewter - Finish: Bronzed and brushed 1
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No. Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Cat. No.
32 26 12 125.03.902 37 9 125.71.102
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs Packing : 1 or 100 pcs

- Material: Zinc Alloy

- Finish: Silver plated
- Material: Brass
- Finish: Burnished
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
28 24 14 135.81.950 Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs
35 15 19 122.28.100
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Porcelain, zinc alloy base and insert

- Finish: White, base and insert antique tin plated

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No. - Material: Zinc Alloy

30 30 18 130.51.764 - Finish: Bronzed and brushed

35 130.51.791
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
Packing : 1 or 50 pcs
35 16 38 121.19.103
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Zinc Alloy

- Finish: Antique brass

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

40 19 16 121.21.140
Packing : 1 pc

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

1.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.10
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Classic Style Classic Style

1 1
- Material: Porcelain, zinc alloy base
- Finish: White with flower print, base antique tin plated - Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Silver plated coloured
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
113 31 87 121.26.161
Packing : 1 pc 114 19 92 123.77.900
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Porcelain, zinc alloy base

- Finish: White with flower print, base antique tin plated

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

112 33 96 121.26.171 - Material: Zinc alloy
Packing : 1 pc - Finish: Brass burnished

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

88 15 64 123.34.800
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Finish: Nickel plated black

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

188 27 128 117.14.300
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Zinc alloy

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Finish: Brass burnished

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

82 16 64 123.32.510
Packing : 1 or 50 pcs
- Material: Brass
- Finish: polish and lacquered

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

115 30 96 121.88.868
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

1.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.12
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Profile Handles Profile Handles

- Area of application: For front panel without handle, for mounting

between worktop and front panel
- Material: Aluminium
1 - Finish: Stainless steel coloured anodized E6 1
Length mm Colour/finish Cat. No.
- Material: Aluminium 2,460 Stainless steel 126.37.001
- Finish: Silver coloured anodized E6/EV1
Black 126.37.300
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Length mm Cat. No. Packing : 1 pc

43 20 1.6 2,500 126.14.901

63 40 2.2 126.19.900
Packing : 1 pc

Instalation

End cap, Plastic

- Area of application: For front panel without handle, Finish Mounting Cat. No.
for mounting between worktop and front panel Stainless steel coloured Right 126.37.097
- Material: Aluminium
- Length : 2,500 mm Left 126.37.098
- Finish: Stainless steel coloured anodized E6 Black Right 126.37.937
Length mm Colour/finish Cat. No. Left 126.37.938
2,460 Stainless steel 126.36.001 Packing : 1 pc

Black 126.36.300
Packing : 1 pc

Fixing Bracket 90°

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

End cap, Plastic

Material Cat. No.

Finish Cat. No. Stainless steel 126.37.990
Stainless steel coloured 126.37.096 Packing : 1 pc

Black 126.37.936
Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

1.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.14
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Flush Handles Flush Handles

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304

- Material: Zinc alloy - Finish: Matt brushed
1 - Finish: Chrome plated matt 1
- Instalation: With harpoon ribs Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
50 40 12 151.38.051
Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.
60 50 151.38.052
110 49 103 151.35.262
80 62 14 151.38.053
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs
Packing : 1 or 10 pcs

- Material: Stainless steel 1.4301/304

- Finish: Matt brushed

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

185 70 145 151.52.052
Packing : 1 or 10 pcs

- Material: Zinc alloy

- Finish: Nickel plated matt
- Instalation: With harpoon ribs

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

110 49 103 151.35.665
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Zinc alloy

- Finish: Chrome plated matt

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

40 7.5 32 161.02.400
Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

1.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.16
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Flush Handles Häfele Patent

Model H1365
1 1
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated matt

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

20 18 15 106.42.601
Packing : 1 or 50 pcs

- Material: Handle: Aluminium, base: Zinc alloy

Finish/colour Cat. No.

Handle : White, RAL 9016 106.69.217
Base: Chrome plated polished
Handle : White, RAL 9016 106.69.617
Base: Nickel plated brushed
Handle : Black, RAL 9017 106.69.227
Base: Chrome plated polished
Handle : Black, RAL 9017 106.69.627
- Material: Zinc alloy
Base: Nickel plated brushed
- Finish: Aluminium coloured
Packing : 25 pcs

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

32 30 48 130.81.910
Wood thickness X = 17 - 21 mm Packing : 1 or 25 pcs

- Material: Brass
- Finish: Matt
- Instalation: Fixing without screws, with grooves for glue fixing

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Dim. C mm Cat. No.

50 40 10 151.41.503
Packing : 1 or 50 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

1.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.18
 Design Furniture Handles Design Furniture Handles
Häfele Patent M4 Screws

Model H1310 Handle Screws

1 1

Dim. A Dim. B Dim. C

Finish/colour Cat. No.
mm mm mm

Polished chrome 170 28 160 110.34.206

Plated 202 28 192 110.34.207
Brushed Nickel 170 28 160 110.34.606
Plated 202 28 192 110.34.607
White, RAL 9016, 170 28 160 110.34.706
Matt lacquered 202 28 192 110.34.707
White, RAL 9017, 170 28 160 110.34.306
Matt lacquered 202 28 192 110.34.307
Packing : 1 or 10 pcs

M4 Snap off screw ! Please order screws in multiples of order quantity shown

- Yellow chromatized steel

- Flat head, with combi-cross hot
- *Due to segmentation, screw can be broken at 5 mm
increments, shortest length 20 mm
- Material: Steel
- Finish: Zinc

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Length Cat. No.

M4 x 20-45 mm* 022.35.887
Packing : 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

1.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

1.20
 2
CONNECTOR
TECHNOLOGY,
SHELF SUPPORTS
2.1 2.2
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
IXConnect IXConnect

IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR

IXCONNECT SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/25 FOR PLUG FITTING INTO THE GROOVE
QUICK AND INVISIBLE
PATENT

Time is a commodity that is becoming scarcer, which

To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we also
2 is why faster and error-minimising solutions are in
increasing demand, also in the RTA area.
have rear panel connectors which fi nish off the system. 2
PATENT

REASON FOR NEW WAYS IN CONNECTOR TECHNOLOGY
Quick and easy furniture assembly without
tools or with just a few manual operations.
Enhancement of the furniture appearance
thanks to discreet or invisible connections.
Fewer mistakes: fewer parts, less complexity,
fewer errors during installation.
IXCONNECT SETS STANDARDS UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR
FOR PLUG FITTING INTO GROOVE
MORE RELIABLE
This outstanding feature distinguishes the rear panel connector from technically comparable connectors from other
Tested and certified products in accordance with
manufacturers:
German quality standards for a high degree of
product safety and consistent quality.
NO ADDITIONAL COST
INVISIBLE
Because the rear panel connector can
Thanks to the installation at the rear,
QUICKER simply be plug-fi tted into the groove,
the rear panel connector is invisible
Intelligent connecting solutions save time and there are no additional costs during the
from the front.
money during production and valuable time manufacturing process.
during installation

Low packaging and transportation costs.

WITHOUT TOOLS VIBRATION PROTECTION
MORE INNOVATIVE No drilling, no screw fi xing, the rear panel The rear panel connector can
Clever engineering work leads to innovative connector is simply plug-fi tted and also be used for stabilising
Reliable and quick manufacturing processes. products for new ideas in furniture construction. clamped with the rear panel. wooden drawer base panels.

UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE IXCONNECT SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/25

This outstanding feature distinguishes the SC 8/25 from technically comparable connectors from other manufacturers:

SUITABLE FOR STANDARD DRILL HOLES INDEPENDENT OF PANEL THICKNESS ENGINEERED BY HÄFELE
The SC 8/25 ts into 8mm standard drill holes. Thanks to installation at the front edge, the
In this way, no changes are necessary in the SC 8/25 can be used for any panel thickness
manufacturing processes in mass production. starting at 15 mm. DEVELOPMENT
Intelligent testing processes for reliable product quality.

WITHOUT TOOLS INVISIBLE PRODUCTION

The SC 8/25 connects furniture parts without The SC 8/25 disappears into the furniture panel Permanent process optimisation in our own factory for constant product quality

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

any tools whatsover just plug and push them
together.
ONE-PIECE
Both ends of the one-piece spreading
connector SC 8/25 spread synchronously when
the furniture parts are joined together.
and is thus completely invisible. This signi cantly and guaranteed availability of high order quantities from stock.
enhances the appearance of the furniture.
LOGISTICS
Individual bag packaging combined with other products
PERMANENT CONNECTION
The furniture connection with the SC 8/25 is
permanent and is therefore ideal for small
furniture items, that may need to be transported
assembled.

IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR

FOR PLUG FITTING INTO THE GROOVE

To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we also have rear panel PATENT
connectors which finish off the system.

2.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.4
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
IXConnect
IXCONNECT SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/60
QUICK AND ALMOST INVISIBLE
Time is a commodity that is becoming scarcer, which
2 is why faster and error-minimising solutions are in
increasing demand, also in the RTA area.
REASON FOR NEW WAYS IN CONNECTOR TECHNOLOGY
Quick and easy furniture assembly without
tools or with just a few manual operations.
Enhancement of the furniture appearance
thanks to discreet or invisible connections.
Fewer mistakes: fewer parts, less complexity,
fewer errors during installation.
Low packaging and transportation costs.
Reliable and quick manufacturing processes.
UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE IXCONNECT SPREADING CONNECTOR SC 8/60
This outstanding feature distinguishes the SC 8/25 from technically comparable connectors from other manufacturers:
SUITABLE FOR STANDARD DRILL HOLES
The SC 8/60 ts into 8mm standard drill holes.
In this way, no changes are necessary in the
manufacturing processes in mass production.
EASY
The SC 8/60 connects furniture parts with just
a few manual operations just plug it in, push
the parts together and tighten with the pre-
mounted thightening screw.
REMOVABLE
The connection can be removed again just as easily.
Ideal for small to medium-sized furniture items, that
need to be disassembled for transport.
IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR
FOR SCREW FIXING FROM THE FRONT
To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we also have rear panel
connectors which finish off the system.
2.5
Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
IXConnect
IXCONNECT REAR PANEL CONNECTOR
FOR SCREW FIXING FROM THE FRONT
PATENT
To go with our innovative spreading connectors, we also
have rear panel connectors which fi nish off the system. 2
PATENT
IXCONNECT SETS STANDARDS UNIQUE FEATURES OF THE REAR PANEL CONNECTOR FOR SCREW FIXING
FROM THE FRONT
MORE RELIABLE
This outstanding feature distinguishes the rear panel connector from technically comparable connectors from other
Tested and certified products in accordance with
manufacturers:
German quality standards for a high degree of
product safety and consistent quality.
STANDARD DRILL HOLE UPRIGHT INSTALLATION
The rear panel connector is simply Due to screw fi xing from the front, large
QUICKER inserted into a 15 mm drill hole furniture items can be assembled upright
Intelligent connecting solutions save time and in the groove. in their fi nal position. Ideal for low or
money during production and valuable time tight space situations.
during installation
STABILITY REMOVABLE
When the pre-mounted screw is tightened, In spite of the high stability, the rear panel
MORE INNOVATIVE
the rear panel is pulled to the front and connector can be removed any time
Clever engineering work leads to innovative
strengthens the furniture. thanks to its screw connection.
products for new ideas in furniture construction.
MOUNTING AID DISCREET
Being pre-positioned in the pre-drilled In comparison to the rear panel connectors
groove,the rear panel connector serves made from zinc, the fi ligree rear panel
as a guide and mounting aid for the connector is signifi cantly less noticeable.
installation of the rear panel, even with
ONE-PIECE medium-sized to large furniture items.
The spreading and joining of the furniture parts
is carried out with 180 turn of the tightening screw.
INDEPENDENT OF PANEL THICKNESS
Thanks to installation at the front edge, the ENGINEERED BY HÄFELE
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
SC 8/60 can be used for any panel thickness
starting at 15 mm.
DEVELOPMENT
Intelligent testing processes for reliable product quality.
INVISIBLE
The SC 8/60 disappears completely into the PRODUCTION
panel. Only the 6 mm drill hole is visible, via which Permanent process optimisation in our own factory for constant product quality
the tightening screw is operated. This signicantly and guaranteed availability of high order quantities from stock.
enhances the appearance of the furniture.
LOGISTICS
Individual bag packaging combined with other products
PATENT
FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020
2.6
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Information Information

Finding the right connector in no time. The installation-friendly ones

Minifix 15 Rafix 20 Maxifix 35 Ixconnect RV

Minifix® Ixconnect SC 8/60 Shelf support for plug fitting
Area of application from page FF 2.9 from page FF 2.23 from page FF 2.36
Bedroom wardrobes

2 Shelves and post furniture

Hallway furniture
The versatile specialists 2
Small furniture items
Flat-packed furniture
Beds
Load categories
Ixconnect SC 8/25 Ixconnect RV Shelf support for screw fixing
Angular rigidity from page FF 2.22 from page FF 2.25 from page FF 2.36
Pull out resistance
For wood thickness from 12-34 mm 16 mm The heavy-duty ones
19 mm 19 mm
Processing
Surface drilling
Face drilling
Edge drilling
Maxifix
Machine processing from page FF 2.20
Housing installation without tools
Bolt installation without tools The cost reducers
Features
Pre-fixing
Flush
Mitre joint connection
Heavy-duty connection
Rafix Tab 20 Confirmat Shelf support for plug fitting
Double-ended bolt available from page FF 2.16 from page FF 2.26 from page FF 2.36
Cover caps available
Mounting option
Centre panel
Side panel
Intermediate shelf, shelves
Bolts for various applications
Drawer parts
For rear panel
Materials
Zinc alloy: Housing/support part S200 C100 S100 S20 M20 S35
Plastic: Housing/boss insert
See page

without tools
Installation
ressistant

tickness*

For drill
Pull out

Type of

Type of
Thread
Wood

Hole

bolt
Low 3 5 8 10 M4 M6 M8 Connecting Double- Capped Mitre

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Medium mm mm mm mm mm bolt ended bolt bolt

High Page bolt

S200 for Hafele Minifix FF 2.14 12, 16, 19

C100 for Hafele Minifix FF 2.15 15
S100 for Hafele Minifix FF 2.15 12, 16, 19
S20 for Hafele Rafix FF 2.19 16, 19
M20 for Hafele Rafix FF 2.19 HC, 16, 19
S35 for Hafele Maxifix FF 2.21 19
* With direct fixing into drill hole 5 mm

2.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.8
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
MINIFIX MINIFIX

MINIFIX 12 and 15 Carcase connectors The MINIFIX CLOCKFACE

The MINIFIX family of carcase connectors is based on the centric ball principle. The MINIFIX clockface shows the tightening distance A, which is separated into 3 travel segments with different functions:
This attachment method allows a large tightening and supporting surface to be integrated in a small connector housing, ensuring
that connections are positively secured and tight. The half round connecting bolt head locates centrally in the cup-shaped recess 1. Closing distance:
in the MINIFIX housing and is positively secured. 0° – 75° (6 to 8.30) = 3.2 mm pull
2 Bolt head is pulled into centre of housing (no tightening effect yet). 2
MINIFIX therefore has many advantages: 2. Tightening distance:
75° – 165° (8.30 to 11.30) = 2 mm pull
- Automatic centering of the bolt means that shelves are no longer subject to lateral displacement in relation to the side panel.
The connection is securely tightened. Tightening is initiated at 120° (10 o’clock), provided that specified drilling distance is
- The long tightening distance of more than 5 mm from only half a turn of the housing compensates for drilling distance
adhered to. Optimum security will be reached at 165° (11.30 o’clock).
tolerances of +1 mm to approx. - 0.5 mm without loss of tightness.
- Tension is rapidly achieved as the housing is tightened, without having to tighten the housing to the limit (195°).
3. Retightening distance:
- Secure tightening is guaranteed, even in case of repeated disassembly and re-assembly.
165° – 195° (11.30 o’clock to 12.30 o’clock) = 0.5 mm pull
- Delicate and elegant shape.
The retightening distance is only required if:
• There are drilling distance tolerances
• A furniture item has been disassembled and re-assembled several times
• A furniture item has been subjected to severe loading

Definitions Tools required:

The arrow must point exactly in the direction For wood thicknesses from 12 mm:
of the bolt when the housing is inserted Cross slot screwdriver PZ2

For wood thickness of 13 and 15 mm:

Cross slot screwdriver PZ2 or
Drilling Drill-hole
Flat blade
distance B

- Drill-hole Ø: 12 or 15 mm, depending on choice of connector housing For wood thickness of 16–29 mm:
- Drilling depth: Depending on choice of connector housing and wood thickness, Cross slot screwdriver PZ2 or

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

see ordering table Flat blade

Drilling depth
- Drilling distance B: Distance from centre of MINIFIX to front edge 24 or 34 mm,
depending on choice of connecting bolt For plastic MINIFIX 15 connector housing:
- Bolt hole Ø: Diameter 5, 7 or 8 mm depending on choice of connecting bolt Cross slot screwdriver PZ2 or
Flat blade
Bolt hole
MINIFIX tightening keys can also be used (optional).

2.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.10
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
MINIFIX MINIFIX

MINIFIX 12 Connector housing HÄFELE MINIFIX Connector housing

2 2

- Material: Zinc alloy

- For housing q: 12 or 15 mm
- Bolt hole: Ø 7 or 8 mm, depending on choice of connecting bolt
- Drilling distance B: Distance from centre of Minifix housing to shelf front edge (24 or 34 mm),
depending on choice of connecting bolt
- For all connecting bolts from the Minifix system

MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 12 mm

Connector housing without or with rim
For wood Drilling Dim. A
Drive Finish Cat. No.
thickness mm depth D mm mm

- Drive: PZ2 cross slot, centre From 12 9.5 +0.2 6 Pz2 cross Bright 262.26.070
- For all connecting bolts slot or Nickel plated 262.26.570
- Dim. A: 6 mm
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Description Finish Cat. No.

Without rim Bright 262.17.020
Dim. A
Drilling depth Dim. A Nickel plated 262.17.620
Drilling depth
With rim Bright 262.18.020
Nickel plated 262.18.620
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Without rim
With rim

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cover cap Ø17 mm for connector housing MINIFIX 12

Cover caps, for Minifix 15 without rim, wood thickness from 12 mm
- Area of application: For MINIFIX 12 without rim only - Area of application: Only for PZ2 cross slot or flat blade drive
- Material: Plastic - Material: Plastic

Finish Cat. No. Finish Cat. No.

Brown 262.24.109 Brown 262.24.162
White 262.24.709 Pine 262.24.064
Packing : 500 or 5,000 pcs Black 262.24.368
White 262.24.760
Packing : 500 or 5,000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.12
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
MINIFIX S200 Connecting Bolt

Connector housing without rim, for wood thickness of 13 or 15 mm For Ø 5 mm drill hole
With Ø 6.5 mm bolt head - Material: Steel,
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot or flat blade - Shank: Plastic
- For all connecting bolts - Thread: Special thread
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
For min. wood Dim. Drilling
Cat. No.
thickness mm A mm depth mm Thread length Drilling distance
Finish Cat. No.
2 15 7.5 12.0 +0.5
262.26.032
L mm B mm 2
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs 11 24 Galvanized 262.27.679
34 262.28.679
Packing : 100 or 2,000 pcs

MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 15 mm With M6 thread

- Drive Pz2 cross slot, flat blade or SW4 With Ø 6.5 mm bolt head - Material: Steel,
- Shank: Plastic
For min. wood Dim. Drilling - Thread: M6
Finish Cat. No.
thickness mm A mm depth mm - Drive: PZ2 cross slot

Brigth from 23 11.5 16.5+0.5 262.26.036

Thread length Drilling distance
Finish Cat. No.
Nickel plated 262.26.536 L mm B mm
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs 7.5 34 Galvanized 262.28.699
Packing : 100 or 2,000 pcs

Cover caps, for MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 15 mm

M6 spreading and glue-in sleeves
- Area of application: only for Sw4 hexagon socket drive

Material Finish Cat. No.

Plastic Brown RAL 8007 262.24.153 Drilling distance
Material length L mm Cat. No.
B mm
Pine coloured 262.24.055
Note:
The colours shown are similar to RAL colours and are as close as possible Black, 9005 262.24.359 8 Polyamide 11 039.33.462
to the actual standard colours. The colour shades may vary slightly due to
production reasons. White, RAL 9010 262.24.751 10 11 039.33.266
Packing : 500 or 5,000 pcs 13 039.33.060
for drill hole diameter for drill hole diameter
Packing : 1000 or 5,000 pcs
preading sleeve Glue-in sleeve

Minifix 15 without rim

- Without rim, wood thickness from 16 mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Pz2 cross slot, flat blade or Sw4 hexagon socket

For min. Wood Drilling Dim.

Finish Cat. No.
thickness mm Depth D mm A mm

Bright From 15 12.0+0.5 7.5 262.26.032

From 18 13.5 +0.5
9. 262.26.034 for drill hole diameter
Strip of glue-in sleeves
From 19 14.0+0.5 9.5 262.26.035
Nickel plated From 15 12.0 +0.5
7.5 262.26.532
From 18 13.5 +0.5
9. 262.26.534
From 19 14.0 +0.5
9.5 262.26.535
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.14
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
C100 Spreading Bolt Information

C100 Spreading Bolt Häfele Rafix 20 cabinet connectors

- Area of application: For one-sided installation, The Rafix 20 cabinet connector systems have zinc alloy tightening elements that are based on the centric principle.
for industry and trade,
for assembly-friendly flat-packed furniture C100 Spreading bolt The advantages are:
- Material: Bolt: Zinc alloy, For industry, joiners and cabinet makers. - Secure tightening, even after repeated slackening and re-tightening
spreading sleeve: Plastic Connecting bolt for universal use within the Minifix connector - No offsetting against the side panels, because the bolts are centrally guided
2 - Installation: For toolless insertion and unscrewing system with special benefits: - Tolerances are compensated for by long tightening distance 2
- Extremely installation-friendly, no tools are required - Comfortable tightening with drive tool in 25° position
Functionality - Excellent pull-out strength provided by double taper - All drilling operations take place on a lat surface
When the connector is tightened the double taper on the bolt - Drilling depth stop ensures ideal bolt position
- No surface damage caused by insertion and removal of Rafix 20 > Connector housing made from zinc alloy or plastic
spreads the sleeve and forces the threads into the wood.
spreading bolt > Connector housing without dowel
The stronger the tightening force acts, the securer the connection.
> With tightening element for tightening and fixing of the components
> Only one drill hole
Note
> With or without rim (zinc alloy housing available only with rim)
Due to the different types of panels, wood, constructions and
> Connector housing made from zinc alloy or plastic
tolerances, tests on the object are needed when high pull-out
> Connector housing with dowel
resistance is required
> With tightening element for tightening and fixing of the components
> Can be used for alignment, the dowel provides accurate positioning
For Ø 8 mm drill hole > Better pull out resistance values
> Valuable, robust appearance
- Thread: Spreading sleeve
Rafix Tab 20 > Shelf connector housing made from plastic
For wood Thread length Drilling distance > Shelf connector without dowel
Cat. No.
thickness mm L mm B mm > Without tightening element
From 15 11.5 24 262.09.202 > With design and drilling dimensions identical to Raix 20 without dowel
> Tightening in slightly angled position
34 262.09.302 > Installation and removing by sliding on and lifting the connecting bolt,
Packing : 100 or 2,000 pcs no tools required
> With rim

S100 Connecting Bolt Installation

The Rafix 20 connector housings have two types of recess to accommodate a connecting bolt:
With M6 thread For Ø 8 mm drill hole
- Thread: Spreading sleeve
- Material: steel 1 Without ridge: Horizontal installation/ 2 With ridge:
installation from the front
Thread length Drilling distance
Finish Cat. No.
L mm B mm

Galvanized 7.5 24 262.27.949

34 262.28.946
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

MINIFIX GV Mitro-joint connector

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

The construction base panels

can only be inserted from above
For double-side installation with drilled hole Ø7 mm The construction base panels (vertical installation/installation
can be inserted from the Vertical installation/ from above); The components
front and from above. installation from the front are therefore pre-ixed.
- Area of application: For mitre cuts of 20º to 90º
- Material: Steel

Finish Drilling distance B mm Cat. No.

Galvanized 44 262.12.939 Access from above to the tightening element is possible due to the specially designed housing.
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs
Concealed installation of the connectors is therefore possible (e.g. with shelves) and tightening
via a Ø 10 mm through hole. The through hole is then concealed using a cover cap.
Double bolt with joint Comfortable tightening of the connector from underneath with screwdriver in 25° position.

Stock Item

2.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.16
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Rafix Rafix

Häfele RAFIX 20 connector housing without dowel RAFIX 20 Connector housing

2 2

With or without ridge

With and without ridge
- Dimension A: Distance between centre of bolt hole and top edge,
corresponds to half of the wood thickness
- Drilling depth: Depends on wood thickness and type of connector
housing that used.
Rafix 20 without dowel, zinc alloy, with tightening element

RAFIX Tab 20 connector

- Material: Zinc alloy, zinc alloy tightening element
- Drive: Pz2 cross slot

For wood Drilling Dim.

Finish Cat. No.
thickness mm depth D mm A mm

16 12.7+0.2 8.0 Nickel plated 263.11.703

+0.2
19 14.2 9.5 Nickel plated 263.11.705
Burnished 263.11.105
Packing : 100 or 500 pcs

Rafix 20 without dowel, plastic, with tightening element

Function
- The connector housing is pressed into the shelf and pushed onto a RAFIX 7 mm diameter connecting bolt.
- Material: Plastic, zinc alloy tightening element - The tapered surfaces of the connector housing ensure that the connecting bolt is extremely tight.
- Drive: Pz2 cross slot
- The catch prevents the shelf from “moving” upwards away from the connecting bolt.
- For shelves and support panels the drop-down shelves can be fastened using RAFIX-TAB alone.
For wood Drilling Dim. - RAFIX carcase connectors can also be inserted into the shelves of tall cabinets to prevent the side panels from “bulging out”.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Finish Cat. No.

thickness mm depth D mm A mm

16 12.7+0.2 8.0 Brown 263.10.103

With ridge
19 14.2+0.2 9.5 263.10.105
16 12.7+0.2 8.0 Black 263.10.303 - Material: Plastic
19 14.2+0.2 9.5 263.10.305
For wood Drilling Dim.
White 263.10.705 Finish Cat. No.
thickness mm depth D mm A mm
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs
16 12.7 8 Black 263.09.339
White 263.09.731
Note: The colours shown are similar to RAL colours and are as close as possible to the actual standard colours.
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs
The colour shades may vary slightly due to production reasons.

Stock Item Stock Item

2.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.18
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Rafix Maxifix

RAFIX STANDARD S20 Connecting bolts MAXIFIX 35 Carcase Connectors

For drilled hole Ø3 mm

- Material: Steel
- Thread: Special thread
2 - Drive: PZ2 cross slot and flat blade 2
Thread length L mm Finish Cat. No.
11 Galvanized 263.20.810
Packing : 100 or 2,000 pcs

Glue-in dowel magazine, for drilled hole Ø5

The MAXIFIX 35 carcase connector is particularly suitable for connections that are permanently subjected to high loads such as
connections in carcases and beds, counters and face-frame furniture. Can be used for wood thicknesses of 19 mm and above.
The MAXIFIX 35 carcase connector is particularly suitable for mass manufacture in the furniture industry.

For drilling hole mm Material Cat. No.

Ø5 Nylon 042.98.051
Packing : 1,000 or 5,000 pcs
MAXIFIX 35 Connector housing

- Dimension A: 9.5 mm
- Drilling depth: 15.5 mm
- Material: Zinc alloy
For drilled hole Ø5 mm
For wood thickness mm Finish Cat. No.

- Material: Steel PZ3 cross slot

- Thread: Special thread With cross soft
Min. 19 Bright 262.87.013
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot and flat blade
Nickel coloured 262.87.613
Thread length L mm Finish Cat. No. Nickel plated 262.87.713
11 Galvanized 263.20.847 SW6 hexagon socket
Packing : 100, 1,000 or 2,000 pcs Min. 19 Bright 262.87.003
Nickel coloured 262.87.603
Nickel plated 262.87.703
Packing : 100 or 250 pcs
With heragon socket
RAFIX INDUSTRY M20 Connecting bolts for drilled hole Ø5 mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Area of application: Also suitable for hardwood

- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
- Features: Excellent drive provides a secure grip of the PZ2 screwdriver in
Trim cap for MAXIFIX 35
the bolt head, extremely sharp thread
- Material: Plastic
Thread length L mm Material/Finish Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No.
12 Steel/Galvanized 263.20.981
White 262.87.790
Packing : 100, 1,000 or 5,000 pcs
Brown 262.87.190
Beige 262.87.490
Black 262.87.390
Nickel coloured 262.87.690
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.20
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Maxifix IXConnect SC

MAXIFIX S35 Connecting bolt Hafele IXConnect SC 8/25 Spreading connector

With M6 or M8 thread for MAXIFIX 35
- Material: Steel
- Thread length L: 9.5 mm
- Drive: PZ2 Cross Slot
2 - Bolt hole: 9 mm
Drilling
Thread
depth B mm
- Area of application: For concealed, not removable cabinet connections
in small furniture items and drawers, for use in MDF board and chip
board in combination with wooden dowels.
- For wood thickness: From 15 mm
- Installation: For press fitting into drill hole Ø 8mm without tools, can also
be glued (optional)
- Functionality: Both connector components expand synchronously in the
2
drill hole when joining both panel components, the connector is fixed into
Bolt length
Finish Cat. No. end position with a gentle tap on the panel components.
BL mm

M6 35 28.5 Galvanized 262.87.901 Note

The use in combination with wooden dowel 6x30 is recommended
55 48.5 262.87.902 - One-piece connector Recommended furniture size:
M8 35 28.5 262.87.911 - Can be used as cabinet connector in small furniture Items - Furniture circumference: 2 x height + 2 x width < 3 m
- Quick and easy installation without tools - Depth < 40 cm
55 48.5 262.87.912 - For use in 8 mm drill hole
Packing : 100 pcs - For concealed applications Material Finish/colour Cat. No.
Plastic Red/grey 262.11.111
Packing: 100, 2000 or 160000 pcs

Screw-in dowel Drilling pattern

- Material: Steel
- Thread length L: 9.5 mm

Inside For drill

Length L mm Finish Cat. No.
Thread hole mm

M6 Ø8 15 Yellow 030.10.564
17 chromatized 030.10.565
M8 Ø10 15 030.10.584
17 030.10.585
Packing : 100, 2,000, 2,500 or 3,000 pcs Drill hole on front edge Drill hole on surface

Installation

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

1. Push connector into drill hole 2. Join both panel components; both 3. Completely concealed, not removable connection
connector components expand
synchronously in the drill hole

Stock Item Stock Item

2.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.22
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
IXConnect SC Rondorfix

Häfele Ixconnect SC 8/60 Spreading connector RONDORFIX Carcase connector for wood thickness 16 mm
Installation
- Area of application: For concealed cabinet connections with
MDF and chipboard
- For wood thickness: From 15 mm
- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 8 mm
without tools, the connector expands with a 180° turn of
2 the tightening screw with SW3 hexagon socket.
2
Note
Please order drilling jig for Häfele Ixconnect SC 8/60
(Cat. No. 001.25.085) separately.
- One-piece connector
- Can also be used as cabinet connector for large furniture
Material Finish/colour Cat. No. Drilling depth = depending on type of housing and wood thickness
items Drilling distance B = B 33.5 (33.5 mm) drilling distance from centre of housing to front edge
- Quick and easy installation Plastic/zinc alloy Red/grey 262.11.117
- For concealed applications, only a Ø 6 mm drill hole for
Packing: 100, 2000 or 64000 pcs
securing the connector is visible after installation
- Separable connection

RONDORFIX Eccentric housing without flanged rim

Drilling pattern Drilling pattern
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Bright

Drilling dept mm Dim. A mm Cat. No.

12 7 262.75.061
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Cover cap
- Area of application: For RONDORFIX eccentric housing without
Shelf preparation details Side panel preparation details flaged rim
Drill Ø8 mm hole - Material: Plastic
The Ø6 mm drill hole can be drilled from above or underneath

Colour Cat. No.

White 262.78.704
Installation Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

RONDORFIX Connecting bolt

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

With M6 thread, screws into dowels, for one-sided mounting

- Material: Steel
- For pre-drilled holes Ø8 or Ø10 mm

Drilling distance B mm Finish Cat. No.

1. Join components using connector
2. Turn by 180°: The connector expands and the components are pulled together 33.5 Bright 262.75.098
Galvanized 262.75.990
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.24
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
RV Connecting Screws

RV Carcase connector with clipping facility Connecting screws and nuts with M6 thread
Flat head screw
SW4 hexagon socket - Material: Steel
- Type of head: Flat head
- Easy fitting and removal by means of pre-fixing
the connector and 9° connecting bolt position Length mm Finish Cat. No.
- Can be fitted manually or by automatic processing
60 Nickel plated 264.71.760
2 - Extremely strong angle stability
2
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs

Sleeve nut
When assembling furniture the internal
element need to be clip into the top Sw4 hexagon socket
element and is therefore pre-fixed.
- Material: Steel
Distance x = Wood thickness + 6.5 mm - With flat head

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel plated 264.75.762
Packing : 100 or 2,000 pcs
RV/O Top element
- Material: Zinc alloy connector, steel connecting bolt
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
- Installation: For screw-fixing with pre-mounted connecting bolt
- Area of application: For connections with strong angular rigidity

Finish Cat. No.

CONFIRMAT One-piece connector
For drilling hole Ø4 mm
Nickel plated 262.72.701
Packing : 100 or 500 pcs - Finish: Galvanized
- Head hole Ø: 2.5 mm
- Type of head: Countersunk head
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot

Shank Ø mm Length L mm Cat. No.

5 38 264.37.098
50 264.37.196
Packing : 100, 500 or 2,000 pcs
RV/U-T3 Internal element with tolerance compensation of ± 1.5 mm

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized Trim cap for one-piece connector
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
- Installation: For screw-fixing - Material: Plastic
- Installation: For pushing into screw head

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Drive: PZ2 cross slot

Finish Cat. No.
Diameter mm Colour Cat. No.
Galvanized 262.72.953
Packing : 100 or 1,250 pcs
10 White 024.02.708
12 White, RAL 9010 045.04.705
Light grey, RAL 7035 045.04.509
Pine coloured 045.04.009
Beige, RAL 1015 045.04.401
Brown, RAL 8007 045.04.107
Dark grey, RAL 7037 045.04.527
Black, RAL 9005 045.04.303
Packing : 100, 500 or 5,000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.25 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.26
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Biscuits and Wood Dowels IXConnect RPC

Wood biscuits, thickness 4 mm Häfele Ixconnect RPC G 13/20

Rear panel connector, for plug fitting into groove

Size G. depth mm Length L mm Width B mm Cat. No.

0 8 47 15 267.90.000 - For use as rear panel connector in small furniture
- Easy installation without tools
10 10 52 19 267.90.010 - No additional drill hole is needed
2 20 12 56 23 267.90.020 - Suitable for concealed applications as the installation is 2
carried out from the rear side of the furniture
3 16 56 30 267.90.004
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs - Area of application: For fixing the rear panel in small
furniture, for use as vibration protection in wooden drawers
- For wood thickness: From 12 mm
- Installation: For plug fitting into groove
Wood dowels - Material: Beech
- Suitable for automatic feed Note
Recommended number of rear panel connectors:
Diameter mm Length L mm Contents pcs/kg Cat. No. - Cabinet height <600 mm: 4 pieces
- Cabinet height <1,200 mm: 6 pieces
5 25 approx.3,200 267.82.026
6 25 approx.2,150 267.82.125 Material Finish/colour Cat. No.
30 approx.1,800 267.82.130 Plastic Grey 260.09.560
40 approx.1,325 267.82.140 Packing: 100, 5000 or 200000 pcs
8 27 approx.1,140 267.82.227
30 approx.1,000 267.82.230
35 approx.865 267.82.235
40 approx.760 267.82.240
50 approx.600 267.82.250
Häfele Ixconnect RPC S 15/25
10 40 approx.450 267.82.340
Rear panel connector, for screw fixing from the front
50 approx.360 267.82.350
60 approx.325 267.82.360
12 50 approx.260 267.82.450 - Screw fixing takes place from the front which allows
mounting of large furniture items on the final installation
60 approx.220 267.82.460 location
16 120 approx.65 267.82.612 - Pre-positioning possible
- Guiding and mounting aid
Packing : 10 Kg
- One-piece due to pre-mounted screw
- Processing of rear panel not required
- Removable

- For wood thickness: From 15 mm

- Groove depth: <6 mm
- For drill hole Ø: 15 mm
- Rear panel thickness: 2.5–3.5 mm
- Installation: For screw fixing from the front

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Functionality: The rear panel connector is preinserted

into a drill hole in the groove and serves as a guiding and
mounting aid for the rear panel. When the screw is
screwed in, the rear panel is pulled forwards and stiffens
the furniture item accordingly.

Material Finish/colour Cat. No.

Plastic White 260.09.765
Packing: 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.27 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.28
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Hafele Keku Hafele Keku

IXCONNECT KEKU FASTENERS Angled component AD 15

- For securing trims and cladding panels directly to walls with - Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws
no wooden subframe - For 15 mm cavity between panels
- For construction of cavity-type doors to accommodate sound - Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg
insulating material or cable ducting - Black Makrolon
- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs
2 - For ceiling claddings as well as walls
- All panels, once installed, can be easily removed at any time
2
and with no special tools Mounting with Cat. No.
- Advantages Hospa screws 262.51.380
Easy pre-planning
Packing : 50 pcs
Wide range of designs with different panel materials and other
materials
Systematic design with prefabricated parts
Quick, easy dismantling at any time
Reusable, recyclable

- Supporting plastic fittings may not be treated with

chemical solvents or aggressive greases
- Makrolon has a temperature stability from
-100°C to +135°C

Panel component, with lip

- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws

- Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg
- Black Makrolon
- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs

Mounting with Cat. No.

Hospa screws 262.49.356
Packing : 50 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

32
32

32
32

15 30

Stock Item Stock Item

2.29 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.30
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Hafele Keku Hafele Keku

Frame component EH Panel component AS

- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws

- Surface mounted - Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg
- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws - Black Makrolon
- Max load capacity of pair of fittings: - Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs
For vertical suspension is 20 kg
2 For horizontal suspension, lying, is 30 kg
For horizontal suspension, hanging is 8 kg Mounting with Cat. No.
2
- Black Makrolon
- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs Hospa screws 262.50.359
Packing : 50 pcs

Mounting with Cat. No.

Hospa screws 262.49.365
Packing : 50 pcs
Frame component AS

- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws

6 - Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg
36 - Black Makrolon
16 - Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs
8
Frame component EHS Mounting with Cat. No.
32 10
Hospa screws 262.50.368
- Surface mounted
- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws 8 Varianta screws 262.50.377
- With side guide
Packing : 50 pcs
- Max load capacity of pair of fittings:
For vertical suspension is 20 kg 37
For horizontal suspension, lying, is 30 kg
For horizontal suspension, hanging is 8 kg
- Black Makrolon
- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs
32

32
Mounting with Cat. No.
32

Hospa screws 262.49.367

Packing : 50 pcs

Frame component ASR

- Screw fixing with Hospa or Varianta screws

- Max load capacity of pair of fittings is 20 kg
- Black Makrolon

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Order qty: Multiples of 50 pcs

Mounting with Cat. No.

Hospa screws 262.50.390
Packing : 50 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.31 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.32
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Modular Connection Bed Fitting

Modular Connection fitting for recess mounting Bed fitting with cranked hook-in part
Installation

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Burnished
- Installation: For recess mounting

2 2

- Material: Steel
The plate should allways be installed so that the supporting plate butts against the end of the recess. - Mounting: Left and right hand
- Installation: For screw fixing

For rapid release fastenings Supplied with (per unit)

4 Striking plates
4 Hook-in parts

Min. wood Length Width Milling Heigth mm Finish Cat. No.

Cat. No.
thickness mm L mm B mm depth mm
100 Blue galvanized 271.03.511
16 63 12 8.3±0.05 262.47.049
Chromatized 271.03.910
17 58 13 11.3±0.05 262.47.021
130 Blue galvanized 271.03.531
20 16 11.5±0.05 262.47.076
Chromatized 271.03.930
Packing : 100 or 1,000 pcs Packing : 10 or 30 pcs

MODULAR Connecting screws

- Material: Steel
For one-sided installation in wood - Finish: Galvanized Bed fitting for beds with central tie bar, disengageable
For Modular plate For drilled Thread
Cat. No.
width mm hole mm length L mm
- Material: Steel
11-13 Ø4 12.6 262.47.978 - Installation: For screw fixing
16.0 262.47.987
Supplied with
Packing : 100 or 500 pcs 1 Supporting bracket
1 Retaining plate

Finish Cat. No.

Blue Galvanized 273.03.515

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

For Ø 8 mm through-hole
Packing : 10 or 100 pcs
- Version: Milled sleeve
Connecting screw and sleeve, with M6 thread, 2-piece - Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
- Type of head: Pan head
- Drive: Flat blade

Length L mm For wood thickness mm Cat. No.

28 34 - 41 267.07.902
32 37 - 44 267.07.903
Packing : 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.33 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.34
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Anti-Tip Kit
Anti-Tip Kit, For Furniture
- Prevents furniture tip overs
- Child safety
- Rated at 400 lbs
- Attach to solid wood only
- Exceeds ASTM standard F 3096-14
2 Cat. No.
Anti-Tip Kit, For Furniture
Stock Item
2.35
Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Information
Strong Arguments For Strong Furniture
1. IMPROVED SAFETY
A SHELF SUPPORT MUST BE SECURE.
TOOTHING FOR 3 MM AND 5 MM DRILL HOLES.
2
271.98.110 1. Insert shelf support at 2. Fit shelf.
a slight angle
The new shelf support generation with the
patented toothing only allows the shelf to
lower by a tiny amount and also prevents
the support from being unintentionally
pulled out or even under heavy load.
3. The weight of the shelf 4. The twin grooves drill
makes the arm lie flush themselves into the wood.
against side panel. Greater stability is achieved.
2. BETTER QUALITY
“MADE IN GERMANY” Tests are needed at the highest level so that we can
guarantee quality over the long term.
Our shelf supports have been tested in accordance
with and fulfull the new European standards
DIN 68874-1 and DIN EN 16337
TAS J ER
LI
K UA
AN
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
3. MORE UP TO DATE FURNITURE DESIGN
THE NEW SHELF SUPPORTS FOR 3 MM DRILL HOLES.
The desire for improved design and additional aesthetics is growing in kitchen and living room furniture.
Our filigree shelf supports only need extremely small 3 mm holes, without loss of load-bearing capacity or stability.
The inconspicous rows of holes blend extremely well into the design of your furniture and are the perfect solution,
particularly for surfaces that are light or iluminated and also in combination with glass.
FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020
2.36
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Information Information

Shelf supports For holding the shelf

Shelf supports are used to secure and hold shelves made from wood, wood materials and glass, e.g. in cabinet furniture and masonry. In drill hole Ø 5 mm
There are supports for any application that meet these speciic requirements, e.g. for constructions with lightweight panels, for concealed
installation and as shelf support with locking function. Shelf supports are plug-itted or screwed into the support element, and are available Shelf supports for wooden shelves, Page 2.49
in different materials and inishes. for plug fitting

2 For surface mounting or inserting the shelf with or without securing the shelf
2
For 3 mm series drilled holes

Shelf supports for wooden shelves, Page 2.39

for plug fitting

Shelf supports and brackets

Shelf supports for wooden and glass shelves, Page 2.39
for plug fitting with plastic support Visible/invisible version of shelf supports for clamping the glass or wooden shelf

For mounting in drilled hole

Shelf supports for glass shelves, Page 2.41
for screw ixing
Shelf supports, Page 2.47
for concealed installation

For 5 mm series drilled holes

Shelf supports for wooden shelves, Page 2.40

Brackets for surface mounting and screw ixing shelves
for plug fitting
Folding
Shelf supports for wooden shelves, Page 2.40
for screw fixing Brackets, Page 2.50
folding

Shelf supports for wooden and glass shelves, Page 2.41

for plug fitting with plastic support

Shelf supports for glass shelves, Page 2.41

for plug itting

For 7 or 7.5 mm series drilled holes

Shelf supports for wooden shelves, Page 2.42, 2.45

for plug itting (with sleeve)

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

For screw fixing to or knocking into the side panel

Shelf supports for wooden and glass shelves, Page 2.42

for screw ixing

2.37 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.38
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Shelf Support Shelf Support

Plug-in Shelf Supports Shell supports for wooden shelves

Plug in adjustable shelf supports are used extensively in kitchen cabinetry and wardrobe units. They are easily adjusted and For plug fitting into Ø5 mm drill hole
offer a discreet shelving solution with easy height adjustment. Zinc alloy

- Version: With twin grooves

Shelf support, plug-in, for Ø 3 mm holes - Installation: For plug fitting

2 2
- With twin grooves and shelf-fixing lug
- Shelf-fixing lug prevents shelf from being pulled out horizontally
- For Ø 3 mm hole
- Max. load carrying capacity 50 kg* - Version: With fixing lug as shelf security feature
- Zinc alloy - Load bearing: M = 15.6 kg
- Order qty: 500 or 2000 pcs capacity:
- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013,
i.e. 125 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap
Finish Cat. No.
Nickel-plated 282.25.727 Finish Cat. No.
Packing : 500 or 2000 pcs Nickel-plated 282.24.727
282.24.728
Packing : 500 or 2,000 pcs
- With twin grooves and supporting sealing lip
- Supporting sealing lip prevents support from being pulled out under load
- For Ø 3 mm holes
- Max. load carrying capacity 75 kg*
- Zinc alloy - Load bearing M = 9.4 kg
- Order qty: 500 or 2000 pcs capacity:
- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013,
i.e. 75 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap
Finish Cat. No.
Nickel-plated 282.25.717 Finish Cat. No.
Packing : 500 or 2000 pcs
Nickel-plated 282.24.717
282.24.718

- For Ø 3 mm hole Packing : 500 or 2,000 pcs

- Max. load carrying capacity 75 kg*

- Zinc alloy with plastic support
- Order qty: 500 or 2000 pcs

Finish Cat. No. For screw fixing into Ø 5 mm drill hole

Nickel-plated 282.25.733 Zinc alloy

Packing : 500 or 2000 pcs

- Version: With thread, with fixing lug as shelf security feature
- Installation: For plug fitting and screw fixing
- Load bearing capacity: M = 15.6 kg
- For Ø 3 mm hole
- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, i.e. 125 kg test load; with 2.5 kg striking cap
- Load carrying capacity 60 kg*
- Plastic with galvanized steel pin
Note: Only suitable for use with chipboard.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Order qty: Multiples of 500 pcs
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Finish Cat. No.

Finish Cat. No.
Nickel-plated 282.12.403
Nickel-plated 282.26.706
Packing : 500 pcs
282.26.701
Packing : 100 or 1,500 pcs

- Material: Steel
- Load carrying capacity 60 kg*
- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 3 mm

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel-plated 282.04.720
Packing : 100 or 500 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.39 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.40
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Shelf Support Shelf Support

Shelf supports for glass shelves Shelf supports for wooden or glass shelves, for screw fixing
For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill hole To side panel
Zinc alloy, with plastic glass support Zinc alloy, with plastic support

- Version: With twin grooves - Version: With plastic support

- Installation: For plug fitting - Load bearing M = 12.5 kg, tested with 2.5 kg plate
capacity: for impact test in compliance with
2 DIN EN 16337:2013-08 2
- Load bearing: M = 3.1 kg - Material: Zinc alloy, support: Plastic
capacity: - Colour: Support: Black
- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, - Installation: For screw fixing
i.e. 25 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap
Finish Cat. No.

Finish Cat. No. Nickel-plated 282.18.706

Packing: 100 or 1000 pcs
Nickel-plated 282.24.733
Zinc alloy, with lug to secure shelf
Packing : 500 or 1,500 pcs
- Version: With twin grooves
- Shelf security: With plug
feature:
- Load bearing 15.6 kg per piece, tested to
Steel, with plastic cap capacity: DIN EN 16337:2013-08 with 1.7 kg plate for
impact test, i.e. 62.4 kg load bearing capacity
- Load bearing: M = 3.1 kg when using 4 shelf supports
capacity: - Material: Zinc alloy
- Standard: In compliance with DIN EN 16337:2013, - Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 5 mm
i.e. 25 kg test load; with 1.7 kg striking cap
Finish Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No. Nickel-plated 282.24.720
Galvanized 281.41.907 Packing: 500 pcs

Packing : 500 pcs For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill hole

Steel, with locking screw

- Material: Locking screw: Plastic

- Colour: Locking screw: Black
- Version: With locking screw as shelf security feature

Glass shelf supports made of zinc alloy Finish Cat. No.

For drilled hole Ø3 or 5 mm, with GC lifting safeguard/clamp For glass thickness 9 mm
Nickel-plated 282.20.715
Packing: 100 pcs
- For glass thicknesses: 6 and 8 mm
- Installation: Easy insertion and tightening with 180° turn;
prevents surface damage around drilled hole Shelf supports for wooden shelves, for plug fitting
- The lifting safeguard/clamp prevents unintentional tilting, lifting in drill hole Ø 7 mm or 7.5 mm (with sleeve)
and removal of glass shelves
- Material: Steel

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Finish Cat. No. - Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 7 mm

Nickel plated 282.13.610 Finish Cat. No.

Packing: 20 or 500 pcs Nickel-plated 282.01.701

Brass-plated 282.01.505
Tightening in drilled hole Shelf support
Packing: 100 or 1,000 pcs

- Area of application: For mounting shelf support in 7.5 mm drill holes

- Material: Steel
- Installation: For plug fitting into drill hole Ø 7.5 mm

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel-plated 282.50.704
Brass-plated 282.50.508
Packing: 100 or 1,000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.41 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.42
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Shelf Support Shelf Support

Plug in supports for wooden shelves SUPPORTS WITH SLEEVES FOR WOODEN SHELVES
Shelf support, plug in, for Ø 3 mm holes Loop shelf support, plug in, for use with socket
- With stop - For press fitting into socket (not included, order separately)
- For ø 3 mm hole - Steel
- Load carrying capacity 6 0 kg* - Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs
- Steel
- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs Finish Cat. No.
2 Florentine Bronzed 282.44.100
2
Finish Cat. No.
Electro brassed 282.44.800
Brass-plated 282.06.500
Packing: 100 or 2000 pcs
Packing: 100 or 2000 pcs

Shelf support, plug in, for Ø 5 mm holes Socket, plug in, for Ø 6.5 mm holes
- With collar - For use with shelf support Cat. No. 282.44.100/800/600
- For Ø 5 mm hole - For ø 6.5 mm hole
- Load carrying capacity 80 kg* - Steel
- Steel - Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs
- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs
Finish Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No.
Florentine Bronzed 282.66.100
Bronzed 282.43.101
Electro brassed 282.66.800
Bright Galvanized 282.43.905
Packing: 100 or 2000 pcs
Packing: 100 or 2000 pcs

Shelf support, plug in, for Ø 5 mm holes

- Spoon shaped
- For ø 5 mm hole
- Load carrying capacity 8 0 kg*
- Steel
- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

Finish Cat. No.

Brass-plated 282.04.515
Bronzed 282.04.113
Packing: 100 or 2000 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

*Load carrying capacity applies to 4 shelf supports bearing an evenly distributed load.
Testing was carried out according to DIN EN 1727: 1998-06 “Mechanical safety requirements for shelf supports”

Stock Item Stock Item

2.43 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.44
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Shelf Support Concealed Shelf Support

Shelf brackets Concealed shelf support for installation into woodwork or masonry walls
Load bearing capacity 36–70 kg per pair
- For concealed mounting of shelves
- For installation into woodwork or masonry walls
- With screw mounting plate
- Material: Steel - Fitting consists of:
- Fixing with chipboard screws 1x Supporting pin with mounting plate, galvanized steel
2 1x Pre-mounted plastic sleeve
- Supporting pin with knurled section is installed in a Ø 12 mm
2
Load b. Dim. Dim. Dim.
Finish Cat. No. hole in the shelf, the pin may be exposed or concealed
cap. kg (A x C) mm B mm D mm
depending on the thickness of the shelf
36 75 x 100 30 3.0 Brown 287.30.207 - Height adjustable via slots
- Inclination adjustment using adjusting screws which press on the
40 100 x 125 34 3.5 coated 287.30.216 rear plate when turned in
125 x 150 287.30.225 - Lateral adjustment by lifting the supporting pin; can be adjusted
to the right or left
50 150 x 200 36 4.0 287.30.243 - Order qty: Multiples of 4 pcs
200 x 250 42 287.30.261
60 250 x 300 46 287.30.270
70 300 x 350 47 5.0 287.30.289 Shelf depth mm Max. load kg/m2
36 75 x 100 30 3.0 White 287.30.109 175 180
40 100 x 125 34 3.5 coated 287.30.118 200 160
125 x 150 287.30.127 225 130
50 150 x 200 36 4.0 287.30.145 250 100
200 x 250 42 287.30.163 275 80
60 250 x 300 46 287.30.172 300 50
70 300 x 350 47 5.0 287.30.181 Max. 700 mm distance between shelf supports,
Packing : 2 or 10 pcs with evenly distributed load

For min. shelf thickness Cat. No.

24 mm 283.33.904
Packing: 4 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

2.45 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.46
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supportsx
Concealed Shelf Support Concealed Shelf Support

Concealed shelf support, for installation into woodwork or masonry walls Concealed shelf support, screw fixing, for installation into woodwork or
masonry walls
- For concealed mounting of shelves
- For installation into woodwork or masonry walls
- With screw mounting plate - For concealed mounting of shelves
- Fitting consists of: - For installation into woodwork or masonry walls
1x Supporting pin with mounting plate, galvanized steel - With screw mounting plate
2 - Supporting pin is installed in a Ø 12 mm hole in the shelf, the pin
may be exposed or concealed depending on the thickness of
- Fitting consists of: 2
1x Supporting pin with mounting plate, yellow galvanized steel
the shelf - Supporting pin installed in a Ø 12 mm hole in the shelf, the pin
- Height adjustable via slots may be exposed or sealed depending on the thickness of the shelf
- Inclination adjustment using supporting pin which presses on the - Can be adjusted to the right or left
rear plate when turned in - Zinc plated steel
- Order qty: Multiples of 4 pcs - Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

Shelf depth mm Max. load kg/m2

200 200
250 140
For min. shelf thickness Cat. No.
300 80
22 mm 283.33.501
Packing: 10 pcs
Max. 700 mm distance between shelf supports,
with evenly distributed load

For min. shelf thickness Cat. No.

24 mm 283.33.910
Packing: 4 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

2.47 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.48
 Connector Technology, Shelf Supports Connector Technology, Shelf Supports
Shelf Retainers Folding Brackets

Shelf retainers For wooden shelves, for plug fitting FOLDING BRACKETS, HEAVY DUTY
Into drill hole Ø 5 mm
Suitable for work surfaces and benches
Plastic, for shelf thickness 19 mm

- Material: Plastic - Suitable for work surfaces and benches

- Installation: For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm - Locks automatically when raised, released by light upward
drill hole, for plug fitting into 32 mm pressure on the locking arm
2 series drilled holes - Screw fixing 2
- Load carrying capacity 500 kg per pair
Colour Cat. No. - Grey primed steel
- Order qty: 1 pc (1 pc = 1 bracket)
Beige 282.28.739
Packing: 100 or 500 pcs
Dim. A Dim. B Cat. No.
420 mm 180 mm 287.43.400
480 mm 180 mm 287.43.419
580 mm 220 mm 287.43.428
Plastic, for various shelf thicknesses 680 mm 220 mm 287.43.437
- Material: Plastic 780 mm 220 mm 287.43.446
- Installation: For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm
Packing: 1 pc
drill hole, for plug fitting into
32 mm series drilled holes

Colour Cat. No.

White 282.28.702
Packing: 100 or 500 pcs

Shelf retainer, plug in, for Ø 5 mm hole

- For Ø 5 mm series-drilled holes at 32 mm intervals

- For 16 mm shelf thickness
- Plastic
- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

Finish Cat. No.

Transparent 282.28.720
Packing: 100 or 500 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Shelf retainer, plug-in, for Ø 5 mm hole

- For Ø 5 mm series-drilled holes at 32 mm intervals

- For 19 mm shelf thickness
- Plastic
- Order qty: Multiples of 100 pcs

Finish Cat. No.

Transparent 282.28.734
White 282.28.730
Packing: 100 or 500 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

2.49 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

2.50
 3
HINGES
AND
FLAP FITTINGS
3.1 3.2
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Information Information

Application Matrix Metalla A with integrated soft close in hinged arm

The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate by sliding on

Area of application Opening angle ° Soft close Cup Arm Opening

Metalla SM with integrated soft close in hinged arm
The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate using quick fixing system
Slide on system Quick fixing system

Without handle
Not integrated

Screw fixing

With handle
Integrated
Attachment methods

Click on

Slide on
Add on

Page
Ø 26

Ø 35

Ø 40
105

110

175
Cup for screw fixing Mounting plate for screw fixing

92

95
Cup fixing with chipboard Fitting with chipboard screws or with
Metalla
screws with countersunk head pre-mounted countersunk special screws
Integrated soft close
into 32 mm series drilled holed

3 Standard
Stainless steel hinges
FF 3.6
FF 3.23
3
Complete SET FF 3.25
Black range FF 3.27

Standard
Mounting door to cabinet
Standard FF 3.9
Thick door FF 3.11
METALLA A with soft closing METALLA SM with soft closing
Econo FF 3.24
slide on system quick fixing system
Mini hinge FF 3.31
Hinge arm is slide onto mounting Hinge arm is position and cilped onto
Mini hinge for glass door FF 3.33
plate and screwd in position mounting plate. Easily removable from
the mounting plate
Metallamat
Standard
Standard FF 3.16
Thick door FF 3.18
Wide opening angle door FF 3.20

Adjustment options

Metalla A with soft closing Metalla SM with soft closing

A Lateral adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed A Lateral adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed
hinge ±2.5 mm hinge ±1.5 mm

B Depth adjustment: Via mounting plate adjusting B Depth adjustment: Via mounting plate adjusting
distance ±2 mm distance form 3 mm to -1 mm

C Height adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed C Height adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed
hinge ±2 mm hinge ±2 mm

Processing and mounting deviations can be corrected with the three-dimensional adjusting facility.
Factory setting: For lateral, height and depth adjustment: Zero position

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Mounting

Hinge arm height with mounting plate

3.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.4
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Information Concealed Hinges

Metalla A with integrated soft close in hinged arm Metalla A/SM, with soft closing mechanism, opening angle 110°
Installation for screw fixing The drilling patterns for the concealed hinges have
Cup is fixed with chipboard screws different dimensions. The dimensional information or
the drilling patterns can be found on the product
pages.

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm

- Finish: Nickel plated
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 11.5 mm
- Fixing door to carcase: Cilp on and slide on system
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
Determining the minimum gap that is required - For door thickness: Cilp on 14–22 mm
Slide on 16–22 mm
3 The required minimum gap depends on Example: With a door thickness 19 mm and distance to cup 4 mm
- Integrated soft closing mechanism 3
- With automatic closing spring
the hinge type, the distance to cup and there is a min. gap of 2.0 mm
the door thickness. Once the distance
Distance to cup mm
to cup and the door thickness have Door thickness mm
3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
been determined, the minimum gap
16 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 Integrated with soft closing mechanism
can be looked up in the application
18 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
table.
19 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
Drilling pattern Cup dimensions
30 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2
22 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9
24 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.9
26-32 Trial mounting is recommended

Number of concealed hinges per door

The values in the table are sample measurements. A trail mounting is recommened.
The number of concealed hinges per door depends on:
- Door width and height, door weight and door material
According to the example diagram, with a door height of 1,500 mm and a door weight of
Full overlay mounting
7 - 12 kg, three concealed hinges have to be fitted.
A Version

Door overlay mm
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 A
3 4 5 6 0
3 4 5 6 2
3 4 5 6 4
Choice of mounting plate
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

The different spacing heights of the Once the door overlay and the distance to cup have been
mounting plates allow adjustments to be determined, the distance can be looked up in the application table. - Hinge arm: Straight
made to the door overlay. The In the example the door overlay is defined at 10 mm and the - For door overlay of 20 mm above mm,
demension of the distance results from distance to cup at 5 mm. This produces a distsnce of 4 mm. trial fitting is recommended
the thickness of the mounting plate. The
Cup fixing Cat. No.
starting point for determining the required
mounting method with a defined A 311.88.503
door overlay. SM 311.60.525
Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item

3.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.6
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Half overlay mounting Metalla A/SM, with soft closing mechanism, opening angle 110°
A Version
SM Version - Material: Steel
- Finish: Nickel plated
Door overlay mm - Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional with eccentric screw
- Distance from edge: 37 mm
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 A
3 4 5 6 0 Heigth mm Version Cat. No.
3 4 5 6 2 0 SM 311.71.540
3 4 5 6 4 2 311.71.542
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm 4 311.71.544
A Version
3 0 A 311.98.660 3
- Hinge arm: Crank 2 311.98.662
4 311.98.664
Cup fixing Cat. No. Packing : 1 pc
SM 311.60.526
A 311.88.504
Packing : 1 pc

Cover cap with hafele logo

Inset mounting
A Version - Material: Steel
- Finish: Nickel plated

Door overlay mm Version Cat. No.

-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 A SM 311.91.520
3 4 5 6 0 A 311.91.560
3 4 5 6 2 Packing : 1 pc

3 4 5 6 4
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

- Hinge arm: Hign crank

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cup fixing Cat. No.

SM 311.60.527
A 311.88.505
Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

3.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.8
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Metalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø35 mm Half overlay mounting

A Version
Door overlay mm
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A SM
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm 3 4 5 6 7 -2 -
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 11.5 mm 3 4 5 6 7 0 0
- Fixing door to carcase: Cilp on and slide on system 3 4 5 6 7 2 2
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
- For door thickness: 16-22 mm 3 4 5 6 7 4 4
- With automatic closing spring
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
3 3
- Hinge arm: Cranked

Cup dimensions Drilling dimensions for cup fixing

Fixing Moun.
Cup Fixing Version Cat. No.
Version Plate H.

Screw fixing A Self closing - 311.90.501

H=2 311.90.517
SM - 311.60.521
H=2 311.60.431
A Push to - 311.84.504
SM open - 311.60.821
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs

Full overlay mounting Inset mounting

A Version
A Version

Door overlay mm Door overlay mm

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 A SM 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 A SM

3 4 5 6 7 -2 - 3 4 5 6 7 -2 -

3 4 5 6 7 0 0 3 4 5 6 7 0 0

3 4 5 6 7 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 2

3 4 5 6 7 4 4 3 4 5 6 7 4 4

Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

- Hinge arm: Straight - Hinge arm: Cranked

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Fixing Moun.
Cup Fixing Version Cat. No.
Version Plate H.
Fixing Moun.
Screw fixing A Self closing - 311.90.500 Cup Fixing Version Cat. No.
Version Plate H.
H=0 311.90.516
Screw fixing A Self closing - 311.90.502
SM - 311.60.520
H=2 311.90.518
H=0 311.60.430
SM - 311.60.522
A Push to - 311.84.503
H=2 311.60.432
SM open H=0 311.60.820
A Push to - 311.84.505
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs
SM open - 311.60.822
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.10
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Metalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø40 mm Half overlay mounting

A Version
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm Door overlay mm
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 13 mm 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 A
- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on or clip on system 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -2
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
- For min. door thickness: 22 mm 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
- With automatic closing spring 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5
3 4 5 6 7 8 4
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
3 - Hinge arm: Cranke
3

Cup dimensions Drilling dimensions for cup fixing

Fixing Moun.
Cup Fixing Version Cat. No.
Version Plate H.

Screw fixing A Self closing - 311.85.501

H=4 311.81.411
SM - 311.67.512
H=4 311.67.422
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs

Full overlay mounting Inset mounting

A Version
Door overlay mm A Version
Door overlay mm
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 A
-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SM
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -2
0 1 2 3 0
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0
0 1 2 3 2
10 11 12 13 14 15 2
0 1 2 3 4
11 12 13 14 15 4
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

- Hinge arm: Cranked

- Hinge arm: Straight

Fixing Moun.
Fixing Moun. Cup Fixing Version Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cup Fixing Version Cat. No. Version Plate H.

Version Plate H.
Screw fixing A Self closing - 311.85.502
Screw fixing A Self closing - 311.85.500
H=4 311.81.412
H=4 311.81.410
SM - 311.67.513
SM - 311.67.511
H=4 311.67.423
H=4 311.67.421
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.12
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Information

Accessories for METALLA A Concealed hinge Metallamat A (slide-on system)

The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate by sliding on
METALLA A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on system
Metallamat SM (quick fixing system)
The door is fitted onto the fixed mounting plate using quick fixing system Slide on system Quick fixing system
- Material: Steel
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Adjusting facility: Height adjustment via slot Attachment methods
Cup for screw fixing Mounting plate for screw fixing
Distance D mm Cat. No.
Cup fixing with chipboard Fitting with chipboard screws or with
-2 311.98.505 screws with countersunk head pre-mounted countersunk special screws
into 32 mm series drilled holed
0 311.98.500
3 2 311.98.502
3
Drilling pattern 4 311.98.504
-2 311.98.515
0 311.98.510 Mounting door to cabinet
2 311.98.512
METALLAMAT A, METALLAMAT SM,
4 311.98.514
slide on system quick fixing system
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs Hinge arm is slide onto mounting Hinge arm is position and cilped onto
plate and screwd in position mounting plate. It can easily be removed
from the mounting plate

Adjustment options

METALLA SM Mounting plate, clip on system

A Lateral adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed
hinge ±2.5 mm
- Material: Steel/zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Adjusting facility: 3-dimensional with eccentric screw or via slot B Depth adjustment: Via mounting plate adjusting
distance ±2 mm
Distance D mm Cat. No.
0 311.70.610 C Height adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed
Drilling pattern hinge ±2 mm
2 311.70.612
4 311.70.614
0 311.71.500 Processing and mounting deviations can be corrected with the three-dimensional adjusting facility.
Factory setting: For lateral, height and depth adjustment: Zero position
2 311.71.502
4 311.71.504

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing : 1 or 500 pcs

Mounting

METALLA A/SM Cover cap

Hinge arm height with mounting plate

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Cup fixing: Screw fixing

Version Cat. No.

With HÄFELE logo 311.65.700
Packing : 1 or 5,000 pcs

Stock Item

3.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.14
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Information Concealed Hinges

Drilling pattern Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 110°

Installation for screw fixing The drilling patterns for the concealed hinges have
Cup is fixed with chipboard screws different dimensions. The dimensional information or
the drilling patterns can be found on the product
pages.

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm

- Finish: Nickel plated
- For door thickness: 16 - 22 mm
- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system or cilp on system
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
Determining the minimum gap that is required - Drilling depth: Hinge cup 12.5 mm
- With automatic closing spring or push version
3 The required minimum gap depends on Example: With a door thickness 19 mm and distance to cup 4 mm
3
the hinge type, the distance to cup and there is a min. gap of 2.0 mm
the door thickness. Once the distance
Distance to cup mm
to cup and the door thickness have Door thickness mm
3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
been determined, the minimum gap Drilling pattern Cup dimensions
16 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1
can be looked up in the application
18 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6
table.
19 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9
30 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2
22 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9
24 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.9
26-32 Trial mounting is recommended

Number of concealed hinges per door

The values in the table are sample measurements. A trail mounting is recommened. Full overlay mounting
The number of concealed hinges per door depends on:
- Door width and height, door weight and door material
According to the example diagram, with a door height of 1,500 mm and a door weight of
7 - 12 kg, three concealed hinges have to be fitted. Door overlay mm
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 A SM
3 4 5 6 7 2 -
3 4 5 6 7 - 3
3 4 5 6 7 4 4
3 4 5 6 7 6 6
3 4 5 6 7 8 8
Choice of mounting plate Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

The different spacing heights of the Once the door overlay and the distance to cup have been - Hinge arm: Straight
mounting plates allow adjustments to be determined, the distance can be looked up in the application table.
made to the door overlay. The In the example the door overlay is defined at 10 mm and the
Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No.
demension of the distance results from distance to cup at 5 mm. This produces a distsnce of 4 mm.
the thickness of the mounting plate. The Screw fixing A Self closing 316.30.500
starting point for determining the required Without spring 316.30.100
mounting method with a defined SM Self closing 318.40.500
door overlay.
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item

3.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.16
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Half overlay mounting Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 92°

Door overlay mm
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A SM
3 4 5 6 7 2 - - Material: Steel cup and hinge arm
- Finish: Nickel plated
3 4 5 6 7 - 3
- For door thickness: Min. 22 mm
3 4 5 6 7 4 4 - Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system or cilp on system
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
3 4 5 6 7 6 6
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 13.5 mm
3 4 5 6 7 8 8 - With automatic closing spring or push version
3 Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
3
- Hinge arm: Cranked

Drilling pattern Cup dimensions

Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No.
Screw fixing A Self closing 316.30.501
Without spring 316.30.101
SM Self closing 318.40.501
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs

Inset mounting
Full overlay mounting

Door overlay mm
-4 -3 -2 -1 A SM Door overlay mm

3 4 6 6 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 A SM
3 4 5 6 8 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 -

Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 - 3

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 4
- Hinge arm: High Cranked 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 6
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 8
Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No. Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Screw fixing A Self closing 316.30.502

Without spring 316.30.102
- Hinge arm: Straight
SM Self closing 318.40.502
Packing : 1 or 250 pcs
Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No.
Screw fixing A Self closing 316.31.500
SM 318.41.100
Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

3.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.18
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Half overlay mounting Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 175°

Door overlay mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 A SM
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 -
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 - 3 - Finish: Nickel plated
- For door thickness: 16 - 22 mm
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 4
- Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 6 - Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 12.5 mm
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 8 - With automatic closing spring
3 Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
3

- Hinge arm: Cranked Drilling pattern Cup dimensions

Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No.

Screw fixing A Self closing 316.31.501
SM 318.41.101
Packing : 1 pc

Inset mounting Full overlay mounting

Door overlay mm
Door overlay mm 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 A SM
-5.5 -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 A SM 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 -
1 2 3 2 - 3 4 5 6 7 8 - 3
1 2 3 - 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 4
1 2 3 4 5 4 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 6
3 4 5 6 7 6 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 8
4 5 6 7 8 9 8 8 Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Hinge arm: High cranked

Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No. Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No.

Screw fixing A Self closing 316.31.502 Screw fixing A Self closing 316.32.600
SM 318.42.600
SM 318.41.102
Packing : 1 pc
Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

3.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.20
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Half overlay and inset mounting Accessories for Metallamat A/SM

Door overlay mm Metallamat A Cover cap

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Nickel plated
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A SM
- Version: With HÄFELE logo or without logo or with
3 4 5 6 7 8 2 - individually print
3 4 5 6 7 8 - 3
3 4 5 6 7 8 4 4 Finish Cat. No.
3 4 5 6 7 8 6 6
Without logo 316.36.500
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 8
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm Order information With HÄFELE logo 316.36.510
3 Half overlay mounting
Cover caps can be individually from minimum order quantity
of 100,000 Packing : 1 or 5,000 pcs
3
Inset mounting

Cup fixing Fixing Version Version Cat. No.

Screw fixing A Self closing 316.32.601
SM 318.42.601
Packing : 1 pc

Set back mounting plate screw-on position by door thickness. Metallamat A Cover cap with customer logo
- Material: Plastic
- Finish: Black
- Logo: White screen
- Installation: Clip on hinge arm

Description Cat. No.

Metallamat A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on system For hinge arm 316.36.330
Order information Packing: 1,000, 2,000, 5,000, 10,000 pcs
Please provide AutoCad file of logo when place the order.
Screw fixing, with chipboard screws Level price according to order quantity (1,000, 2,000, 5,000 and
10,000 pcs.)

Drilling dimensions - Material: Steel

- Finish: Nickel plated
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment via slot

Cup fixing Cat. No.

2 316.51.502 Damping device, non adjustable
4 316.51.504 - Version: Non adjustable for speed of closing
- Only suitable for Metallamat A (316.30.500, 316.30.501,
6 316.51.506
316.30.502)

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

8 316.51.508
Packing : 1 pc
Material Finish Cat. No.
Plastic ABS Nickel plated 316.53.710
Packing: 1 pc.

Stock Item Stock Item

3.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.22
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Special Applications Order information for Metalla A/ECONO

METALLA SM, opening angle 105°, for increased requirements on corrosion
Industrial set (packed in a paper box)
Moun.
supplied with: Item Type Cat. No.
plate H.
250 Hinges
- Stainless steel SUS 304
250 Mounting plates Metalla A Cup 35 mm, Full overlay mounting H=0 311.90.516
1,000 Screws opening angle 110°
250 Cover cups Half overlay mounting H=2 311.90.517
Full overlay mounting with mounting plate - Finish: Polished Inset mounting H=2 311.90.518
- Cup fixing: For screw fixing Full overlay mounting H=4 311.81.410
Metalla A Cup 40 mm,
- Installation: Door to cabinet with mounting plate SM clip on
Drilling pattern opening angle 110°
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 11.5 mm Half overlay mounting H=4 311.81.411
- Adjustment facility: Side adjustment ±2.5 mm, Height adjustment Inset mounting H=4 311.81.412
3 ±2 mm (Via mounting plate), depth adjustment ±3 mm 3
- With automatic closing spring Metalla ECONO Cup Full overlay mounting H=2 311.92.500
35 mm, opening Half overlay mounting H=0 311.92.501
Cup fixing Cat. No. angle 110°
Inset mounting H=0 311.92.502
Full overlay mounting 315.06.750
Half overlay mounting 315.06.751
Inset mounting 315.06.752

Packing : 1 pc
METALLA ECONO, opening angle 105°

- Material: Steel
Mounting plate METALLA SM - Finish: Nickel plated
- Cup fixing: Screw fixing
- Material: Stainless stell SUS 304 - Fixing door to carcase: Slide on system
- Finish: Polished
- Adjustment facility : Height adjustment ± 2 mm, 0 mm via slot
Door overlay mm
Version Cat. No.
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Cup dimensions Drilling dimensions
C-Mount Metalla-A 2 mm 315.98.612 3 4 5 6 7 0
for cup fixing
C-Mount Metalla-A 0 mm 315.98.610
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
Packing : 1 pc

- Hinge arm: Straight

Wood Screw
Version Mounting plate height Cat. No.
Full overlay mounting H=2 311.92.500
Material Dimension mm Cat. No.
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
Steel nickel plated 4 x 15 015.35.824
Packing : 1 pc
- Hinge arm: Cranked
Door overlay mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Version Mounting plate height Cat. No.

3 4 5 6 7 0 Half overlay mounting H=0 311.92.501
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Cover cap
Door overlay mm - Hinge arm: High cranked

Version Cat. No. -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4

Version Mounting plate height Cat. No.
With HAFELE logo 315.59.008 3 4 5 6 7 0
Inset mounting H=0 311.92.502
Packing : 1 pc Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.24
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

Metalla SM, with soft closing mechanism Half overlay mounting

Door overlay mm
11 12 13 14 15 SM

- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm 3 4 5 6 7 2

- Finish: Nickel plated Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 13.5 mm
- Fixing door to carcase: Cilp on system
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate)
- For door thickness: 18–32 mm Cup fixing Cat. No.
- Integrated soft closing mechanism
Screw fixing 315.07.008
- With automatic closing spring
3 Packing : 1 set 3

Integrated with soft closing mechanism

With mounting plate and hinge arm cover cap (Häfele logo)

Drilling pattern Cup dimension

Half overlay mounting

Door overlay mm
-3 -4 -5 -6 -7 SM
5 4 3 2 1 4
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

Cup fixing Cat. No.

Screw fixing 315.07.009
Packing : 1 set
Full overlay mounting

Door overlay mm
21 22 23 24 25 SM
3 4 5 6 7 0
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cup fixing Cat. No.

Screw fixing 315.07.007
Packing : 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

3.25 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.26
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

METALLA SM 110 blackversion cup 35 mm Inset mounting

Door overlay mm
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 A
- High corrosion resistance 48 hours neutral salt spray test
according DIN ISO 9227 3 4 5 6 7 0
- 80,000 functional cycles – highest quality level 3 4 5 6 7 2
according DIN EN 15570
3 4 5 6 7 4
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 12 mm
- Fixing door to carcase: Clip on system
- Hinge arm: Crank
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional ± 2 mm
- Mounting plate H = 2 (set version)
(with appropriate mounting plate)
3 Cup dimensions Drilling pattern - For door thickness: 14–26 mm
- Integrated soft closing mechanism
Cup fixing Description Finish Cat. No. 3
- With automatic closing spring Screw fixing Single item Nickel plated black 315.27.752
Set 306.00.010
Set consisting of:
1 Hinge Packing : 1 pc/set

1 Mounting plate
1 Cover cap arm
1 Cover cap hinge cup
4 Black screws 3,5 x 15 mm *
Accessories for METALLA SM 110 Black version cup 35 m
Mounting plate METALLA SM

Full overlay mounting - Material: Steel

Door overlay mm
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ± 2 via slot
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 A - Screw fixing with chipboard screws
- Finish Nickel plated black
3 4 5 6 7 0
3 4 5 6 7 8 2 Distance D mm Finish Cat. No.

3 4 5 6 7 8 4 0 Nickel plated black 306.00.005

Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm 2 306.00.006

4 306.00.007
- Hinge arm: Straight
Packing : 1 pc
- Mounting plate H = 0 (set version)
Cover cap for hinge arm METALLA SM
Cup fixing Description Finish Cat. No.
Screw fixing Single item Nickel plated black 315.27.750 Material Finish Cat. No.
Set 306.00.008 Steel Nickel plated black 315.59.024
Packing : 1 pc/set Packing : 1 pc

Half overlay mounting Cover cap for hinge cup METALLA SM

Door overlay mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Material Finish Cat. No.

3 4 5 6 7 0
Steel Nickel plated black 315.59.018
3 4 5 6 7 2
Packing : 1 pc
3 4 5 6 7 4
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
- Hinge arm: Crank
- Mounting plate H = 2 (set version) Black Screw 4 x 15.5 mm

Cup fixing Description Finish Cat. No.

Screw fixing Single item Nickel plated black 315.27.751 Material Finish Cat. No.

Set 306.00.009 Steel Nickel plated black 315.59.024

Packing : 1 pc/set Packing : 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

3.27 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.28
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Information Information

METALLA Mini A Concealed hinge Drilling pattern

Screw hole Drilling depth

Drilling dimensions for cup fixing Installation for screw fixing

Cup is fixed with chipboard screws The drilling patterns for the concealed hinges have
different dimensions. The dimensional information or
For screw fixing the drilling patterns can be found on the product
Drilling pattern 38/7.5 pages.
Cup for screw fixing with countersunk chipboard screws
Cruciform mounting plate

Distance to cup E

3 Fixing door to carcase 3

Determining the minimum gap that is required

The required minimum gap depends on Example: With a door thickness 19 mm and distance to cup 4 mm
the hinge type, the distance to cup and there is a min. gap of 2.0 mm
the door thickness. Once the distance
Slide on system
to cup and the door thickness have
Hinge arm is slide onto screwed in position been determined, the minimum gap
can be looked up in the application
Minimum gap table.

Number of concealed hinges per door 2-4 5-8 9 - 13 14 - 18 kg

400 400 400 400 width
Adjustment options
The values in the table are sample measurements. A trail mounting is recommened.
The number of concealed hinges per door depends on:
• Door width and height, door weight and door material
According to the example diagram, with a door height of 1,500 mm and a door weight of
Lateral adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed hinge +3 mm 5–8 kg, three concealed hinges have to be fitted.

Height adjustment: Via mounting plates adjusting distance ± 2 mm

Height Number of hinges

Depth adjustment: Adjusting distance on concealed hinge + 4 mm, -1 mm

Processing and mounting deviations can be corrected with the three-dimensional adjusting facility.
Number of concealed hinges per door
Factory settings: For lateral, height and depth adjustment: Zero position
Distance D The different spacing heights of the Once the door overlay and the distance to cup have been

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

mounting plates allow adjustments to be determined, the distance can be looked up in the application table.
Door
Overlay made to the door overlay. The In the example the door overlay is defined at 10 mm and the
demension of the distance results from distance to cup at 5 mm. This produces a distsnce of 4 mm.
Mounting the thickness of the mounting plate. The
starting point for determining the required
Door overlay mm
mounting method with a defined
Hinge arm height with mounting plate
Gap F door overlay. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Distance to cup E 3 4 5 6 7 3
Hinge arm length

5 6 7 4
3 4 5 6 7 6
Distance to cup 3 4 5 6 7 8
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
Full overlay mounting Half overlay mounting Inset mounting
Gap
Concealed hinge with Concealed hinge with Concealed hinge with
Door offset straight hinge arm cranked hinge arm high cranked hinge arm
Door overlay

3.29 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.30
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

METALLA Mini A, incl. mounting plate, opening angle 95° Half overlay mounting

Door overlay mm
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Cup fixing: For screw fixing 3 4 5 -2
- Installation: Door to cabinet with slide-on system 3 4 5 0
- Drilling depth: Hinge cup 9 mm
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate) 3 4 5 2
- For door thickness: 12–20 mm 3 4 5 4
- With automatic closing spring
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
3 3
- Hinge arm: Cranked

Cup dimensions Drilling dimensions for cup fixing

Cup fixing Mounting plate height Cat. No.
Screw fixing - 311.41.501
H=0 311.41.571
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Inset mounting
Full overlay mounting
Door overlay mm
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
Door overlay mm
3 4 5 -2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 4 5 0
3 4 5 -2 3 4 5 2
3 4 5 0 3 4 5 4
3 4 5 2
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm
3 4 5 4
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm - Hinge arm: High cranked

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cup fixing Mounting plate height Cat. No.

Cup fixing Mounting plate height Cat. No. Screw fixing - 311.41.502
H=0 311.41.572
Screw fixing - 311.41.500
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
H=0 311.41.570
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.31 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.32
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Concealed Hinges

METALLA Mini A, opening angle 95° Half overlay mounting

- Material: Plastic cup, steel hinge arm

- Finish: Black cup, nickel plated hinge arm Door overlay mm
- Cup fixing: For screw fixing 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
- Installation: Door to cabinet with slide-on system (A)
- For glass thickness: 4-6 mm 3 4 5 6 0
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional (with appropriate mounting plate) 3 4 5 6 2
- With automatic closing spring
3 4 5 6 4
3 Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm 3
- Hinge arm: Cranked
Cup dimensions Drilling dimensions
for cup fixing
Cup fixing Mounting plate height Cat. No.
Screw fixing - 311.42.501
H=0 311.42.511
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Full overlay mounting Inset mounting

Door overlay mm
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
Cup fixing Mounting plate height Cat. No.
3 4 5 6 0
Screw fixing - 311.42.500 3 4 5 6 2
H=0 311.42.510
3 4 5 6 4
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm

- Hinge arm: High cranked

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cup fixing Mounting plate height Cat. No.

Screw fixing - 311.42.502
H=0 311.42.512
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.33 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.34
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Concealed Hinges Chipboard screws - Hospa

Accessories for METALLA Mini A Concealed hinge Fully threaded, nickel plated

Front plate, round Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k mm Drive

Finish Type Cat. No.
2.5 5.0 1.6 Pz1
Aluminium coloured Semi-circular 311.43.220
3.0 5.0 1.8 PZ1
Chrome coloured 311.43.230
3.5 7.0 2.1 PZ2
Black coloured 311.43.320
4.0 8.0 2.4 PZ2
Gold coloured 311.43.820
Aluminium coloured Round 311.43.200
Front plate, semi-circular Thread Ø d mm length L mm Cat. No.
Chrome coloured 311.43.210
3 Black coloured 311.43.300
Orga-Box
3
4.0 15 015.35.824
Gold coloured 311.43.800
17 015.35.833
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
20 015.35.842
Packing: 1000 pcs

For screw fixing with chipboard screws

Countersunk head-for cruciform mounting plates,
Drilling pattern Distance D mm Cat. No.
cabinet connectors and connecting fittings
-2 311.51.521 For screwing into wood
0 311.51.520 For Ø 3 mm drill holes - Material: Steel
- Finish/colour: Nickel plated
2 311.51.522
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
4 311.51.524 - Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm,
thread Ø 4.2 mm,
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
body Ø 2.8 mm

length L mm Finish Packing pieces Cat. No.

Orga-Box
For screw fixing with pre-mounted special screws
10.5 Nickel plated 100 or 1000 013.15.617
Distance D mm Screw length mm Cat. No. 13.5 100 or 1000 013.15.626
Drilling pattern
-2 11 311.51.515 16 100 or 1000 013.15.635

0 311.51.511 Big-Pack
2 311.51.513 13.5 Nickel plated 100 or 500 012.15.626

0 14 311.51.510
2 311.51.512
4 311.51.514

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

For screw fixing with chipboard screws, edge distance 28 mm

Drilling pattern
Special edge distance 28 mm

Distance D mm Cat. No.

0 311.51.561
2 311.51.563
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.35 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.36
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Information Concealed Hinges

Application Matrix Hinge for folding doors for corner units

4 - 18 mm gap
Area of application Opening angle ° Soft close Cup Arm - Opening angle: 150°
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated

Not integrated

Clamp Fitting
- Installation: For screw fixing

Screw fixing
Integrated
- For door thickness: 15-24 mm

Click on

Slide on
Add on
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional

Press

Page
Ø 40
Ø 35
Ø 26

Ø 30
150

170

180
105

110

250

270
140
90

92

95
Hinge for folding door FF 3.38 Drilling pattern Adjustment facility
Flap hinge FF 3.39

3 FF 3.40
FF 3.40
3
Pivot hinge FF 3.41
FF 3.42
FF 3.43
Glass door hinge FF 3.44
FF 3.46
FF 3.47
FF 3.48
FF 3.50
Soss hinge FF 3.51 Installation dimensions Installation
Zysa

Door closed Door open

Hinge for folding doors for corner units Standard wide drawn profiled hinge

Instalation Cat. No.

For screw fixing 343.90.700
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

3.37 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.38
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Flap Hinges Flap Hinges

FLAP HINGES PLANO-MEDIAL Flap hinge, opening angle 90°

For wooden flaps Zinc Alloy

- Material: Plastic and zinc alloy or zinc alloy

- Material: Zinc Alloy - Installation: Screw fixing
- Installation: For Screw Fixing
- Flap hinge 3-dimensionally adjustable, opening angle 90°
Application and planning dimensions for base thickness
Finish Cat. No.
Nickel plated 342.66.730

3 3
Drilling dimensions
Drilling pattern Application and planning dimensions
Finish Cat. No.
Nickel plated 342.75.628
Burnished 342.75.128
Packing: 10 or 50 pcs

Flap hinge, opening angle 270°

Adjustment facility

Drilling dimensions

- Installation: Screw fixing

Application and planning dimensions

Flap

Base
Drilling dimensions in base and in flap

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Flap Base
Flap

Base

Material Finish Cat. No.

Steel Black matt 342.62.310
Flap open Flap closed Nickel plated polished 342.62.710
Brass Nickel plated matt 342.63.600
Matt 342.63.502
Packing: 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.39 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.40
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Pivot Hinges Pivot Hinges

Pivot hinge with identical flanges Pivot hinge

- Opening angle: 180° - Opening angle: 140°

- Material: Steel - For door thickness: 12–21 mm
- Finish: Blue chromated - Opening angle restraint: Without stop
- Flange thickness: 3 mm - Installation: Press fitting
- Opening angle restraint: Without stop
- Installation: Screw fixing Material Colour Cat. No.
- Load bearing capacity: <20 kg
Plastic White 361.22.710
Length mm Cat. No. Brown 361.22.110
65 361.03.511 Black 361.22.310
100 361.03.531 Packing: 20 or 200 pairs
3 Packing: 1 or 20 pairs
3
Function
Removing the door: Lift the spring-loaded
pin with a small screwdriver.
Condition: Drilled hole in door and slotted
hole in sleeve are identical.
Setting the door gap: Widen or reduce
Corner pivot hinge, straight door gap by turning the
Application flange. Fix adjusted door gap with a
small chipboard screw.
- Material: Brass Side
- Opening angle restraint: Without stop
- Installation: Screw fixing
- Turning point external
Flap closed
- Opening angle: 250°
- Finish: Polished
- Flange thickness: 2 mm

Flap open
Application
Length mm Cat. No.
Side 50 362.10.803
Packing: 1 or 20 pairs
Shelf

Door

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

3.41 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.42
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Glass Door Hinges Glass Door Hinges

GLARIOR Glass door hinge, opening angle 95° SIMPLEX-CLIP Glass door hinge, opening angle 110°

- Area of application: For inset glass doors

- For door height: Max. 600 mm
- For door width: Max. 400 mm
- Area of application: For inset glass doors - For glass thickness: Max. 4.7 mm
- Material: Zinc alloy - Version: With black plastic bushing
- For glass thickness: 6 mm - Installation: Plug fitting into base and direct fixing to glass
- Glass door width: max 350 mm door with screw
- Glass door height: max 800 mm - Without catch, no drilling in glass necessary
- Installation: Screw fixing to bottom and upper shelf,
direct fixing to glass door Finish Cat. No.
- Version: Without catch
3 - No drilling in glass necessary
Black matt 361.42.300 3
- Supplied with: Pressure plate Chrome Plated Polished 361.42.202
Packing: 1 or 50 pairs

Fixing to the glass door

1 Stick pressure plate on in
required position
2 Press-fit rotating element
3 Adjust glass door
Inset mounting 4 Tighten screws

Installation
Protective foil
Pressure plate

Self-adhesive pad

Pressure plate

Glass door
Installation

Rotating element

Finish Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Nickel plated matt 361.49.603

Nickel plated polished 361.49.701
Chrome plated polished 361.49.201
Packing: 1, 10 or 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.43 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.44
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Glass Door Hinges Glass Door Hinges

Counterpiece for glass doors Glass door hinge

For door mounting without glass drilling, for overlay or inset glass doors
- For glass thickness: 4–6 mm
- Installation: For clipping on, with self adhesive intermediate layer
- Opening angle: 170°
made of foam material
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, for clamping to glass door
Material Finish Cat. No. - For glass thickness: Max. 5 mm
- For door width: Max. 450 mm
Steel Chrome plated 245.66.201 - For door height: Max. 600 mm
Nickel plated 245.66.600 - Adjustment facility: Depth/height adjustment
- With spring
Black 245.66.309

3 Packing: 1, 100 or 400 pcs

3

Full overlay mounting

Material Finish Cat. No. - Area of application: For overlay glass doors
- Adjustment facility: Depth adjustment with slot
Steel Chrome plated 245.66.211 - Can be fixed with additional third screw
Black 245.66.311 Supplied with
Packing: 1, 100 or 400 pcs Plastic spacer

Installation Finish Cat. No.

Installation Polished chrome plated 361.93.241

Glass door
Polished nickel plated 361.93.641
Protective layer made
of foam material Packing: 1 or 50 pairs

Protective layer made

of foam material
Counterpiece
Protective foil for adhesive film

Inset mounting
- Area of application: For inset glass doors
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment with slot

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Supplied with
Material Finish Cat. No. Plastic spacer

Steel Chrome plated 245.66.221 Finish Cat. No.

Black 245.66.321 Polished chrome plated 361.93.240
Packing: 1, 100 or 200 pcs Installation Polished nickel plated 361.93.640
Packing: 1 or 50 pairs

Order reference
From door height >600 mm a centre hinge must be ordered.
Note
A surrounding gap of 3 mm must be taken into consideration when cutting
the glass

Stock Item Stock Item

3.45 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.46
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Glass Door Hinges Glass Door Hinges

Centre hinge only in combination with hinge for inset mounting Glass door hinge
From door height of 600 mm Semi-circular, for door mounting with glass drilling, for inset glass doors

- Area of application: For inset glass doors - Opening angle: 180°

- Adjustment facility: Depth/height adjustment - Area of application: For inset glass doors
- Material: Brass
- Installation: For screw fixing
Finish Cat. No.
- For glass thickness: 6 mm
Polished chrome plated 361.93.242 - Load bearing capacity per pair: 30 kg
- Without spring
Polished nickel plated 361.93.642 - With glass drilling
Installation Packing: 1 or 50 pairs

3 Finish Cat. No.

3
Matt 361.85.501
Matt nickel plated 361.85.609
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Installation

Glass door hinge

Matt Matt nickel plated
For door mounting without glass drilling, for overlay or inset glass doors

- Opening angle: 105°

- Area of application: For inset glass doors
- Material: Brass
- Installation: For screw fixing
- For glass thickness: 4–6 mm
- Mounting: For right and left hand use
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment
- Without spring
- With glass drilling
- Door and side panel mounted separately
- Door removable by means of clamping screw

Supplied with
Plastic spacer

Finish Cat. No.

Polished chrome plated 361.47.207

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

Installation

Stock Item Stock Item

3.47 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.48
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Folding Table Hinges Hinges for Concealed Mounting

Folding table hinge Soss Hinge for wood thicknesses 13–51 mm

For folding tables and sewing machine tables - Opening angle: 180°
- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy,
- Material: Brass oint: Steel,
- Installation: For recess mounting and screw fixing versions for wood thicknesses 41–51 mm,
joint with plastic slide plates
Finish Cat. No. - Installation: For screw fixing
- Fixing material supplied
Polished nickel plated 341.32.708
Matt 341.32.502 For wood thickness mm Finish Cat. No.
Polished 341.32.806 13-16 Nickel plated 341.07.718
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs
3 Drilling pattern
19-24 341.07.727
3
19-25 341.07.736
22-26 341.07.745
28-34 341.07.754
35-38 341.07.763
41-45 341.07.772
48-51 341.07.781
Packing: 1, 2, 4, 12 or 24 pcs

Application and planning dimensions

For door thickness mm 13-16 19-24 19-25 22-26 28-34 35-38 41-45 48-51
Functionality Dim. A mm 9.7 12.9 12.8 16.1 19.4 25.6 28.5 35.6
Dim. B mm 42.9 44.5 60.0 69.7 95.0 117.0 117.5 139.1
Dim. C mm 23.0 20.0 32.0 35.0 53.0 66.0 78.0 78.0
Dim. C1 mm - - - 17.0 20.0 26.0 31.0 37.0
Dim. D mm 5.0 5.0 6.4 7.0 9.5 12.0 10.0 11.9
Dim. E mm 13.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 29.0 39.0 43.0 52.0
Gap F mm 17.1 22.1 22.1 27.4 32.6 43.7 50.9 62.0
Gap G mm 2.4 3.2 3.2 4.0 4.8 6.4 6.4 7.5
Gap H mm 2.7 2.7 2.7 3.5 4.0 5.5 9.5 8.0
Gap I mm 0.8 0.8 1.6 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.2 1.6

Number of hinges per door

Example:
A door 700 mm wide that weighs
45 kg and has a thickness of 41 mm
would require three hinges

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

No. 341.07.572 or 341.07.772

Door thickness in mm
Door width in mm
Door weight in kg
Number of door hinges

Stock Item Stock Item

3.49 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.50
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Hinges for Concealed Mounting Hinges for Concealed Mounting

ZYSA Hinge for wood thickness of 14–40 mm Special hinge for wood thickness from 18 mm up to 32 mm

- Opening angle: 180°

- Material: Brass
- Finish: Matt - With or without integrated soft closing mechanism (optional)
- Mounting: For right and left hand use - Versatile: Suitable for different areas of application
- Installation: Screw fixing - The storage space of the furniture item is not affected

- Area of application: For wooden doors or for aluminium frames

Application
Mounting example for butting overlay doors
3 - Material: Housing: Zinc alloy, link: Steel
- Opening angle: 103°
Drilling dimensions - For door thickness: 18–32 mm
- For door width: Max. 600 mm
- For door height: Max. 2,100 mm
- Door weight: Max. 16 kg
3
- Installation: For screw fixing
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ±1.5 mm, side adjustment ±2 mm,
depth adjustment +2 mm up to –0.5 mm

Supplied with
2 hinges
2 cover caps

Version Finish Cat. No.

Mounting example for butting inset doors Application and planning dimensions With soft closing Nickel plated 342.79.700
Mechanism
Nickel plated black 342.79.300
Without soft closing Nickel plated 342.79.710
Door position on cabinet top panel or cabinet Mechanism
base panel Nickel plated black 342.79.310
Push to open* Nickel plated 342.79.720

A = (17+E)-S Nickel plated black 342.79.320

Y = X-W Packing: 1 set
W = X-Y
X = W+Y Note
2 hinges (top and bottom) are required for each door. These are
included in the set.
Mounting example for butting overlay flaps Minimum gap
Installation
1 Position is secured by tightening the tensioning screw Door thickness Distance to cup E mm
2 With extremely heavy loads, each of the cylinders can be secured mm 3 4 5 6
from the front using a chipboard or wood screw Cabinet top panel or base panel
18 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Side panel
Door 20 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
22 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
For wood thickness mm Cat. No. 24 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8
F = minimum gap 26 1.4 1.4 1.3 1.3
14-19 341.22.506
28 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9
17-22 341.23.503
30 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.7
Drilling pattern for door Drilling pattern for cabinet top
20-26 341.13.507 panel or base panel 32 4.7 4.2 3.9 3.7

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Example of folding door 22-28 341.11.503 Minimum gap F

24-32 341.12.500
31-40 341.14.504
Adjustment facility
Packing: 1, 12, 24 or 48 pcs

Mounting example for two panels

Side adjustment
Height adjustment
Depth adjustment

Stock Item Stock Item

3.51 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.52
 Product for traditional Hinges and Flap Fittings
Hinges for Concealed Mounting Flush Hinges

Corner connectors for use with aluminium frame Flush hinge

- For medium duty applications

Material Version Cat. No. - For inset doors
- With fixed pin
Zinc alloy Left hand use 342.79.718 - Non mortice
- Steel/zinc alloy
Right hand use 342.79.717
- Order fixing screws separately
Packing: 1 pc. - Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

Order reference Finish Cat. No.

For 1 aluminium frame are required 2 connectors left hand and
Florentine bronzed 0.17 351.95.129
2 connectors right hand use.
Packing: 10 pcs
3 3
Milling dimensions for corner connector

- For medium duty applications

- For inset doors
- With fixed pin
- Non mortice
- Steel/zinc alloy
- Order fixing screws separately
- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

Finish Cat. No.

Florentine bronzed 0.22 351.95.127
Packing: 10 pcs

- For medium duty applications

Required dimensions of frame profile cross section - For inset doors
- With fixed pin
- Non mortice
- Steel/zinc alloy
- Order fixing screws separately
- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

Finish Cat. No.

Florentine bronzed 0.64 351.95.129
Packing: 10 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

3.53 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.54
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Flush Hinges Push Cathces

Flush hinge for inset doors Cross adapter, screw fixing with chipboard screws Ø6 mm
- Material: Plastic
- With fixed pin - Colour: Grey
- Non mortice
- Steel
- Order fixing screws separately Version Cat. No.
- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs
With positioning aid 356.37.591
Finish Cat. No. Without positioning aid 356.37.590
Florentine bronzed 0.06 351.95.110 Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Packing: 10 pcs

3 Drilling 37 x 32 mm 3

With positioning aid

- With fixed pin

- Non mortice
- Steel
- Order fixing screws separately
Without positioning aid
- Order qty: Multiples of 10 pcs

Finish Cat. No. Without positioning aid

Florentine bronzed 0.09 351.95.156

Packing: 10 pcs

Push latch pin

- Area of application: Suitable for push to open door
- Material: Plastic and/or magnet
- Installation: Fixing with screw

Version Finish Cat. No.

Installation dimensions Push latch pin 20/37 Without magnet 356.02.501

With magnet 356.02.511
Push latch pin 40/37 Without magnet 356.02.502
With magnet 356.02.512
Packing: 1 pc

Order reference
Please order steel plate separately (246.03.790)

Soft closing mechanism for doors

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

For inserting into adapter housing or drill hole - Features: Air cushioned
- Material: Plastic

Colour Cat. No.

Grey 356.37.650
Packing: 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.55 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.56
 Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Flap Fitting

Hinge and Flaps FREE FLAP FITTING

Mechanical
- All types of opening are available: Stay flap, lift up flap, double flap Electrical
lift-up and lift up front fittings - Effortless opening, even with large and heavy front
- Multi-position stop: Flap locks reliably in any position panels
- Gentle and quiet closing thanks to integrated soft closing mechanism - Extremely quiet and smooth running
- Quick, easy installation and disassembly thanks to the clip system - Integrated soft closing and soft opening mechanisms
for the front panel, the base plate pins of the fittings and the fronthung - Safety stop and collision avoidance function
Euro screws
- Can also be effortlessly operated during power failures
- Convenient 3 dimensional front panel adjustmentpanels without
handle and dampened closing. thanks
- to the free-swing function
- Connecting facility for 24 V Loox light
3 FREE FLAP 1.7 FREE FLAP 1.7 E
3
- Extremely suitable for small to medium-sized flaps
- Featherlight flap opening
- Hinge connection not required
- Push-to-open for front panels without handle

FREE FLAP 3.15 FREE FLAP 3.15 E

- Extremely suitable for large, heavy flaps in wall units
- Featherlight flap opening
- Hinge connection not required
- Push-to-open for front panels without handle

FREE FOLD SHORT FREE FOLD E

- Ideal for high wall units with large front panels
- Handle is always easily accessible, even with high
front panels
- Minimal space required inside the room
- Material combination possible in the front panel
design
- Finger-safe thanks to patented finger protection of
the connecting hinge

FREE SWING FREE SWING E

- Ideal for large, one-piece front panels
- Swivels around cornice profiles and surface
mounted lights

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Cabinet contents are extremely easy to access
- Cross bar can be shortened to individual cabinet
widths

FREE UP FREE UP E
- Ideal for larder units or wall units with front panels
above
- Also optimally suited for cabinets with cornices or
side panels
- Cross bar can be shortened to individual cabinet
widths

FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.58
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Flap Fitting Information

FREE FLAP FITTING Area of application Cabinet connection Model Soft close Flaps Type

Aluminium frame

Without handle
Not integrated
Mechanical

With handle

Mechanical
Two pieces
Integrated

One piece
- With hinge connection to the flap

Add on
- Multi-position stop: Flap locks reliably in any position

Wood

Page
- Can be used on one or both sides
- Quick, easy installation and disassembly thanks to clip-on system
- Holding power can be adjusted individually to suit flap weight Stay flap fitting and lid stay
- For front panels with and without handle Without hinge installation Free Flap 1.7 FF 3.61
- Less space required inside the cabinet Free Flap 3.15 FF 3.62
With hinge installation Free H1.5 FF 3.64
Duo FF 3.85
MAXI Maxi FF 3.79
3 - Ideally suited for wide and heavy flaps
- Less space required inside the cabinet
Pneumatic support FF 3.90 3
Double flap fitting and lid stay
- Easy, power-assisted opening of the flap
- Holding power adjustment With hinge installation Free fold FF 3.70
- Soft closing optional via fitting

Lift up front fitting

Without hinge installation Free up FF 3.74

Swing up front fitting

Without hinge installation Free swing FF 3.76
FREE FLAP H1.5
- Ideal for small to medium sized larder unit and wall applications
- Less space required inside the cabinet
- Easy, power-assisted opening of the flap
- Holding power adjustment
- Design and colour options harmonised with the free family Flap stays and hinges
With hinge installation Duo FF 3.85
Dorana FF 3.94
Pull cable FF 3.91
Flap hinge FF 3.38
Box lid stays and hinge
With hinge installation Maxi up FF 3.96
Without hinge installation Corner bench hinge FF 3.98
Chest lid hinge FF 3.97

DUO STANDARD/DUO FORTE

- Lid stay and flap stay in one
- For small wall units and bar cabinet applications
- Less space required inside the cabinet
- With adjustable holding power or braking effect family

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

FLAP STAY WITH PULL CABLE

- Opening angle adjustable
- No time-consuming cabinet processing required
- For horizontal or vertical use (extremely little space requirement inside the cabinet)
- For right/left hand use

3.59 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.60
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Flap Free Flap

Free flap 1.7 for small, one-piece flaps made of wood it with aluminium frame Free flap 3.15 for large, one-piece flaps made of wood with aluminium frame
- Material: Fitting steel, cover cap plastic - Material: Fitting steel, cover cap plastic
- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey, RAL 7035 or - Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey, RAL 7035 or
white, RAL 9006 white, RAL 9006
- For flap height: 200 - 450 mm - For flap height: 350 - 650 mm
- Opening angle: 90° or 107° (adjustable for fitting)
- Opening angle: 107° (can be limited to 90° by means of optional
- Facility: holding power
opening angle restraint) - Installation: Fitting for screw fixing with pre-mounted Euro screws,
- Facility: holding power Front panel without tools (cilp system) onto pre-mounted screw-on
- Installation: Fitting for screw fixing with pre-mounted Euro screws, brackets
Front panel without tools (cilp system) onto pre-mounted screw-
on brackets

3 3

Front panel thickness Y mm 16 19 22 26 28

Distance X mm (With top panel thickness 16 mm) 83 74 64 52 46
Front panel thickness Y mm 16 19 22 26 28
Supplied with:
2 Stay flap fittings (left/right)
Distance X mm (With top panel thickness 83 74 64 52 46 2 Cover caps for fitting (left/right)
16 mm) 2 Screw-on brackets for wooden flaps or flaps with aluminium frame,
from frame width 45 mm
Supplied with: 1 Set of installation instructions
Sample measurement table for max. flap weight 1 Drilling jig
2 Stay flap fittings (left/right)
Sample measurement table for max. flap weight 2 Cover caps for fitting (left/right) Cabinet Max. flap weight kg
2 Screw-on brackets for wooden flaps or flaps with aluminium frame, height Model Cover Caps Cat. No.
Model A B C from frame width 45 mm mm Model D Model E Model F Model G D Grey Cover Caps 372.91.330
1 Set of installation instructions
Cabinet height mm Flap weight mm
1 Drilling jig 350 5.2-11.0 6.7-14.3 10.1-21.4 13.5-27.3 E 372.91.331
200 1.7 - 4.6 3.6 - 7.9 6.8 - 14.7 375 4.9-10.2 6.3-13.1 9.4-19.8 12.5-25.2 F 372.91.332
225 1.5 - 4.1 3.1 - 7.1 6.0 - 13.1 Model Cover Caps Cat. No. 400 4.7-9.6 5.9-12.4 8.9-18.6 11.8-23.3
G 372.91.333
250 1.3 - 3.8 2.9 - 6.4 5.4 - 11.8 A Grey Cover Caps 372.91.320 425 4.4-9.0 5.6-11.6 8.3-17.4 11.0-21.8
D White Cover Caps 372.91.730
275 1.2 - 3.3 2.5 - 5.7 4.8 - 10.6 450 4.1-8.4 5.2-10.9 7.8-16.3 10.4-20.5
B 372.91.321
475 3.9-8.0 4.9-10.3 7.4-15.4 9.8-19.3 E 372.91.731
300 1.1 - 3.1 2.4 - 5.1 4.4 - 9.6
C 372.91.322
500 3.7-7.5 4.7-9.7 7.0-14.6 9.2-18.3 F 372.91.732
325 1.0 - 2.8 2.1 - 4.6 4.0 - 8.8
A White Cover Caps 372.91.720 525 3.5-7.1 4.4-9.2 6.6-13.9 8.8-17.3
350 0.9 - 2.6 2.0 -4.2 3.7 - 8.1 G 372.91.733
B 372.91.721 550 3.3-6.8 4.2-8.8 6.3-13.2 8.3-16.5
375 0.9 - 2.3 1.9 - 3.8 3.5 - 7.5 D Antrachite 372.91.380
575 3.2-6.5 4.0-8.4 6.0-12.5 8.0-15.6
C 372.91.722
400 0.8 - 2.1 1.7 - 3.6 3.2 - 7.0 600 3.0-6.2 3.8-8.0 5.7-12.0 7.6-15.0 E 372.91.381
A Antrachite 372.91.370

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

425 0.7 - 1.9 1.5 - 3.4 2.9 - 6.5 625 2.8-5.9 3.6-7.6 5.4-11.5 7.2-14.4 F 372.91.382
450 0.6 - 1.7 1.4 - 3.2 2.7 - 6.1 B 372.91.371 650 2.6-5.6 3.4-7.3 5.3-11.0 6.9-14.0 G 372.91.383
C 372.91.372 Packing: 1 set
Packing: 1 set

Opening angle restraint Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame

Mounting Material Cat. No.
Material Cat. No.
For left or right hand use Zinc Alloy 372.91.599
Plastic 372.91.499
Packing: 1 set Packing: 1 set

Screws (M4 x 10 mm) supplied

Stock Item Stock Item

3.61 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.62
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Flap Free Flap H1.5

Adapter for all-glass front panels Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 Stay Flap Fitting - the elegant all-purpose fitting for wall units
- Area of application: For installation on all-glass front panels in
For flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame
combination with screw-on brackets for wooden flaps
- Material: Stainless steel
Attractive diversity of appearance
- Installation: For glue fixing (UV glass adhesive bonds) - Available as all-plastic version or with metal support arm; housing colour available in white or grey
- For glass thickness: 6–10 mm
Multi-functionality in the application
- For flap width: <900 mm
- Variable standard product provides versatile functionality for front panels with and without handle: By
- M5 screws supplied changing the installation position and combining with additional components, both conventional
applications with a handle and push-to-open applications without a handle can be realised
- For one-sided or two-sided application (depends on the flap width and weight)
Note - Can be used in combination with standard 110° concealed hinges (Push hinges for push-to-open
applications; hinges with soft closing mechanism)
When using the glass gluing adapter, move mounting dimensions of
the Häfele Free swing/up further into the cabinet by the adapter Easy handling
3 height (8 mm). - Installation is simple, rational and without tools
3
- The holding power can be individually adjusted to suit the respective flap weight and the required
function
Material Cat. No.
Brushed 372.91.598
Packing: 1 set Product and colour versions Differentiation criteria of the model versions

All-plastic version in white or grey Colour-coded adjustment nut for differentiation between models
Plastic housing in white or grey, with metal support arm A (grey), B (beige), C (white) and D (black)

Side space requirement Quick fixing system Holding power adjustment

Holding power adjustment with SW10 Allen key

(Cat. No. 235.79.301)

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Note
Use position 1–8 for adjusting the holding power.
Use position 9–12 to re-adjust lap (if necessary).

Height Side Tilt

adjustment* adjustment* adjustment*

Side distance Fitting is simply clipped onto

S = door overlay + 19.5 mm the pre-mounted ixing plates * depending on the concealed hinges that are used

Stock Item

3.63 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.64
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Flap H1.5 Free Flap H1.5

Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 – Standard mounting version for power assisted opening of Flap Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 –
Touch Opening Mounting version for opening the flap slightly, with multi-position stop
- The following mounting dimensions and sample
measurements tables for this kind of application must be Note
adhered to - The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements
- Use two Free flap H 1.5 fittings for flap widths from 600 mm tables for this kind of application must be adhered to
and above - Use two Free lap H 1.5 fittings for flap widths from 600 mm and
- The weight specifications in the sample measurements table above
apply to one Free flap H 1.5 fitting; the lap weight values - The weight specifications in the sample measurements table
double when using two fittings apply to one Free flap H 1.5 fitting; the lap weight values double
- For use in combination with standard 110° concealed hinges when using two fittings
with or without integrated soft closing mechanism - For use in combination with Duomatic Push hinges and
magnetic door catches
3 - Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one
additional magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for
3
holding the lap reliably in closed position

Opening angle 75°

Opening angle 75°

Cabinet height Flap weight mm

mm Cabinet height Flap weight mm
Model A Model B Model D mm Model A Model B Model D
350 2.6–4.2 3.8–6.5 6.2–10.9
350 4.6–5.3 – –
400 2.3–3.3 3.0–5.8 5.6–10.2
400 3.2–4.8 4.3–7.0* 5.5–8.0*
450 2.2–3.1 2.7–4.6 5.5–9.7
450 2.5–4.0 4.0–6.3* 5.0–7.6*
500 1.7–2.8 2.3–4.6 4.6–8.5
500 2.2–3.5 3.5–5.4* 4.7–7.3*
550 1.6–2.6 2.2–4.2 4.1–6.6
550 2.0–3.3 2.6–5.1 4.0–6.9
600 1.2–2.3 2.1–3.9 3.9–6.0
600 – 2.6–4.7 3.6–6.3
* 356.06.460/461 + 356.06.470/471
Opening angle 90°
Opening angle 90°
Cabinet height Flap weight mm
mm Model A Model B Model D Cabinet height Flap weight mm
275 2.8–3.8 3.5–6.0 5.8–10.5 mm Model A Model B Model D
300 2.2–3.4 3.3–5.7 5.2–9.0 350 2.4–4.2 3.4–5.2* 4.7–6.9*
350 2.1–2.9 2.7–4.9 4.8–8.0 400 1.5–3.2 3.1–4.9* 3.9–5.6*
400 1.6–2.3 2.3–4.6 4.3–7.9 450 1.5–2.6 2.6–4.2* 3.6–5.4*
450 1.3–2.2 2.0–3.8 3.8–6.3 500 1.4–2.4 2.4–3.6 3.4–5.0
500 1.2–2.0 1.7–3.4 3.4–6.0 550 1.3–2.1 1.9–3.2 2.6–4.6
550 1.2–1.9 1.7–3.0 3.0–5.1 600 1.3–1.9 1.8–3.1 –
600 0.9–1.6 1.6–3.0 3.0–4.7 * 356.06.460/461 + 356.06.470/471

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Opening angle 110° Opening angle 110°

Cabinet height Flap weight mm Cabinet height Flap weight mm

mm mm Model A Model B Model D
Model A Model B Model D
275 1.9–2.8 2.6–4.3 4.2–7.1 350 2.4–4.2 3.4–5.2* 4.7–6.9*
300 1.1–2.4 2.4–4.1 4.0–7.0 400 1.5–3.2 3.1–4.9* 3.9–5.6*
350 1.1–2.1 2.1–3.7 3.6–6.4 450 1.5–2.6 2.6–4.2* 3.6–5.4*
400 1.1–1.7 1.7–3.2 3.2–5.5 500 1.4–2.4 2.4–3.6 3.4–5.0
450 1.0–1.6 1.6–2.8 2.8–5.5 550 1.3–2.1 1.9–3.2 2.6–4.6
500 1.0–1.4 1.3–2.5 2.5–4.5 600 1.3–1.9 1.8–3.1 –
550 0.8–1.3 1.3–2.2 2.2–3.9 * 356.06.460/461 + 356.06.470/471
600 0.7–1.2 1.2–2.2 2.2–4.3
F1 > 2 mm F1 > 2 mm

3.65 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.66
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Flap H1.5 Free Flap H1.5

Häfele Free Flap H 1.5 – Push-to-open Mounting version for automatic complete opening Häfele Free flap H 1.5 Complete sets – All-plastic version

- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements For flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame
tables for this kind of application must be adhered to
- Use two Free Flap H 1.5 fittings for lap widths from 600 mm
and above - Material: Housing, support arm, mounting bracket,
- The weight specifications in the sample measurements table
screw-on bracket and hex key: Plastic
apply to one Free lap H 1.5 fitting; the lap weight values
double when using two fittings - Finish/colour: Grey NCS S 2005-R80B or
- For use in combination with Duomatic Push hinges and white NCS 0505-R80B
magnetic door catches - Installation: Lid stay: Without tools,
- Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and mounting bracket and screw-on bracket:
one additional magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) For screw fixing
3 for holding the lap reliably in closed position - Adjustment facility: Holding power adjustment 3
Left hand L or right hand R mounting

Opening angle 75°

Cabinet height Flap weight mm

mm Model A Model B Model D
350 2.6–3.6 3.1–5.3* 4.7–6.6*
400 2.3–3.1 3.1–5.1* 4.3–6.6*
Individual set for one-sided application
450 1.8–2.6 2.6–4.0* 3.6–5.6*
500 1.6–2.3 2.3–3.6 3.3–4.9
550 1.5–2.1 2.1–3.6 3.1–4.6 Supplied with
600 1.4–2.0 2.0–3.2 2.7–4.2 1 Lid stay
1 Mounting bracket for cabinet
Opening angle 90° 1 Screw-on bracket for flap
1 Hex key, SW10, plastic
1 Set of installation instruction
Cabinet height Flap weight mm
mm Model A Model B Model D Model Mounting Finish Cat. No.
350 1.7–2.5 2.1–3.2 3.0–4.0 A Right Grey 372.39.600
400 1.3–1.9 1.9–3.0 2.8–4.0 Left 372.39.601
450 1.1–1.5 1.5–2.6 2.2–3.2 B Right 372.39.610
500 – 1.4–2.4 2.0–2.9 Left 372.39.611
550 – 1.3–2.2 1.8–2.8
C Right 372.39.620
600 – 1.3–1.7 1.5–2.5
Left 372.39.621
Order reference
D Right 372.39.630
Use two Free flap H 1.5 fittings from cabinet
Opening angle 110° width of 600 mm and above. Left 372.39.631

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

A Right White 372.39.800

Cabinet height Flap weight mm Left 372.39.801
mm Model A Model B Model D B Right 372.39.810
300 1.5–2.1 2.1–3.0 2.7–4.1 Left 372.39.811
350 1.5–2.1 1.9–2.7 2.6–3.7
C Right 372.39.820
400 1.1–1.5 1.5–2.5 2.2–3.5
Left 372.39.821
450 1.0–1.3 1.3–2.3 2.0–2.9
D Right 372.39.830
500 – 1.2–1.7 1.6–2.7
Left 372.39.831
550 – 1.2–1.7 1.5–2.3
Packing: 1 set
600 – 1.2–1.5 1.3–2.1

F1 > 2 mm

Stock Item

3.67 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.68
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Flap H1.5 Free Fold

Twin set for two-sided application Häfele Free fold Double flap lift-up fitting

Supplied with
2 Lid stays
2 Mounting brackets for cabinet
2 Screw-on brackets for flap
1 Hex key, SW10, plastic
1 Set of installation instructions
Model Mounting
A On Both
For 2-piece flaps with division 1:1 made from wood or with aluminium frame
- Material: Fitting: Plastic, steel, cover cap: Plastic
- Finish/colour: Fitting: Nickel plated, cover cap: Grey NCS
S 2005-R80B, white NCS S 0505-R80B or anthracite RAL 7043
- Adjustment facility: Height/side/depth of top panel
(via concealed hinge) and lower panel (via connecting hinge),
holding power/centre pull (via fitting)
Finish Cat. No.
Grey 372.39.500 Supplied with

3 B sides 372.39.510 1 double flap lift-up fitting set

(1 piece each left/right, including front fixing brackets for
3
C 372.39.520
wooden flaps or flaps with wide aluminium frame, installation
D 372.39.530 instructions and paper drilling template)
A White 372.39.700 1 cover cap set grey, white or anthracite
(1 piece each left/right)
B 372.39.710
Order reference
Use two Free flap H 1.5 fittings from cabinet C 372.39.720 Cabinet Flap
height Weight Model Grey White Anthrachite
width of 600 mm and above. D 372.39.730 mm kg
Packing: 1 set 2.6–5.2 C1fo 372.37.510 372.37.710 372.37.300
Häfele Free fold planning

480–530
Sw10 hex key 5.2–10.6 C3fo 372.37.512 372.37.712 372.37.301

For load bearing capacity adjustment 7.8–15.1 C4fo 372.37.513 372.37.713 372.37.302

2.4–4.9 D1fo 372.37.520 372.37.720 372.37.303

520-590
Material Colour Cat. No.
4.8–9.8 D3fo 372.37.522 372.37.722 372.37.304
Plastic Grey 235.79.301
7.2–14. D4fo 372.37.523 372.37.723 372.37.305
Packing: 1, 100 or 1000 pcs
2.2–4.4 E1fo 372.37.530 372.37.730 372.37.306

580-650
4.3–8.8 E3fo 372.37.532 372.37.732 372.37.307

6.0–12.2 E4fo 372.37.533 372.37.733 372.37.308

10.6–20.9 E5fo 372.37.534 372.37.734 372.37.309

Glass gluing adapter for glass fronts
3.9–7.9 F3fo 372.37.542 372.37.742 372.37.310

650-730
- Area of application: For combination with screw-on brackets for
5.8–11.6 F4fo 372.37.543 372.37.743 372.37.311
wooden or wide aluminium frames, for chipboard screws
(373.66.681/384/381), on all-glass front panels Cabinet 9.5–18.7 F5fo 372.37.544 372.37.744 372.37.312
height KH B° T mm U mm V mm W mm
- Material: Stainless steel mm 3.5–7.2 G3fo 372.37.552 372.37.752 372.37.313

710-790
- Installation: For glue fixing (UV glass adhesive bonds)
480–530 ~107–96 100-37 100-55 203-186 328-370 5.2–10.3 G4fo 372.37.553 372.37.753 372.37.314
- M4 screws supplied
520–590 ~107–93 106-23 112-184 213-190 347-401 8.7–17.2 G5fo 372.37.554 372.37.754 372.37.315
Note Finish Cat. No.
580–650 ~108–95 119-40 126-197 227-207 375-430 4.9–9.8 H4fo 372.37.563 372.37.763 372.37.316

770-840
When using the glass gluing adapter, move mounting dimensions of the
Duo, Maxi or Free flap H 1.5 fittings further into the cabinet by the
Brushed 373.69.780
650–730 ~107–9 124-38 147-224 238-215 411-470 8.0–15.5 H5fo 372.37.564 372.37.764 372.37.317
adapter height (6 mm). Packing: 1 pc

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

710–790 ~108–95 136-46 161-223 250-219 439-500 12.5–20.9 H6fo 372.37.565 372.37.765 372.37.332

770–840 ~108–95 146-43 179-223 267-200 466-527 4.5–9.0 I4fo 372.37.573 372.37.773 372.37.318

840-910
Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame 840–910 ~108–98 154-70 195-248 272-231 502-559 7.3–14.6 I5fo 372.37.574 372.37.774 372.37.319

910–970 ~107–98 160-78 214-246 282-225 536-588 10.0–20.0 I6fo 372.37.575 372.37.775 372.37.333
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Fixing material supplied 960–1010 ~107–100 170-99 228-251 295-240 560-605 4.2–8.0 J4fo 372.37.583 372.37.783 372.37.320

910-970
1000–1040 ~107–102 177-120 239-256 306-256 578-616 6.8–13.5 J5fo 372.37.584 372.37.784 372.37.321
Finish Cat. No.
9.5–17.9 J6fo 372.37.585 372.37.785 372.37.334
Nickel plated 372.37.044 Order reference
3.9–7.6 K4fo 372.37.593 372.37.793 372.37.322

960-1010
Packing: 1 or 10 sets Concealed hinges for mounting the flap to the cabinet, connecting
hinges and adapters for narrow aluminium frames (if applicable) 6.5–12.8 K5fo 372.37.594 372.37.794 372.37.323
must be ordered separately. 8.6–17.3 K6fo 372.37.591 372.37.791 372.37.335

6.2–12.3 L5fo 372.37.599 372.37.799 372.37.324

1000-
1040
8.1–16.0 L6fo 372.37.596 372.37.796 372.37.336

Packing: 1 set
Stock Item Stock Item

3.69 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.70
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Fold Free Fold

Free fold planning Connecting hinge

- Area of application: For wooden flaps and flaps with aluminium

frame, from frame width 20 mm
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Adjustment facility: 3-dimensional, side adjustment ±2 mm,
gap adjustment –2 to +1 mm, depth adjustment ±1.5 mm
- With finger protection function

Installation Cat. No.

Drilling pattern Adjustment facility With chipboard screws 372.64.796

3 With Euro screws 372.64.797 3
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

X = KH – Y – S – (2 x K) + A1
Y = (Q x KH) – R – K
The hinge comes apart when fingers get trapped unintentionally
in the gap of the flap.
Drilling pattern for cabinet
Cabinet Angle Q R S T U V W
height mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
480-530 107°-96° 1.1 426 328 100-37 100-155 203-186 328-370
520-590 107°-93° 1.1 466 347 106-23 112-184 213-190 347-401
580-650 108°-95° 1.2 589 377 119-40 126-197 227-207 375-430
650-730 107°-94° 1.2 664 409 124-38 147-224 238-215 411-470 Finger protection
650-730 107°-94° 1.2 664 409 124-38 147-224 238-215 411-470
710-790 108°-95° 1.2 736 439 136-46 161-233 250-219 439-500
770-840 108°-95° 1.0 664 467 146-43 179-223 267-200 466-527
840-910 108°-98° 1.2 882 501 154-70 195-248 272-231 502-559
910-970 107°-98° 1.1 865 533 160-78 214-246 282-225 536-588
960-1010 107°-100° 1.1 915 557 170-99 228-251 295-240 560-605
1000-1040 107°-102° 1.1 945 567 177-120 239-256 306-256 578-616

Front processing Drilling pattern for adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame
Opening angle restraint

- Area of application: For restricting the opening angle of

the pair of doors to under 90°
B = A2 – 5.5 - Installation: For push fitting

Bmin = 7.0
Material Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Bmax = 13.5
Plastic 372.37.060
Packing: 1 or 5 sets

Power adjustment of fitting

X = KH – Y – S – (2 x K) + A1

Note
Use 3 hinges for flap widths >900 mm

Stock Item

3.71 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.72
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Fold Free Up

Duomatic Concealed hinge 110° Free up Parallel lift-up front fitting

For one-piece flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Material: Steel/plastic fitting, plastic cover cap
- Adjustment facility: Side adjustment from –1.5 to +4.5 mm
- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey or white
- With automatic closing spring
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ±1.5 mm,
Cup Fixing Cat. No. side adjustment ±1.5 mm, tilting angle ±1.5°, holding power

For screw fixing 329.17.600 Supplied with

Without tools 329.17.630 - 1 Parallel lift-up front fittings set

Drilling pattern (2 pieces, including front fixing material for wooden flaps or
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs
flaps with wide aluminium frame, installation instructions and
3 paper drilling template) 3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 - 1 Cover caps set, grey or white (2 pieces, left/right)

3 4 5 6 0
Cabinet Flap
3 4 5 6 3 height Weight Model Grey White Anthrachite
Distance to cup E mm Mounting plate distance mm mm kg
3.0-5.7 O1us 372.33.500 372.33.700 372.33.300

320-360
4.8-9.3 O2us 372.33.501 372.33.701 372.33.301

8.7-16.5 O3us 372.33.502 372.33.702 372.33.302

2.4-4.8 P1us 372.33.510 372.33.710 372.33.303

- Ideal for cabinets with upper-mounted cabinets

345-420
or front panels 4.1-8.0 P2us 372.33.511 372.33.711 372.33.304
Duomatic SM Cruciform mounting plate - Modern design thanks to clear-cut contours
- Minimum opening resistance, multi-position stop 7.4-14.0 P3us 372.33.512 372.33.712 372.33.305
function and soft opening and soft closing 3.0-5.7 P4us 372.33.513 372.33.713 372.33.306
mechanism for extremely pleasant operating
- Material: Steel cup and hinge arm feeling 2.0-3.8 Q1us 372.33.520 372.33.720 372.33.307
- Finish: Nickel plated - Rational and time-saving assembly provided by

380-500
4.1-8.0 Q2us 372.33.521 372.33.721 372.33.308
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment -2 to +2 mm and plugs, pre-mounted Euro screws and clip fixing
depth adjustment -0.5 to +2.8 mm of front panel and cross strut, eccentric 7.4-14.0 Q3us 372.33.522 372.33.722 372.33.309
- With automatic closing spring adjustment of front panel 3.0-5.7 Q4us 372.33.523 372.33.723 372.33.310

Distance D mm Cat. No. 1.6-3.3 R1us 372.33.530 372.33.730 372.33.311

Order reference

430-600
0 329.71.500 2.6-5.5 R2us 372.33.531 372.33.731 372.33.312
Cross strut and adapters for glass front panels or narrow
3 329.71.503 aluminium frames (if applicable) must be ordered separately. 5.0-9.7 R3us 372.33.532 372.33.732 372.33.313
Use two Free swing sets for flap widths >1800 mm.
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs 7.4-14.6 R4us 372.33.533 372.33.733 372.33.314
Packing: 1 set

Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Drilling pattern - Material: Zinc alloy

- Fixing material supplied

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel plated 372.37.044
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.73 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.74
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Up Free Swing

Free up planning Free swing Swing-up front fitting

For one-piece flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame

- Material: Steel/plastic fitting, plastic cover cap

- Finish/colour: Fitting nickel plated, cover cap grey or white
- Adjustment facility: Height adjustment ±1.5 mm, side adjustment
±1.5 mm, tilting angle ±1.5°,holding power

Supplied with
- 1 Double flap lift-up fittings set
(2 pcs., including front fixing material for wooden flaps or flaps with
3 wide aluminium frame, installation instructions and paper drilling 3
template)
- 1 Cover caps set, grey or white (2 pcs., left/right)

Model Grey White Anthrachite

S1sw 372.34.500 372.34.700 372.34.300

Cabinet height KH mm X D LH HH T V1 V2 - Full access to the cabinet contents
S2sw 372.34.510 372.34.710 372.34.303
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm - Ideal for large front panels
- Modern design thanks to clear-cut contours S3sw 372.34.520 372.34.720 372.34.306
320 - 360 157 274.5 280 278 281 128 177 - Minimum opening resistance, multi-position stop function
and soft opening and soft closing mechanism for S4sw 372.34.501 372.34.701 372.34.301
345 - 420 185 302.5 208 328 333 146 205
extremely pleasant operating feeling S5sw 372.34.511 372.34.711 372.34.304
380 - 500 220 337.5 343 390 393 168 240
- Rational and time-saving assembly provided by plugs,
430 - 600 265 382.5 388 470 473 196 284 pre-mounted Euro screws and clip fixing of front panel S6sw 372.34.521 372.34.721 372.34.307
and cross strut, eccentric adjustment of front panel S7sw 372.34.502 372.34.702 372.34.302

S8sw 372.34.512 372.34.712 372.34.305

Drilling pattern for front panel Power adjustment of fitting S9sw 372.34.522 372.34.722 372.34.308
Drilling pattern for cabinet
Packing: 1 set

Sample measurements table for choosing the correct model

Model S1sw S2sw S3sw S4sw S5sw S6sw S7sw S8sw S9sw
Cabinet height mm Flap weight kg
370-500 370 1.8-4.0 - - 3.4-6.5 - - 5.2-10.3 - -
400 1.8-3.9 - - 3.3-6.3 - - 5.0-10.0 - -
450 1.8-3.7 - - 3.2-6.1 - - 4.8-9.4 - -
500 1.8-3.5 - - 3.0-5.8 - - 4.5-8.9 - -
500-670 500 - 2.5-5.9 - - 5.0-10.0 - - 8.2-15.9 -
550 - 2.5-5.6 - - 4.8-9.6 - - 7.8-15.2 -

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

600 - 2.5-5.3 - - 4.7-9.3 - - 7.5-14.5 -

Drilling pattern for adapter for flaps with 20 mm
aluminium frame 670 - 2.5-4.8 - - 4.5-8.8 - - 7.0-13.5 -
670-800 670 - - 3.2-6.5 - - 5.7-11.3 - - 8.5-17.1
700 - - 3.1-6.3 - - 5.6-11.1 - - 8.4-16.7
670 - - 3.0-6.0 - - 5.4-10.7 - - 8.2-16.0
800 - - 2.9-5.7 - - 5.3-10.3 - - 8.5-15.3

Stock Item

3.75 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.76
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Free Swing Free Up and Free Swing Accessories

Free swing planning Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame

- Area of application: For mounting Free flap/swing/up,

(E-)Verso and (E-)Strato flap fittings
on flaps with aluminium frame with
frame width 20 mm
- Mounting: For left or right hand use
- Screws (M4x10 mm) supplied

Material Finish Cat. No.

Note Zinc Alloy Nickel plated 372.91.599
Fitting is visible with float and satin frosted glass,
passe-partout or obscure glass may therefore be used. Packing: 1 or 10 sets
3 3

Glass gluing adapter for all-glass front panels

- Area of application: In combination with screw-on brackets for

Drilling pattern for front panel Power adjustment of fitting laps made from wood on all-glass panels
M N N1 O - Material: Stainless steel
mm mm mm mm
- Installation: For glue fixing (UV glass adhesive bonds)
366 40.0 - 237.4 - For glass thickness: 6–10 mm
396 28.9 - 265.3 - For flap width: <900 mm
446 10.3 - 311.7 - Screws M5 supplied

496 - 8.3 358.1 Installation Cat. No.

546 - 26.9 404.6
Brushed 372.91.598
596 - 45.4 451.0
Packing: 1 set
646 - 64.0 497.4
666 - 71.4 516.0
696 - 82.6 543.8 Note
When using the glass gluing adapter, move mounting dimensions
746 - 101.2 590.2
of the Free swing/up further into the cabinet by the adapter height
796 - 119.7 636.7
(8 mm).

Cross bar
Drilling pattern for cabinet
- Area of application: For synchronising both fitting parts
- Material: Aluminium
- Finish: Anodized
Drilling pattern for adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame - Can be cut to size

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cabinet height mm Length mm Cat. No.

Installation 600 474 372.33.692
900 774 372.33.694
1,200 1,074 372.33.696
1,800 1,674 372.33.698
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Note
Cross bar is prepared for side panel thicknesses 16–19 mm
Order reference
Cutting dimension = internal cabinet width – 88 mm
Cross strut and adapters for glass front panels or narrow aluminium
frames (if applicable) must be ordered separately.
Use two Free swing sets for flap widths >1800 mm.

Stock Item

3.77 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.78
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Maxi Maxi

Häfele Maxi Stay flap fitting – one fitting for any application Häfele Maxi – Mounting version for power assisted opening of lap
For flaps made from wood, glass or with aluminium frame - The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables
for this kind of application must be adhered to
- By changing the installation position and combining with the relevant - Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above
accessories, all of the most popular stay lap applications and opening - The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values
options can be realised with the Maxi, such as front panels with or without double when using two Maxi ittings.
handle, aluminium frame and all-glass front panels, automatic opening as far - For use in combination with concealed hinges with/without automatic
as the end position, multi-position stop (lap locks in any position), extremely closing spring
easy opening of heavy front panels, particularly wide and heavy front panels - Soft closing provided by additional add-on damper
up to 50 kg or more (rather than the standard mounting bracket)
- For one-sided or two-sided application (depends on the lap size and weight)
- Holding power can be adjusted individually to suit lap weight
3 - Can be used in combination with standard 110° concealed hinges (Push
hinges for PTO applications)
3

Opening angle 75°

Finishes Differentiation criteria of the model versions
Cabinet height Flap weight kg
Black, nickel coloured or white Colour-coded adjustment nut for differentiation between models mm Model A Model B Model C Model D
A (grey), B (beige), C (white) and D (black)
400 2.2–4.0 4.3–8.2 7.1–14.0 –
500 1.8–3.2 3.4–7.0 6.4–11.5 6.8–13.4
600 1.6–3.0 2.9–5.5 5.1–10.0 6.4–11.2
700 1.4–2.8 2.6–5.1 4.9–9.1 5.3–10.2
800 – 2.4–4.6 4.0–7.4 4.9–9.0
900 – 2.2–4.4 3.8–7.0 4.7–8.2
1000 – 2.0–4.2 3.5–6.7 4.4–7.6

Opening angle 90°

Cabinet height Flap weight kg

mm Model A Model B Model C Model D
300 2.7–5.1 5.0–8.5 8.0–12.0 9.0–15.0
400 2.1–3.5 4.5–6.7 5.8–11.2 7.2–13.5
500 1.6–2.6 3.5–5.5 4.5–8.8 6.0–11.0
600 1.3–2.2 2.7–4.3 3.9–7.7 4.8–8.5
Side space requirement Quick fixing system Holding power adjustment 700 1.2–2.0 2.5–3.7 3.2–6.4 4.2–7.6

Holding power adjustment with SW10 Allen key

800 – 2.4–3.4 3.0–5.4 3.5–6.7
(Cat. No. 235.79.301) 900 – – 2.7–5.2 3.0–6.0
1000 – – – 2.7–5.5

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Opening angle 110°

Note
Use position 1–8 for adjusting the holding power.
Use position 9–12 to re-adjust lap (if necessary). Cabinet height Flap weight kg
mm Model A Model B Model C Model D
Adjustment facility for front panel
300 1.4–3.2 3.1–5.9 5.4–10.0 –
400 1.2–2.5 3.0–5.0 4.2–8.1 4.8–9.0
500 0.9–2.0 2.2–3.8 3.2–6.3 2.8–7.5
600 0.7–1.5 1.9–3.5 2.7–6.0 3.5–6.8
Height Side Tilt 700 – 1.7–2.7 2.5–4.5 3.0–5.2
adjustment* adjustment* adjustment*
800 – – 2.2–3.6 2.6–4.7
Side distance Fitting is simply clipped onto
S = door overlay + 19.5 mm the pre-mounted ixing plates * depending on the concealed hinges that are used 900 – – – 2.3–4.3
1000 – – – 2.0–4.0

*Dimensions for Maxi with screw–on bracket for 37 mm edge distance

3.79 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.80
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Maxi Maxi

Häfele Maxi – Mounting version for extremely wide and heavy front panels Häfele Maxi Touch Opening – Mounting version for opening the lap slightly, with multi-position stop

Note Note
- for this kind of application must be adhered to - The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables
- Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above for this kind of application must be adhered to
- The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values - Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above
double when using two Maxi ittings. - The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values
- For use in combination with concealed hinges with or without automatic double when using two Maxi ittings.
closing spring - For use in combination with Duomatic Push hinges and magnetic door
- Soft closing provided by additional add-on damper catches
(rather than the standard mounting bracket) - Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one additional
magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for holding the lap reliably
in closed position
3 3

Opening angle 75° Opening angle 75°

Cabinet height Flap weight kg Cabinet height Flap weight kg

mm Model A Model B Model C Model D mm Model A Model B Model C Model D
300 3.8–7.1 6.7–13.7 11.9–21.0 15.4–27.3 300 2.0–3.8 4.0–7.7 7.0–14.0 –
400 2.8–5.3 5.0–10.3 8.9–15.8 11.6–20.5 400 1.6–3.1 3.0–6.3 5.0–11.5 7.0–12.5
500 2.3–4.3 4.1–8.3 7.2–12.5 9.4–16.2 500 1.3–2.5 2.7–5.2 4.7–8.4 5.5–10.5
600 1.9–3.5 3.3–7.0 5.9–10.6 7.6–13.7 600 – 2.4–4.5 4.3–7.8 4.7–8.4
700 1.6–3.0 2.8–5.7 5.0–8.8 6.5–11.4 700 – 2.2–4.0 4.0–7.5 4.3–8.0
800 1.4–2.7 2.5–5.1 4.4–7.9 5.7–10.4 800 – – 3.6–6.2 3.9–7.3
900 1.3–2.4 2.2–4.6 4.0–7.0 5.2–9.1 900 – – 3.4–5.8 3.5–6.7
1000 1.1–2.1 2.0–4.1 3.6–6.3 4.6–8.2

Opening angle 90° Opening angle 90°

Cabinet height Flap weight kg Cabinet height Flap weight kg

mm mm Model A Model B Model C Model D
Model A Model B Model C Model D
300 3.0–5.3 5.1–10.2 9.1–15.8 11.9–20.8 300 2.0–3.5 3.3–6.7 6.0–10.3 7.8–13.6
400 2.3–4.0 3.8–7.6 6.9–11.9 8.9–15.6 400 1.5–2.6 2.5–5.0 5.5–7.8 5.8–10.2
500 1.8–3.2 3.1–6.1 5.5–9.6 7.2–12.5 500 1.2–2.1 2.0–4.0 3.6–6.3 4.7–8.2
600 1.5–2.7 2.6–5.1 4.6–7.9 6.0–10.4 600 1.0–1.8 1.7–3.3 3.0–5.2 3.9–6.8
700 1.3–2.2 2.1–4.2 3.8–6.6 4.9–8.7 700 0.9–1.4 1.4–2.7 2.5–4.3 3.2–5.7
800 1.1–2.0 1.9–3.9 3.4–5.9 4.4–7.8 800 0.7–1.3 1.2–2.6 2.2–3.9 2.9–5.1
900 1.0–1.8 1.7–3.4 3.0–5.2 3.9–6.9 900 0.7–1.2 1.1–2.2 2.0–3.4 2.6–4.5
1000 0.6–1.6 1.5–3.0 2.7–4.7 3.6–6.2 1000 0.6–1.0 1.0–2.0 1.8–3.1 2.4–4.1

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Opening angle 110°

Opening angle 110°
Cabinet height Flap weight kg
mm Model A Model B Model C Model D Cabinet height Flap weight kg
mm Model A Model B Model C Model D
300 2.4–4.0 3.9–7.5 6.8–11.6 9.2–15.0
400 1.8–3.0 2.9–5.6 5.1–8.7 6.9–11.2 300 1.2–2.9 2.6–5.5 4.6–9.5 –
500 1.4–2.4 2.4–4.5 4.0–7.1 5.7–9.0 400 0.9–2.2 2.0–4.4 3.8–7.0 4.6–8.7
600 1.2–2.0 1.9–3.8 3.3–5.9 4.5–7.6 500 0.7–1.8 1.7–3.4 3.1–5.8 3.7–6.5
700 1.0–1.7 1.7–3.1 2.9–4.8 3.8–6.2 600 – 1.4–3.0 2.6–4.7 3.1–5.8
800 0.9–1.4 1.4–2.8 2.6–4.3 3.4–5.6 700 – – 2.3–4.1 2.8–4.5
900 0.8–1.3 1.3–2.5 2.3–3.8 3.0–5.0 800 – – 2.0–3.8 2.4–4.1
1000 0.7–1.2 1.1–2.2 2.0–3.5 2.7–4.5 900 – – – 2.1–3.9
1000 – – – 1.8–3.7

*Dimensions for Maxi with screw–on bracket for 37 mm edge distance

3.81 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.82
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Maxi Maxi

Häfele Maxi Push-to-open – Mounting version for automatic complete opening Maxi complete set

Note Maxi complete set or individual fitting for flaps made of wood, glass or with
- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements tables aluminium frame
for this kind of application must be adhered to
- Use two Maxi ittings for lap widths from 600 mm and above - Material: Stay zinc alloy, mounting and screw-on ,bracket steel,
- The weight speciication applies to one Maxi itting, lap weight values cover cap for adjusting Screw plastic
double when using two Maxi ittings. - Finish: Stay nickel plated, white or black, mounting and screw-on
- For use in combination with Duomatic Push concealed hinges and bracket nickel plated
magnetic door catches
- Edge distance: 37 mm
- Use one Push magnetic door catch 356.06.460/461 and one additional
- Version: For left and right hand use
magnet 356.06.470/471 (at some distance) for holding the lap reliably
in closed position - Installation: Without tools (cilp on)
3 - Adjustment facility: Holding power adjustment 3
Supplied with
1 Lid stay
Opening angle 75°
1 Mounting bracket for cabinet
1 Screw-on bracket for flap (fot Euro screws)
Cabinet height Flap weight kg
mm Model A Model B Model C Model D Model Nickel plated White Black

300 2.4–3.3 4.5–6.8 5.5–9.5 8.6–11.8 For wooden flaps or flaps with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm
400 1.7–2.3 3.6–5.3 4.6–7.7 6.0–10.1 A 373.69.512 373.69.742 373.69.342
500 – 2.7–4.7 4.3–7.0 5.8–9.2 B 373.69.412 373.69.744 373.69.344
600 – 2.1–3.3 2.9–5.1 3.9–6.6 Maxi Black
C 373.69.712 373.69.746 373.69.346
700 – 2.1–3.0 2.6–4.5 3.4–5.8
D 373.69.312 373.69.748 373.69.348
800 – – 2.5–4.2 3.3–5.5
For flaps with aluminium frame 20 mm
900 – – 2.1–3.7 2.8–4.8
A 373.69.502 373.69.732 373.69.332
1000 – – 2.0–3.4 2.7–4.4
B 373.69.402 373.69.734 373.69.334
Opening angle 90°
C 373.69.702 373.69.736 373.69.336

Cabinet height Flap weight kg D 373.69.302 373.69.738 373.69.338

Maxi Nickel plated Maxi White
mm Model A Model B Model C Model D Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

300 1.7–2.4 3.1–4.6 3.8–7.0 5.8–9.8 Order reference Note

400 – 2.4–3.7 3.1–5.5 4.2–7.1 Use two Maxi fitting for flap widths from 600 mm and above Bracket for cabinet and flap are black colour
500 – 1.6–2.9 2.6–4.5 3.4–5.8
600 – 1.5–2.4 2.1–3.6 2.9–4.8
700 – 1.2–2.1 1.5–3.2 2.5–4.0
800 – – 1.3–2.9 2.2–3.8 Soft closing mechanism
900 – – 1.1–2.6 1.9–3.3
1000 – – – 1.6–3.0
- Area of application: For edge distances 28 and 37 mm
- Adjustable dampening distance

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Opening angle 110°

Material Nickel plated White Black
Cabinet height Flap weight kg
mm Model A Model B Model C Model D Zinc alloy 373.69.799 373.69.798 373.69.398

300 – 2.7–4.0 3.5–6.1 5.1–7.8 Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

400 – 1.8–3.0 2.7–4.6 3.4–5.0

500 – 1.7–2.4 2.3–3.7 3.0–4.9 Note
The mounting bracket for the cabinet is not required when using the soft
600 – 1.4–2.1 1.8–3.1 2.5–4.2
closing mechanism
700 – – 1.6–2.7 2.2–3.5
800 – – – 1.8–3.1
900 – – – 1.4–2.9
1000 – – – 1.2–2.6

*Dimensions for Maxi with screw–on bracket for 37 mm edge distance Stock Item

3.83 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.84
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Duo/Forte Duo/Forte

Duo/Forte Lid Stays/Flap Stays Duo Standard complete set

- By changing the installation position and combining with the relevant Supplied with
accessories, all of the most popular stay flap applications and 1 Lid stay
opening options can be realised with the maxi, such as front panels 1 Mounting bracket for cabinet
with or without handle, aluminium frame and all-glass front panles, 1 Screw-on bracket for flap
automatic opening as far as the end position stop (flap locks in any 1 Set of installation instruction
position), extremely easy opening of heavy front panels, particularly
wide and heavy front panels up to 50 kg or more Edge
Installation Nickel plated White Black
- For one-sided or two sided application (depends on the flap size Distance mm
and weight)
For flaps made of wood or with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm
- Holding power can be adjusted individually to suit flap weight
3 - Can be used in combination with standard 110 concealed hinges For chipboard screws 37 373.66.612 373.66.262 373.66.212 3
(push hinges for PTO applications)
For Euro screws 37 373.66.614 373.66.264 373.66.214

For flaps with aluminium frame with frame width 20 mm

Application For sheet metal scr. 37 373.66.622 373.66.272 373.66.222

As lid stay As flap stay Packing: 1 pc

Installation as lid stay

Measurements
- The following mounting dimensions and sample measurements
tables for this kind of application must be adhered to
- Use two Duo fittings for fl ap widths from 600 mm and above
- For use in combination with 110° concealed hinges with automatic Opening angle 75° Opening angle 90° Opening angle 110°
closing spring or integrated soft closing mechanism

Installation as lid stay

No separate catch required.Space requirement for

fitting inside the cabinet when the falp is being closed:
130 mm from front edge of cabinet

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Separate catch required

Stock Item

3.85 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.86
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Duo/Forte Duo/Forte

Sample measurements table for max. flap weight. Duo Forte complete set
Always use two fittings when used as flap stay.
Supplied with
1 Lid stay
Flap height mm Flap weight kg 1 Mounting bracket for cabinet
1 Screw-on bracket for flap
1 Set of installation instruction
Locking function Braking function

Edge
Installation Nickel plated White Black
1 stay 2 stays 1 stay 2 stays Distance mm

For flaps made of wood or with aluminium frame, from frame width 45 mm

3 Installation as lid stay For chipboard screws 37 373.66.632 373.66.372 373.66.312 3

For Euro screws 37 373.66.634 373.66.374 373.66.314
75° 200 9.0 15.0 11.5 15.0
For flaps with aluminium frame with frame width 20 mm
250 7.0 15.0 9.0 15.0
For sheet metal scr. 37 373.66.642 373.66.376 373.66.322
300 6.0 12.0 7.5 15.0
350 5.0 10.0 6.5 13.0 Packing: 1 pc

400 4.5 9.0 6.0 11.5

Installation as lid stay
450 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.0
500 3.5 7.0 4.5 9.0
90° 200 - 400 see table below “Installation as flap stay”

450 3.5 6.5 4.5 8.5

500 3.0 6.0 4.0 7.5
110° 200 6.0 12.0 8.0 15.0
250 5.0 9.5 6.0 12.0
300 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.0
350 3.5 7.0 4.0 9.0
400 3.0 6.0 4.0 7.5 Opening angle 75° Opening angle 90° Opening angle 110°
450 2.5 5.5 3.5 7.0
500 2.0 5.0 3.0 6.0

Installation as flap stay Installation as lid stay

90° 200 7.5 15.0 9.5 15.0

No separate catch required.Space requirement for
250 6.0 12.0 7.5 15.0 fitting inside the cabinet when the falp is being closed:
300 5.0 10.0 6.0 13.0 175 mm from front edge of cabinet
350 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0
400 3.5 7.0 5.0 10.0

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

197

Separate catch required

Stock Item

3.87 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.88
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Duo/Forte Gas-Filled Strut

Sample measurements table for max. flap weight. Pneumatic support for lid stay
Always use two fittings when used as flap stay.
- Material: Piston rod and screw-on bracket steel, cover caps plastic
- Finish: Piston rod Silver grey, screw-on bracket galvanized
Flap height mm Flap weight kg - Installation: Screw fixing
Locking function Braking function
1 stay 2 stays 1 stay 2 stays
For opening angle 90°
Installation as lid stay
75° 200 14.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 Load capacity (N) Door height (mm)/Door weight (kg)
250 11.5 15.0 15.0 15.0
300 9.0 15.0 12.0 15.0 300 400 500 600
3 350 8.0 15.0 11.0 15.0 60 1.8 1.3 1.0 0.9 3
400 7.0 14.0 9.0 15.0 80 2.4 1.8 1.4 1.2
100 3.0 2.2 1.8 1.5
450 6.0 12.5 8.0 15.0
120 3.6 2.7 2.1 1.8
500 5.5 11.0 7.0 15.0
150 4.1 3.2 2.1 2.1
550 5.0 10.0 6.5 13.0
600 5.0 9.5 6.0 12.0
650 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0 For opening angle 110°
700 4.0 8.0 5.0 10.5 Load capacity (N) Door height (mm)/Door weight (kg)
90° 200 - 600 see table below “Installation as flap stay”
650 3.5 7.0 5.0 9.5 300 400 500 600
700 3.0 7.0 4.0 9.0 60 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7
110° 200 9.5 15.0 12.5 15.0 80 2.1 1.6 1.2 1
250 7.5 15.0 10.0 15.0 - Soft opening function
100 2.6 1.9 1.6 1.3
- Left and right convertible
300 6.5 12.5 8.0 15.0 - Self closing spring 120 3.1 2.3 1.9 1.6
350 5.5 11.0 7.0 14.0 150 3.5 2.6 2.2 1.9
400 4.5 9.5 6.0 12.5
450 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0
Installation
500 4.0 7.5 5.0 10.0
550 3.5 7.0 4.0 9.0 Load capacity (N) Cat. No.
600 3.0 6.0 4.0 8.0 60 373.82.001
650 3.0 5.5 4.0 7.5 80 373.82.002
700 3.0 5.0 3.5 7.0 100 373.82.003
Installation as flap stay
120 373.82.004
90° 200 12.5 15.0 15.0 15.0
150 373.82.005
250 9.5 15.0 12.0 15.0
Packing: 1 pc
300 8.0 15.0 10.0 15.0
350 7.0 13.5 9.0 15.0
Note
400 6.0 12.0 8.0 15.0 Installation 90° Installation 110° The different panel materials and/or different hinges may bring

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

450 5.0 11.0 7.0 14.0 differing results.

500 5.0 9.5 6.0 12.0

550 4.0 8.5 5.5 11.0
600 4.0 8.0 5.5 10.0

Stock Item

3.89 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.90
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Flap Stay Flap Stay

Flap stay with pull cable Häfele PCS 300 Flap stay with pull cable
For wooden flaps, with fixed braking effect and adjustable opening angle For wooden flaps, with adjustable braking effect, soft and self closing mechanisms and adjustable opening angle

- Opening angle adjustable - Opening angle and braking effect can be adjusted
- No time-consuming cabinet processing required - With soft and self closing mechanisms
- For horizontal or vertical use (extremely little space requirement - No time-consuming cabinet processing required
inside the cabinet) - For horizontal or vertical installation (extremely little
- For right/left hand use space requirement inside the cabinet)
- Lift mechanism suitable for left or right hand use
- Material: Fitting and cover caps: Plastic,
front fixing bracket: Zinc alloy - Material: Fitting and cover caps: Plastic,
3 - Finish/colour: Front fixing bracket: Nickel plated, ront fixing brackets: Zinc alloy 3
cover caps: White, grey, brown or black - Finish/colour: Fitting: Grey,
- Dim.: With horizontal installation: front fixing brackets: Nickel plated,
26 x 68 x 160 mm (W x H x L) cover caps: Matt silver coloured,
- Internal cabinet depth: Min. 180 mm (horizontal), shiny silver coloured, black, white or anthracite
Min. 82 mm (vertical) - Dim.: Housing 89 x 23 x 163 (W x H x L)
- For flap height: 210–480 mm when installed horizontally
- Flap weight: Max. 9 kg - Internal cabinet depth: Min. 196 mm (horizontally),
- Installation: For screw fixing with Euro screws min. 110 mm (vertically)
- Adjustment facility: Opening angle - For flap height: 200–480 mm
- Flap weight: Max. 12 kg
White Grey Brown Black - Installation: For screw fixing with Euro screws
- Adjustment facility: Opening and closing force, opening angle

Planning and installation

Horizontal installation Vertical installation Front fixing

Matt silver coloured Shiny silver coloured Black White Anthracite

Planning and installation

Horizontal installation Vertical installation Front fixing

U V W X U X U = flap height
210-270 > 173 135 127+Z 230-480 123+Z V = internal cabinet height
270-480 > 186 148 144+Z W = drill hole height
X = centre of front fixing
Adjustment facility Y = lateral flap overlay dim.
Z = bottom flap overlay dim.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Supplied with
- 1 Flap stay with front fixing bracket
- Fixing material

Model White Grey Brown Black

A, 40 N 365.48.710 365.48.510 365.48.110 365.48.310

U V W X U X Y = lateral flap overlay dimension
B, 60 N 365.48.711 365.48.511 365.48.111 365.48.311 200-330 194 102 137 + Z 230-480 161 + Z Z = bottom flap overlay dimension
330-430 218 126 161 + Z
Opening angle adjustment C, 100 N 365.48.712 365.48.512 365.48.112 365.48.312
430-480 228 136 171 + Z
D, 140 N 365.48.713 365.48.513 365.48.113 365.48.313
Supplied with
Note - 1 flap stay with front fixing bracket
Packing: 1 or 10 sets
Ease flap weight during adjustment. - 1 cover cap, matt silver coloured, shiny silver coloured,
Order reference black, white or anthracite
We recommend using the flap hinge Cat. No. 342.78.700 for this flap stay - Fixing material
with pull cable.

Stock Item Stock Item

3.91 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.92
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Hinges and Flap Fittings
Flap Stay Flap Stay

Adjustment facility DORANA-STOP Flap stay with braking mechanism, adjustable braking effect
- Material: Steel, plastic housing
Model Matt silver col. Shiny silver col. Black White Anthracite - Finish: Nickel plated, housing white
- Version: 1-arm, with clamping pedestal and screw-on bracket
A 365.47.931 365.47.431 365.47.331 365.47.731 365.47.340
- Installation: Screw fixing
B 365.47.932 365.47.432 365.47.332 365.47.732 365.47.341
C 365.47.933 365.47.433 365.47.333 365.47.733 365.47.342
D 365.47.934 365.47.434 365.47.334 365.47.734 365.47.343
E 365.47.935 365.47.435 365.47.335 365.47.735 365.47.344
F 365.47.936 365.47.436 365.47.336 365.47.736 365.47.345
Opening angle adjustment Braking effect
3 Opening speed adjustment
Packing: 1 sets
Adjusting the braking effect with the screw.
3
- Unscrew to increase braking effect
- Tighten screw to decrease braking effect

Installation
Vertical mounting Vertical mounting

Dimension C Side panel Dimension C

Determine dimension C by Determine dimension C by
trial mounting. trial mounting.

Base

Length L mm Intern. carcase height mm Dim. A mm Length L mm Intern. carcase height mm Dim. A mm

160 250–350 127 160 250–350 82

190 300–400 151 190 300–400 105

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

220 350–450 175 220 350–450 127

Mounting Length L mm Cat. No.

Left 160 365.86.713
190 365.86.731
Right 160 365.86.704
190 365.86.722
Packing: 20 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.93 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.94
 Hinges and Flap Fittings Lid Stays
Flap Stay For Wooden Lids or Lids with Aluminium Frame

Flap stay Häfele Maxi up

For lids made of wood or with aluminium frame
- Left and right hand included - Opening angle: Approx. 75°
- Brass - Material: Stay: Zinc alloy,
mounting brackets and screw-on brackets: Steel,
safety cap for adjusting screw: Plastic
Finish Cat. No. - Finish: Nickel plated,
safety cap: Grey,
Polished brass 366.33.830 - Colour: Adjusting screw, model F: Blue,
Packing: 1 pair adjusting screw, model G: Brown,
adjusting screw, model H: Black
- Installation: Without tools (clip system) onto
pre-mounted mounting bracket
3 Installation Sample measurements table for max. lid weight
3
Version without soft closing mechanism
Lid depth Lid weight kg
mm Model F Model G Model H
1 lid fitting
400 1.6–3.1 3.0–5.3 5.2–9.4
500 1.3–2.6 2.5–4.2 4.3–7.5
600 1.1–2.5 2.3–4.2 4.0–6.7
2 lid fittings
400 3.2–6.2 6.6–10.6 10.4–18.8
500 2.6–5.2 5.0–8.4 8.6–15.0
Version with soft closing mechanism 600 2.2–5.0 4.6–8.4 8.0–13.4

Model Cat. No.

F 373.85.700
G 373.85.701
H 373.85.702
Packing: 1 pc.

Order reference
Mounting brackets and screw-on brackets are not supplied.
Please order separately.
Adjustment facility
Soft closing mechanism available for the lid (optional).

Height Height Height Height

adjustment* adjustment* adjustment* adjustment* * depending on the hinges that are used

Mounting bracket for cabinet Screw-on bracket for lid

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Area of application: For fixing the lid stay to the cabinet - Area of application: For fixing the lid stay to the lid, for lids
- Material: Steel made of wood or with aluminium frame 45 mm
- Finish: Nickel plated - Material: Steel
- Finish: Nickel plated
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
For edge distance (cabinet) 37 mm 373.69.906
For Euro screws 373.66.036
For edge distance (cabinet) 28 mm 373.69.907
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs. For chipboard screws 373.66.681
With slide-on clip, for Euro screws 373.69.908
With slide-on clip, for chipboard screws 373.69.912
Packing: 1 pc.

Stock Item Stock Item

3.95 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.96
 Lid Stays Lid Stays
For wooden lids For wooden lids

Chest lid hinge with soft close Corner bench hinge

For wooden seat panels
With integrated rotary soft closing mechanism for gentle
lowering of chest lids No separate hinge connection required
- Opening angle:105° - Opening angle: 95°
- Area of application: For chest lids - Area of application: Joint designed for safe lift-up of seat panel
- Material: Hinge and cover cap: Plastic, mounting plate: Aluminium, - Material: Steel
soft closing mechanism: Stainless steel - Finish: Blue galvanized
- Colour: Hinge and mounting plate: Black, cover cap: Black or white - Opening angle restraint:
- Installation: For recess mounting The opening stop in the hinge joint prevents
Sample measurements for choosing the correct hinge the seat panel from butting against the fitting
- Large swivel range to the front (110 mm) allows lifting up seat
Note
3 The calculated hinge moment values apply to lids made from 19 mm thick
panels even with thick padding
- A gap between seat panel and backrest is not required
3
chipboard with density 700 kg/m3. Trial mounting required with other values - The springs for panel weight 8 kg or 12 kg provide optimum
and threshold values. weight compensation and allow opening with ease
Supplied with
2 Hinges
2 Mounting plates
2 Cover caps, black or white
Installation instructions Installation
For small lids For medium sized lids

Lid height H Lid height H

mm 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 mm 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

200 195 213 230 248 266 300 624 669 713 758 802

300 185 231 277 323 369 415 461 508 400 599 684 770 855
400 263 350 438 526 500 558 697 837
500 426 568 600 619 826

Torque Ncm Torque Ncm

= 356.53.310 and 356.53.710 = 356.53.300 and 356.53.700

Seat panel
Varianta
For small lids For medium sized lids 5 mm

With spring
For panel weights up to 8 kg or up to 12 kg

Cover cap height = 5.5 mm Cover cap height = 5.5 mm Suitable for Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Panel weight up to 8 kg 643.01.516

Application examples Application examples
Panel weight up to 12 kg 643.01.525
Packing: 1 or 10 pairs

Standard application Mounting with blind corner Standard application Mounting with blind corner

E = internal chest width, B = lid width, D = lid thickness E = internal chest width, B = lid width, D = lid thickness

Version Black White Version Black White

Torque 200–340 Ncm 356.53.310 356.53.710 Torque 600–800 Ncm 356.53.330 356.53.730
Torque 340–500 Ncm 356.53.300 356.53.700 Packing: 1 or 10 pairs

Packing: 1 or 10 pairs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.97 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.98
 Kitchen Cabinet Construction Cabinet Hangers
Cabinet hangers for wall unit Wall unit, concealed

Load bearing capacity 130 kg/pair Cabinet hanger for press fitting or screw fixing

- Material: Plastic - Material: Cabinet hanger: Steel

- Adjustment facility: Height 15 mm, - Finish: Galvanized
depth 10 mm - Adjustment facility: Adjustment screws can be accessed from the
- Mounting: Left or right front after installation
- Standard: The load bearing capacity of the cabinet hanger is
Colour Cat. No. 65 kg/piece in compliance with the DIN EN 68840
standard requirements.
White 290.05.740 - Cabinet hanger is mounted "invisibly" behind the rear panel (space
Packing: 1 pc. requirement min. 16 mm)

Installation

3 - The cabinet hanger must be

fitted in the upper third of the
3
cabinet for safety reasons.
Installation - With heavy loads: Mount at
least 2 countersunk head
Cabinet top screws (3.5 x 30 mm).
Cabinet side panel Screw must rest on wall plug.
Rear panel Note
Only use hand screwdriver for
adjustment.

For press fitting For press fitting For screw fixing

Quick fixing system with lever Quick fixing system with screw

Wall plate For cabinet hanger

Length 60 mm

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
- Installation: For screw fixing

Length mm Cat. No.

110 290.08.900
Packing: 20 or 200 pcs.

Left hand Right hand mounting Left hand Right hand mounting Right hand mounting
mounting mounting

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

depth adjustment with 20 mm clearance height adjustment 18 mm

Installation Mounting Cat. No.

For press fitting Quick fixing system with lever Left 290.21.901
Right 290.21.900
For screw fixing Quick fixing system with screw Left or Right 290.21.930
Packing: 20 or 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

3.99 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

3.100
 Cabinet Hangers
Wall unit, concealed

Wall plate For cabinet hanger

Length 110 mm, can be cut to size

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
- Installation: For screw fixing

Length mm Cat. No.

110 290.21.992
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

3.101 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

 4
LOCKS
AND
CATCHES
4.1 4.2
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Information Information

SYMO 3000 - A MODULAR SYSTEM Master key system organisation

Locking maps are useful for organising comprehensive master key systems. They make organisation much easier. Basically, a distinction is made
Allows the lock cases to be pre-mounted to the furniture. Cylinders with or without lock handles can then be added later between two systems: Easy organisation with a master key (abbreviated to MK) and multi-level organisation with a general master key
(abbreviated to GMK).

Organisation with master key (MK locking systems)

MK
MK systems have several individual keys
Piccolo-Nova
- The same cylinder core with pin tumblers or plate (IK) that are keyed to differ, i.e. they are not
espagnolette
lock cases evers will fit most of the various types of lock handle interchangeable.
Standard-Nova and lock case IK
espagnolette - Each lock case comes with a protective cap on the Then there is the master key (MK), which overrides
lock cases cylinder housing which protects against damage and all of the individual keys and therefore opens every
Glass door cylinder
dirt. The protective cap is designed with a slot which lock in this system.
lock with rack
can be operated using a screwdriver or coin-the lock
4 can therefore be used or tested before a cylinder core
MK locking systems are ideal for small ofices with
4
has been installed.
- Cylinder cores can be installed, repositioned or a boss and several employees.
replaced quickly without tools, simply by using the
Rim lock cases with removal key
Inlaid lock cases extended cylinder - *These lock cases are only suitable for use with plate
lever cylinder cores
Organisation with master key (MK locking systems)
GMK

* Rim lock cases

* GMK systems have both individual keys (IK) and
MGK
group keys (GK) that are assigned to different
IK's. Several GK's can be assigned to one master
GK1 GK2 GK3
group key (MGK).
Roller shutter rim Spring bolt rim
lock cases lock cases The general master key (GMK) then overrides
* Cylinder core every key in the system.
IK
with 6 pairs of
pin tumblers GMK locking systems are used for organisation in
Inlaid flap Combination large ofice buildings with several departments and
lock cases lock sub-departments.
*

Central locking Push-button

lock cases lock cases
*
Closure travel and closure direction

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Fixed and Removal key

Central rotary lock handles Closure travel Closure travel
lock cases for cam locks 90° for cam locks 180°
The closure travel is speciied by numbers and the
* Closure direction
closure direction is speciied by letters with cam
Left
locks. They refer to the installation situations shown
Central rotary in the tables. Locks with closure travel 180° can be
lock cases altered to all closure travels. Factory set is closure
travel 1.

Cam lock cases

Extending rod * Locks with closure travel 90° are either left or
Closure direction right locking locks. The closure direction is here
lock cases
Right speciied by letters. The irst letter indicates
the factory setting, the closure direction can be
Cylinder core with altered to the letters speciied in brackets by
Glass door lever 6 plate levers re-positioning the locking cam (example: Closure
lock cases
direction A [D, F, G]).

4.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.4
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Information SYMO Espagnolette Locks

Application Matrix SYMO Espagnolette Locks

Backset D 25 mm, short bolt travel
Locking System
Installation:

Espagnolette lock

Central locking/

Glass door lock

Please note the following

Mortise lock

Push-button
measurements when

rotary lock
Cam lock
Rim lock
constructing the cabinet and

cylinder
selecting the accessories for the
espagnolette lock:

- Upper rod dimension:

With Symo cylinder removable core
With fixed plate cylinder
Lever lock - cipher bit
Locking system accessories
4 and rows of cabinets with the
Catches and Bolts
Area of application
Centre of housing - 25 mm
- Lower rod dimension:
Centre of housing - 25 mm
Due to the three different
backsets (15, 25 and 40 mm),
identical gap sizes can be
produced for corner cabinets
4
same drilling pattern.
Note: Standard Nova, backset
Slide 40 mm is prepared for
Pull Kg Version length mm continuous profile rods.

Automatic

Ball Catch
Magnetic

Spring

Page
3.5
2.5
1.4

1.8

50

70
10
3

5
2

7
Whatlock® FF 4.31
Automatic door catch FF 4.32
Magnetic pressure catch FF 4.33
Magnetic catches FF 4.34
Standard FF 4.34
Piccolo-Nova
Recess mounting FF 4.35
Backset D = 15 mm
Heat resistant FF 4.35
Under the veneer FF 4.36
- Material: Zinc alloy
Metal cabinet FF 4.36
- Finish: Nickel-plated
Spring Catch FF 4.38
- Features: For divided profile rod Ø6 mm for cylinder
Mini latch FF 4.38 cores that are inserted from the front on site
Quick spring catch FF 4.38 - Mounting: Left hand or right hand
Standard FF 4.39 - Installation: For screw fixing
Catches FF 4.42
Standard FF 4.42
Ball catch FF 4.41 Cylinder housing 22 mm long
Twin ball catches FF 4.40
Installation Handling Cat. No.
Elbow catch FF 4.41
Furniture bolts FF 4.42 Screw Fixing Left Hand 224.64.651
Straight FF 4.42 Right Hand 224.64.601
Cranked FF 4.42

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing: 10 pcs

Cylinder housing 32 mm long

Material Handling Cat. No.
Nickel Plated Right Hand 224.64.701
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

Stock Item

4.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.6
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
SYMO Locking System SYMO Locking System

Dead bolt rim lock Roller shutter rim lock

Backset D 25 mm, short bolt travel Backset D 24.5 mm

- Area of application: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the - Area of application: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the
front on site front on site
- Material: Zinc alloy - Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated - Locking direction: Drawer version
- Installation: Screw fixing - Installation: Screw fixing
Striking plate for roller shutter rim lock
Locking direction Cylinder housing length mm Cat. No. Finish Cat. No.
Nickel plated 233.30.990
Left 22 232.26.611 - Material: Steel
Right 232.26.601 - Installation: Screw fixing
Cylinder housing length Left 26 232.26.651 Supplied with
Right 232.26.631 - 1 Roller shutter rim lock
- 1 Striking plate
Drawer Version 22 232.26.621
4 32 232.26.681 Finish Cat. No.
4
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
Nickel Plated 232.30.621
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
Backset D 25 mm, with extended cylinder housing

- Area of application: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the
front on site
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Installation: Screw fixing

Locking direction Cat. No.

Left 232.26.612 Striking plate for roller shutter rim lock
Right 232.26.602
Drawer Version 232.26.622
- Material: Steel
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs - Installation: Screw fixing

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel Plated 232.30.990
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

Handle with extended cylinder housing

- Material: Zinc alloy

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Installation: Screw fixing (to cylinder housing with SW 2 grub

screw, handle end to door with M4 screw)

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel Plated 232.26.699
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Order information
Please order cylinder core separately

Stock Item Stock Item

4.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.8
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
SYMO Locking System SYMO Locking System

Cam lock nut attachment Counterpiece for glass door cam lock

- Area of applications: For cylinder cores that are inserted from the Application
front on site Where glass double doors are used together with the counterpiece,
- Material: Zinc Alloy the following closure directions of the glass door cam lock are
- Finish: Nickel plated required
- Cam: Straight
- Closure direction: 180º (convertible)
- Installation: Screw fixing with hexagon nut

Supplied with
- 1 cam lock
- 1 locking cam (pre-mounted)
- 1 Mounting nut screw (pre-mounted)
Top left: Top right: Bottom left: Bottom left:
- 1 Retaining washer (pre-mounted) Closure direction E Closure direction F Closure direction G Closure direction H

Max. door thickness Closure direction Cat. No.

- Area of application: Counterpiece for Symo glass cam lock
22 mm A (D, F, G) 235.88.621 Installation for double doors
4 Packing: 1 or 20 pcs - Material: Zinc alloy 4
- For door thickness: 4–10 mm

Supplied with
- 2 Clamping plates
- 1 Clamping piece
- 1 Threaded screw M 6 x 10 mm (for glass up to 8 mm thick)
- 1 Threaded screw M 6 x 12 mm (for glass up to 8–10 mm thick)

Accesories for cam locks Finish Cat. No.

Steel clip for cam locks with nut attachments Nickel Plated polished 233.40.712
Drilling dimensions
Nickel plated matt 233.40.610
- Area of applications: For mounting cam locks in metal doors, also Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
as additional protection against twisting
- Material: Steel
- For sheet thickness: 0,8 - 1,5 mm

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel Plated 235.88.990
Installation Packing: 1, 2 or 100 pcs Glass door cam lock
- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the
front on site
- Material: Zinc alloy
- For glass door thickness: 4–10 mm
- Cam: Straight
- Closure direction: 180º (convertible)
Glass door
thickness - Insatallation: Screw fixing with hexagon nut

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Supplied with
- 1 Glass door cam lock
- 1 Locking cam
- 1 Mounting nut
Drilling pattern
- 1 Angled striking plate
Installation - 1 Clamping plate
- 1 Clamping rosette

Finish Locking direction Cat. No.

Nickel Plated polished A (Left) 233.42.601
B (Right) 233.42.611

Overlay mounting Inset mounting Nickel plated matt A (Left) 233.42.700

B (Right) 233.42.710
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

4.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.10
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
SYMO Locking System SYMO Locking System

Push-button cylinder Central locking rotary lock

- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the Application
front on site SYMO Central locking rotary
cylinder
- Material: Zinc alloy Open
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Closure direction: 180º - Area of application: For cylinder cores which
- Version: With internal M5 thread in locking pin for use with are inserted from the front on site
central locking system - Material: Zinc alloy
Locked
- Insatallation: Screw fixing - Finish: Nickel plated
- Closure direction: 180º
Arresting pin
- Version: With lifting pin
Finish Cat. No. - Insatallation: Mounting in front panel
Nickel Plated 234.65.601
Central locking bar
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
Bar guide

Order information
Only use cylinder cores with restricted rotation and direction
right-locking together with pin-tumbler cylinder removable cores

4 4

With mounting plate on one side

Locking sleeve for push-button cylinder

- Area of application: Accommodation of the locking pin Travel mm Cat. No.

- Material: Brass 12 234.98.650
- Insatallation: Mounting in drilled hole
17 234.98.660
Finish Cat. No. Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Nickel Plated 234.59.994

Packing: 1 pc

With mounting plate on two sides

Travel mm Cat. No.

12 234.98.601
17 234.98.611

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Order information
Only use cylinder cores with restricted rotation and direction
right-locking together with pin-tumbler cylinder removable cores.

Stock Item Stock Item

4.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.12
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
SYMO Locking System SYMO Locking System

Accessories for central locking system Central locking bar

Arresting pin
- Material: Zinc alloy - Material: Aluminium
- Finish: Nickel plated matt - Finish: Bright
Pin Length L mm Cat. No.
Length L mm Cat. No.
6.5 237.22.120
600 237.10.002
9.0 237.22.086
800 237.10.004
13.0 237.22.100
1,000 237.10.006
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs
Installation 1,500 237.10.009
Arresting pin Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
M4 Threaded bolt with SW2 hexagon socket

Information
We recommend to install the rotary cylinder on the right hand side.
4 Function
4
When the cylinder is locked by 180º, the lifting pin turns upwards
and pulls the central locking bar upwards by the travel into the lock.

Extension with M4 thread

- Area of application: For arresting pins 13 mm
- Material: Steel Central locking push-button cylinder
- Finish: Galvanized

Length L mm Cat. No.

Arresting pin
17 237.22.189
20 237.22.214 Central locking bar

25 237.22.269
Bar guide
30 237.22.312
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

4.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.14
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
SYMO Locking System SYMO Locking System

Central locking cylinder with bar Plate-cylinder removable core

- Area of application: For cylinder cores which are inserted from the Supplied accessories - Area of application: For all locks and rotary handles within the
front on site 1 Plate-cylinder SYMO 3000 system
- Material: Zinc alloy cylinder, aluminium bar 2 Keys - Material: Zinc alloy housing, brass plate levers
- Closure direction: 180º - Finish: Nickel plated
- Bar length: 600 mm - Locking direction: Left and right
- Travel: 8 mm - Locking system: With 6 plate levers
- Insatallation: Screw fixing - Key changes: 2,600 different key changes are possible

Finish Cat. No.

Lock nickel plated 237.48.601
Plate-cylinder removable core with standard key
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

With different key changes, unsorted

Key changes Suitable for master key Cat. No.

Travel 8

SH 0001–0200 MK 1 210.41.611
4 Application SH 0201–0600 MK 2 210.41.612
4
SH 0601–2600 MK 3 210.41.613
Open SYMO Central locking cylinder Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Locked

Plate-cylinder removable core, with keys plastic cap black

Bar guide

With different key changes, unsorted

Arresting pin
Key changes Suitable for master key Cat. No.
SH 0001–0200 MK 1 210.41.621
SH 0201–0600 MK 2 210.41.622
SH 0601–2600 MK 3 210.41.623
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Central locking cylinder with bar

Bar guide
- Material: Steel Plate-cylinder removable core, with folding key
- Installation: Screw fixing

Finish Cat. No. With different key changes, unsorted

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Galvanized 237.23.006 Key changes Suitable for master key Cat. No.
Packing: 10 or 100 pcs SH 0001–0200 MK 1 210.41.631
SH 0201–0600 MK 2 210.41.632
SH 0601–2600 MK 3 210.41.633
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

4.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.16
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
SYMO Locking System Furniture Locks

Master key for plate cylinder removable core HS 1-HS 3 Econo Deadbolt Rim Lock
- Material: Steel Backset 24 mm
- Finish: Nickel plated

Key change Cat. No. - Area of application: Suitable for mass produced furniture
- Material: Zinc alloy
MK 1 210.11.001 - Finish: Chrome plated polished
MK 2 210.11.002 - Backset D: 24 mm
- Cylinder length: 21 mm
MK 3 210.11.003 - Cylinder q: 19 mm
Packing: 1 pc - Locking system: With 6 plate levers
- Key change: 120 different key changes possible
- Installation: For screw fixing

Accessories for Universal plate cylinder cores Supplied with

1 Deadbolt rim lock
1 Cylinder rosette
Blank key 1 Angled striking plate
- Area of application: For duplicate keys or additional keys
- Material: Steel 2 Folding keys
4 - Not suitable for removal keys or master keys
Key change Mounting Cat. No.
4
Finish Cat. No.
Keyed to differ Left 232.01.200
Nickel plated 210.11.080 Right 232.01.210
Packing: 200 pcs
Drawer version 232.01.220
Packing: 1 or 12 pcs

Removal key
- Area of application: For warehouse locking systems MK1, MK2
and MK3 and keyed alike and keyed different Symo Universal
cylinder cores
- Material: Steel
Finish Cat. No.
Nickel plated 210.11.090 Häfele Piccolo-Nova Espagnolette lock
Packing: 1 or 200 pcs

Backset 15 mm

- Area of application: For tambour doors

Key Cap
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Chrome plated polished
- Material: Plastic (soft) - Backset D: 24.5 mm
- Colour: Black or grey - Cylinder length: 22 mm
- Cylinder q: 19 mm
Colour Cat. No.
- Locking system: With 6 plate levers
Grey 210.90.504 - Key change: 120 different key changes possible
- Installation: For screw fixing
Black 210.90.308
Mounting Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

Left 225.56.654

Cylinder rosette Right 225.56.609

Packing: 1 or 12 pcs

- Area of application: For covering the edge of the drilled hole

Order reference
for the cylinder housing
- Material: Steel Decorative key with bit size 8 x 6 mm not supplied, please order
- Installation: For press fitting separately

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel plated 219.19.677
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

4.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.18
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Furniture Locks Furniture Locks

Mortise Lock Rim lock

Backset 15 – 40 mm - Material: Case: Steel,
forend: Brass - Area of application: For doors or drawer
- Finish: Case: Bright, - Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass rosette and key
forend: Cladded - Finish: Nickel plated
- Locking system: With lever bits for decorative key - Key changes: 960 different key changes are possible
- Installation: For screw fixing - Installation: Screw fixing

Backset D mm Mounting Cat. No. Key change Cat. No.

15 Left/drawer version 213.21.308 With different key change 232.38.920

Packing: 1 or 12 pcs
Right/drawer version 213.21.200
20 Left/drawer version 213.21.317 Supplied with
1 Rim lock
Right/drawer version 213.21.219 1 Cylinder core
30 Left/drawer version 213.21.335 2 Keys with black plastic key cap
1 Cylinder rosette
Right/drawer version 213.21.237
40 Left/drawer version 213.21.353
4 Right/drawer version 213.21.255 4
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

Order reference
Please order decorative key with bit size 8 x 6 mm separately
Central locking rotary cylinder for side fixing

- Area of application: For mounting in the carcase side panel

Deadbolt rim lock - Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass key, aluminium bar
- Finish: Nickel plated
Backset 15 or 30 mm - Version: With aluminium bar, 600 mm long
- Closure direction: Key and lifting pin 180º
- Locking system: With 3 plate levers
- Material: Lock case: Steel - Installation: Screw fixing
- Finish: Bright nickel plated
- Backset D: 15–30 mm Key change Cat. No.
- Locking system: With lever bits for decorative key
With different key change 237.96.900
- Installation: For screw fixing
Packing: 1 pc
Backset D mm Mounting Cat. No.
Supplied with
30 Left, right and drawer version 211.01.735 1 Central locking rotary cylinder
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs 1 Cylinder core
3 Arresting pins
Order reference 2 Bar guide
Decorative keys with bit size 8 x 6 mm not supplied, please order separately
2 Keys with black plastic key cap

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Effective shank length 38 mm

- Material: Zinc Alloy

Finish Cat. No.

Bronzed and brushed 200.68.188
Bit size Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

4.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.20
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Furniture Locks Traditional Furniture

Central locking rotary cylinder for front fixing Rim lock, left hand version

- Area of application: For mounting in the carcase side panel - With Ø 18 mm cylinder
- Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass key, aluminium bar - Backset: 26 mm
- Finish: Nickel plated - Screw fixing
- Version: With aluminium bar, 600 mm long - 5 plate levers = 200 possible key changes
- Locking system: With 3 plate levers - Zinc alloy case and cylinder
- Installation: Screw fixing - Accessories: 2x keys
- No master key possible
Key change Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No.
With different key change 234.99.960
Random key changes
Packing: 1 pc
Gold coloured 232.04.917
Supplied with
Keyed alike: Key change FH1
1 Central locking rotary cylinder
1 Cylinder core Gold coloured 232.04.962
3 Arresting pins Packing: 1 pc
2 Bar guide
2 Keys with black plastic key cap
4 4
Rim lock, right hand version

- With Ø 18 mm cylinder
- Backset: 26 mm
- Screw fixing
- 5 plate levers = 200 possible key changes
- Zinc alloy case and cylinder
- Accessories: 2x keys
- No master key possible

Finish Cat. No.

Random key changes
Master Key
Gold coloured 232.04.908

- Material: Zinc alloy housing and cylinder, brass key, aluminium bar Keyed alike: Key change FH1
Gold coloured 232.04.953
Description Cat. No.
Packing: 1 pc
Master key 209.99.900
Packing: 1 pc

Rim lock, drawer version

- With Ø 18 mm cylinder
- Backset: 26 mm
- Screw fixing

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- 5 plate levers = 200 possible key changes

- Zinc alloy case and cylinder
- Accessories: 2x keys
- No master key possible

Finish Cat. No.

Random key changes
Gold coloured 232.04.926
Keyed alike: Key change FH1
Gold coloured 232.04.971
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

4.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.22
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Traditional Furniture Traditional Furniture

Cylinder rosette Striking plate

- For use with Ø 18 mm cylinder - Steel
- Steel or brass
Finish Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No.
Brass plated 239.40.507
Polished brass 219.19.876 Packing: 100 pcs
Packing: 100 pcs

Striking Plate
- For one door closing - For recess mounting
- Steel - Steel
4 Finish Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No. 4
Antique brass 239.41.520
Brass plated 239.26.510
Packing: 1 pc
Packing: 1 pc

Lever rim lock, 12.6 mm backset

- For lever bit key
- Unhanded Hook bolt mortice lock
- Electro brassed steel case

Lock type Cat. No.

Finish Cat. No.
Keyed alike 211.04.500
Electro brassed 238.06.108
Packing: 1 pc
Packing: 1 set

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Zinc die-cast bow key

- With 39 mm effective shank length

- Zinc die cast

Finish Cat. No.

Electro brassed 204.20.500
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

4.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.24
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Accessories Accessories

Profile Rod Stop strip for screw fixing

For locks with behind bolt dimension 4.8–7.5 mm
- Material: Steel
Diameter mm Finish Length mm Cat. No.
6 Bright 2000 226.00.200
Colour Length mm Cat. No.
Nickel plated 2000 226.07.209
Traffic white, similar to RAL 9016 2.5 239.92.755
2500 226.07.254
Packing: 1 pc
Fixed length 226.07.990
8 Nickel plated 2000 226.67.205
2250 226.67.223
Catch hook
2500 226.67.250
226.67.303 6 or 8 mm, for screw fixing
Order reference 3000
Fixed lengths available on request from a minimum order quantity of
100 pieces, please specify required length when ordering Fixed length 226.67.990 - Area of application: For profile rods Ø 6 or 8 mm
Packing: 1 pc - Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated
4 - Version: With plastic guide 4
- Installation: For screw fixing

Finish For diameter mm Cat. No.

Rod guide Nickel plated 6 226.30.761

For screw fixing 8 226.30.781

- Area of application: For profile rods Ø 6 or 8 mm Packing: 1 pair
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Finish: Nickel plated
- Version: With plastic guide
- Installation: For screw fixing Angled striking plate
For Diameter mm Cat. No. For screw fixing

6 239.76.761
8 239.76.781
Finish Cat. No.
Packing: 1 or 200 pcs
Nickel plated 239.41.013
Brass plated 239.41.513
Black 239.41.311
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

Locking Bolt
With screw on plate
- Material: Zinc alloy
- Installation: For screw fixing (use slot for adjustment)
Striking plate
For Diameter mm Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

For recess mounting and screw fixing

Nickel plated polished 226.57.708
Packing: 20 or 200 pcs
- Material: Steel
- Installation: For recess mounting and screw fixing

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel plate 239.06.701
Brass plated 239.06.505
Packing: 1 or 1000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

4.25 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.26
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Cabinet Locks Cabinet Locks

Anti-Tip System Anti-Tip System

- Meets or exceeds ANSI/BFIMA requirements
Components required:
- Only one drawer can be opened at a time
For 2 drawer applications:

- 1 anti-tip snapper
- 2 drawer clips Anti-Tip Snapper
- Mounts to side of cabinet
For 3 drawer applications: - Material: Zinc, die-cast, unfinished

- Simply “lock" one of the arms on anti-tip snapper to cabinet side Color Cat. No.
panel using a screw through hole in arm
Black 237.43.310

Note
For 4 drawer applications: 1 required for 2 drawers.
- 2 anti-tip snappers
- 4 drawer clips
4 - 2 linkage arms
- Lockbar and 2 arresting pins
4

Recommended position:
1. Left-hand side of case
2. 3"–5" from front of case

Drawer Clips - Standard

- Mounts to side of drawers
- Material: Plastic

Color Cat. No.

Black 237.43.320

Note

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

2 required per snapper.

Stock Item

4.27 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.28
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Cabinet Locks Cabinet Locks

Drawer Clips – Narrow Modular Removable Core Locking System – Timberline

Lockbar
- Mounts to side of drawers
- For use when there is less space between drawer slides - For use with any central locking assembly from the
- Material: Plastic cylinder module system
- Lockbar groove (W x D): 18 x 4 mm (11/16" x 5/32")
Color Cat. No. - Material: Steel; Finish: zinc-plated

Black 237.43.322 Length Cat. No.

Note 457 (18") 234.87.818

2 required per snapper. 609 (24") 234.87.827
915 (36") 234.87.836
1220 (48") 234.87.845

Linkage Arm 4
Arresting Pins

Material: Plastic
- Hexagonal section, for installation in lockbar L , using
Color Cat. No. hex insertion tool, at any desired position
- Material: Steel; Finish: nickel-plated
Black 237.43.330 Wing screw and lock washer: Steel

Note Length Cat. No.

2 pcs. required for 4 drawers.
9.5 (3/8") 237.22.714
13 (1/2") 237.22.723
16 (5/8") 237.22.732
19 (3/4") 237.22.741
25 (1") 237.22.769
32 (1 1/4") 237.22.778

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

4.29 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.30
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

whatlock® Magnetic lock system for doors Automatic Door Catch

- Area of application: For all types of doors with thickness of - Locks double panel doors without additional stop strips or
16–25 mm, particularly suitable as child protection, furniture bolts
the whatlock® magnetic key unlocks the - Door catch mounted inside the cabinet, hook and wedge
latchbolt so that the door can be opened element mounted to inside of either right or left door
- Material: Plastic - Use automatic door catch in conjunction with concealed
- Finish/colour: White/blue cup hinges
- Version: With adhesive strips - Zinc alloy
- Installation: For screw fixing or glue fixing
Finish Cat. No.

Version Cat. No. Nickel Plated 245.58.754

Packing: 1 pc
whatlock® magnetic lock system for doors 245.41.792
whatlock® magnetic key 245.41.798
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs. min. door width 400
Wedge
element 36 29
Supplied with 4 17
For magnetic lock system for doors
4 1 latchbolt lock
3.5
The door with
10
4
1 counterpiece the hook 9 9
element must
6 chipboard screws Ø 3 mm be closed first
Hook element 3 32.5

Functionality Gap
63.5

31.5

When the second door is closed,

the wedge element automatically 11.5
blocks the door catch
The door with the wedge element
can now be locked

Counterpiece
whatlock® magnetic lock system for doors
whatlock® magnet opener
The latchbolt is retracted and the door can be opened when
presenting the whatlock® magnetic key (not supplied). Magnetic pressure catch, 1.4 kg Pull
The latchbolt engages automatically when the door is being closed.
The door is secured.
- With extra long throw
- For overlay door, gives 3 mm gap between door and cabinet
frame for pushing space
- Catch: ABS plastic
- Counterpiece: Yellow galvanized steel

Pull (approx) Cat. No.

White 245.61.730
Brown 245.61.330
Packing: 1 pc

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

45 15
13 6

36 28 15 23

12

15 7
1.4

Catch Counterpiece

Stock Item Stock Item

4.31 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.32
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

Magnetic pressure catch for glass doors, Magnetic catch, screw fixing, 4 kg

Pull 1.4 kg

- Material: Plastic - Catch and counterpiece must be ordered separately

- Installation: Mounting in drilled holes and for screw fixing - Screw fixing
- Catch: Fixed, Zinc alloy
Colour Cat. No. - Counterpiece: Floating with anti swivel rim Metal
- Order qty: 1 pc (order 1 pc catch and 1 pc counterpiece
Black 245.62.311 - Pull (approx)
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
Finish Description Cat. No.
Order information Gold coloured Catch 246.94.701
Installation Please order counterpiece separately
Counterpiece 246.94.702
Packing: 1 pc/1 set

Cabinet base
Note:
Glass door
Order catch and counterpiece separately
4 4
Counterpiece

Magnet pressure catch

Pull 1.8 kg

- Material: Plastic Magnetic pressure catch for double glass doors

- Adjusting facility: With slot
- Installation: Screw fixing Pull 2.5 kg
Colour Cat. No. - Material: Plastic
- Adjusting facility: With slot
Black 245.67.310 - Installation: Screw fixing
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs
Finish Cat. No.
Order information Nickel Plated 245.67.320
Installation Please order counterpiece separately
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Glass door
Order information
Please order counterpiece separately

Counterpiece
Cabinet base Installation
Counterpiece

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Double glass door

Magnet pressure catch

Cabinet base

Counterpiece

Magnet pressure catch

Stock Item Stock Item

4.33 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.34
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

For recess mounting, pull 4.0 kg For installation under the veneer, pull 3.0 kg

- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy, - Material: Magnets: Hard ferrite with steel sleeve
counterpiece: Metal - Version: Rigid magnets
- Version: Movable housing, - Installation: Magnets for glue fixing
rigid counterpiece
- Installation: Housing and counterpiece for
Pull kg Cat. No.
recess mounting
3.0 246.97.900
Finish Cat. No. Packing: 1 or 100 pcs
Nickel plated 246.75.613
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

For metal cabinets, pull 7.0 or 10.0 kg

4 - Material: Housing and counterpiece: Steel 4

- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece
- Installation: For screw fixing

Counterpiece Housing
Pull kg Pull kg Cat. No.
Magnet including 7.0 246.95.010
counterpiece
10.0 246.95.020
Packing: 1 or 12 pcs

Pull 7 kg Pull 10 kg
Heat resistant up to 300 °C, pull 4.0 kg

- Material: Housing: Zinc alloy,

counterpiece: Metal
- Version: Movable housing, Counterpiece Counterpiece
rigid counterpiece
- Installation: Housing and counterpiece for screw fixing

Finish Cat. No.

Nickel plated 246.75.612
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

Housing Housing

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Counterpiece Housing

Stock Item Stock Item

4.35 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.36
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

Pull 3.0-4.0 kg MINI-LATCH Spring catch

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece
- Version: Rigid housing, movable counterpiece - Material: Steel catch, plastic counterpiece
- Adjusting facility: Magnet insert can be adjusted by - Installation: Screw fixing
approx. +4 mm by turning - Adjusting facility: Slot
- Installation: Housing for screw fixing, counterpiece for knocking in
Finish Cat. No.
Colour Cat. No. Catch nickel plated, counterpiece white 245.54.701
Counterpiece Housing
Housing White 246.09.701 Packing: 1, 50 or 400 pcs

Housing Brown 246.09.103

By turning adjustment of ± 4 mm possible
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs
Catch Counterpiece

Pull 2.0 kg Installation

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece

Carcase Door Counterpiece
- Version: Rigid housing, movable counterpiece
Finish Cat. No.
- Adjusting facility: With slot in housing
4 - Installation: Housing and counterpiece for screw fixing White 245.54.790 4
Black 245.54.390
Colour Cat. No.
Catch Counterpiece Packing: 1, 50 or 400 pcs
White 246.26.741
Brown 246.26.141
Counterpiece Housing
Black 246.26.341
Silver coloured 246.26.940
Packing: 1, 10 or 100 pcs

Pull 1.8 kg, for drilling hole Ø9 mm

Quick spring catch

- Material: Steel catch, plastic counterpiece

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece - Installation: Screw fixing
- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece - Adjusting facility: Slot
- Installation: Housing for gluing, counterpiece for screw fixing
Finish Cat. No.
Counterpiece Housing Colour Cat. No.
Bright galvanized 245.55.913
Housing White 246.00.708
Brass plated 245.55.502
Housing Brown 246.00.100
Burnished 245.55.100
Packing: 1, 60 pcs
Packing: 1, 50 or 200 pcs
Pull 2.5 - 3.5 kg, for drilling hole Ø14 mm
Counterpiece

- Material: Plastic housing, steel counterpiece

- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece Installation
- Installation: Housing for press fitting, counterpiece for screw fixing
Door
Counterpiece
Housing Colour Cat. No. Catch

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Counterpiece
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Housing White 246.03.709 Finish Cat. No.

Housing Brown 246.03.101 White 245.55.790

Packing: 1 or 50 pcs Packing: 1 pc

Pull 5.0 kg, for drilling hole Ø13.6 mm

- Material: Brass housing, steel counterpiece

Carcase
- Version: Rigid housing and counterpiece
- Installation: Housing for gluing, counterpiece for screw fixing
Counterpiece Housing Colour Cat. No. Counterpiece

Housing Nickel plated 246.02.211

Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

4.37 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.38
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

Spring catch Twin ball catch for screw fix

For screw fixing
- Material: Balls: Stainless steel,
catch and counterpiece: Brass
- Installation: For screw fixing
- Material: Catch: Spring steel, - Adjustment facility: Retaining pressure with flat blade
counterpiece: Steel screwdriver
- Finish: Catch: Blue tempered,
counterpiece: Brass plated
Catch Height mm Finish Cat. No.
Catch Counterpiece Dim. (W x D x H) mm Cat. No. 43 Brass bright 244.20.014
(15 x 10 x 30 mm)
15 x 10 x 30 245.05.502 49 244.20.015
20 x 12 x 40 245.06.509 60 244.20.016
32 x 11 x 15 245.02.501 70 244.20.017
Packing: 1 or 200 pcs.
43 Brass polished chrome 244.20.214
49 plated 244.20.215
Catch Counterpiece
4 (20 x 12 x 40 mm) 60 244.20.216 4
70 244.20.217
43 Brass matt nickel plated 244.20.614
49 244.20.615
60 244.20.616

Catch Counterpiece Catch Counterpiece 70 244.20.617

(32 x 11 x 15 mm)
Packing: 1 or 50 pcs

Spring catch
For screw fixing
Catch Counterpiece

- Material: Catch and counterpiece: Steel,

rollers: LDPE
- Finish: Catch and counterpiece: Bright
galvanized or burnished
- Adjustment facility: Slot
Catch
Finish Cat. No.
Bright galvanized 244.01.903 244.01.903
Burnished 244.01.113 Catch Counterpiece
PackiPacking: 1,100 or 1000 pcs.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Counterpiece

Installation

40.5
Catch Counterpiece

Installation on side panel Installation on base panel

Stock Item Stock Item

4.39 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.40
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

Ball catch For press fitting Furniture bolt, Straight

- Material: Catch and counterpiece: Steel,
ball: Chrome steel - Material: steel
- Finish: Catch and striking plate: Brass plated - Finish: Nickel Plated
- Installation: Catch for press fitting, - Installation: Screw fixing
striking plate for screw fixing
Length mm Cat. No.

Diameter mm Depth mm Cat. No. 50 251.01.106

6.5 7.5 241.80.505 70 251.01.124

8.0 8.5 241.80.514

9.5 10.5 241.80.523
11.0 11.0 241.80.532
12.5 12.0 241.80.541
Packing: 1 or 200 pcs

Catch (Ø6.5 mm) Striking plate

4 4
Furniture bolt, with cranked slide, Visible screws

- Material: steel
Catch (Ø8.0 mm) Striking plate Catch (Ø9.5 mm) Striking plate - Finish: Nickel plated

Length mm Cat. No.

50 251.02.103
70 251.02.121
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
Catch (Ø11.0 mm) Striking plate
Catch (Ø12.5 mm) Striking plate

Ball catch
For screw fixing

- Material: Catch and counterpiece: Steel,

ball: Chrome steel
- Finish/colour: Catch and counterpiece: Nickel plated
- Installation: For screw fixing

Cat. No.
For screw fixing 241.10.718
Packing: 1 pc.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Elbow catch
- For left or right hand use
- Spring loaded
- Brass

Finish Cat. No.

Polished brass 245.74.000
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

4.41 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.42
 Locks and Catches Locks and Catches
Catches and Furniture Bolts Catches and Furniture Bolts

Furniture bolt with straight slide, 70 mm length Counterpiece for knocking in

- Steel
Material Finish Cat. No.
Finish Cat. No. 246.08.910
Steel Galvanized
Brass plated 251.01.026 Packing: 1 pc
Nickel plated 251.01.124
Packing: 1 pc

Counterpiece for screw fixing

4 Angled striking plate
4

- Material: steel
- Installation: Screw fixing Material Finish Cat. No.

Finish Cat. No. Steel Galvanized 246.03.790

Packing: 1 pc
Nickel Plated 251.74.707
Brass Plated 251.74.501

Material Finish Cat. No.

Steel Galvanized 246.26.793
Packing: 1 pc

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

4.43 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

4.44
 5
HOME
IMPROVEMENT
FITTINGS
5.1 5.2
 Home Improvement Fittings
Storage

Laundry Storage Solutions

UTILITY
STORAGE The Hailo Laundry-Carrier offers sufficient space for two washing machine loads with its large capacity 33 litre baskets. The baskets are easy to
remove and carry thanks to the ergonomic handles. Grass Nova Pro runners are included.

Two 33 litre laundry baskets included with Laundry-Carrier 45 and 50

Laundry-Carrier

- Suitable fo 450, 500 or 600 mm cabinets for door front fixing with
15/16 or 18/19 mm board thickness
- Installed height: 545 mm
- Built-in depth: 528 mm
- White powder-coated steel holder, mounting components and runners,
steel lid, white and blue plastic laundry bins

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Grass Nova Pro soft closing runners included
- Note: Includes 4x 25 mm spacer blocks

For cabinet width Bins Included Cat. No.

450 mm 2 x 33 litres 502.72.702
500 mm 2 x 33 litres 502.72.703
600 mm 2 x 33, 1 x 12, 1 x 2,5 litres 502.72.704
Packing: 1 pc

Laundry-Carrier 60 shown Fixings

Max. included
Clean lines and open spaces continue to influence home design, making domestic 70 kg Side Soft
per unit Mounting 450 500 600 Closing
storage areas more important that ever. With this mind, Hafele have introduced a
new range of space-saving utility room products, perfect for keeping functional
areas streamlined. Stock Item

5.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.4
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Foldaway bed fittings Foldaway bed fittings

Bettlift Built-in foldaway bed with slatted frame and adjustable head section Bettlift Foldaway bed fitting, for construction of foldaway beds according to customer’s
own requirements
- Area of application: For inset front
- Material: Frame: Torsion-free tubular steel, Installation
slatted frame: Laminated wood, caps: Rubber
- Load bearing capacity: 100 kg
- Finish: Slatted frame: Unfinished wood
- Colour: Frame: Graphite black, RAL 9011,
Firmness degree regulation
foot linkage: White aluminium, RAL 9006
- Version: With gas-filled strut for easy opening and closing,
with 28 flexibly mounted resilient wooden slats, with shoulder
comfort zone, 5 double slats for central zone reinforcement
and centre strap, firmness degree continuously adjustable
Resilient wooden slat mounting
Supplied with
1 Built-in foldaway bed with frame, gas-filled struts,
slatted frame and angular feet End mounted Side mounted
2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)
3 Bedding straps The specified cabinet dimensions are internal cabinet dimensions
2 Mattress holders End mounted
1 Set of installation instructions Order reference - Material: Steel
2 Gas-filled struts Bed weight = total weight of the bedding box, slatted frame, mattress and bedding - Finish: Powder coated
Order reference
- Colour: Black, RAL 9011
Note: Note
Bed weight = total weight of the front panel, mattress, bedding and bed
All built-in foldaway beds must Construction recommendation
frame (if applicable).
be prevented from tipping in accordance
5 All built-in foldaway beds must
be prevented from tipping in accordance
with EN 1129. Ensure that the surface is
suitable for attaching the securing brackets.
Material thickness of bedding box
and cabinet
20 mm 5
with EN 1129. Ensure that the surface is Construction recommendation Component Material thicknesses
suitable for attaching the securing brackets. Internal cabinet height Mattress length + 170 mm
Front 19 mm Internal cabinet width Mattress width + 94 mm
Cabinet base panel, side panels, plinth 19-22 mm Two bedding boxes must be mounted next to each other to make
Automatic foot mechanism
Angular feet automatically come out when the bed is opened and are retracted when a double bed.
the bed is closed again

For end mounting

End mounted single, double or French bed
- Bed weight: Max. 100 kg

Mattress Size Bed Width With/ Supplied with

Cat. No.
(W x L) mm Weight kg B mm Without 1 Pair of foldaway bed fittings with pivot bearings and positioning
bolts for gas-filled struts
900 x 2000 44-55 960 With Mattress 271.91.115 2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)
60-80 1460 Without Mattress 271.91.114 1 Set of fixing material
1 Set of installation instructions
1400 x 2000 44-55 960 With Mattress 271.91.136
60-80 1460 Without Mattress 271.91.135 Description Cat. No.
Packing: 1 set Foldaway bed fitting for end mounting 271.95.203
X = slatted frame top edge 330 mm
The specified cabinet dimensions are internal cabinet dimensions Replacement gas-filled strut Packing: 1 set

Note: Mattress Size Bed Order reference

Built-in foldaway bed for mattress size 1,600 x 2,000 mm from Spring Force N Cat. No. Order 2 gas-filled struts and 1 pair of angular feet for appropriate bed weight separately.
(W x L) mm Weight kg
25 pieces available on request.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Replacement gas-filled struts for foldaway beds 271.91.135/136

are double lift gas-filled struts and only available for bed weight of 900 x 2000 46-50 1600 271.99.355
60–80 kg.
38-43 1700 271.99.373
Order reference Gas-filled strut - Version: Pre-tensioned with elastic strap
Order 2 single beds and 1 centre support to make a double bed. 56-65 2000 271.99.426
1400 x 2000 60-80 1400/2800 271.99.505 Bed weight kg Shear force N Cat. No.
Packing: 1 pc
50 900 271.99.220
Centre support
60 1100 271.99.266
- Area of application: For connecting two single beds to make a
double bed (can be opened separately) 70 1300 271.99.300
- Material: Steel 80 1500 271.99.346
Finish Cat. No. Order reference 90 1700 271.99.382
Example: 2 gas-filled struts each for 100 kg must be ordered
Powder coated, graphite black, RAL 9011 271.87.101 for a bed weight of 100 kg. 100 1900 271.99.410
Packing: 1 pc Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

5.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.6
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Foldaway bed fittings Slatted frame

For side mounting Bedding strap

- Area of application: For holding bedding when closing the bed
- Supplied with: 3 belts
- Bed weight: Max. 80 kg
Suitable For Cat. No.
Supplied with
1 Pair of foldaway bed fittings with pivot bearings and positioning Mattress width <900 mm 271.87.920
bolts for gas-filled struts
Mattress width <1200 mm 271.87.921
2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)
1 Safety lever with stop plate Mattress width <1400 mm 271.87.922
1 Set of fixing material Packing: 1 set
1 Set of installation instructions

Description Cat. No.

Foldaway bed fitting for side mounting 271.95.204
Packing: 1 set

Order reference Sanobasic NV Slatted frame

Order 2 gas-filled struts and 1 pair of angular feet for appropriate bed weight separately.
Without adjustable head and foot sections

Gas-filled strut
- Area of application: For latex, foam and pocket spring core mattresses
- Material: Frame and resilient wooden slats:
- Version: Pre-tensioned with elastic strap Laminated birch wood, caps: LDPE (polyethylene)
- Slatted frame support: With 28 resilient wooden slats,
Bed weight kg Shear force N Cat. No.
5 2,000 mm in length, wooden slats in caps,
with pressure-distributing centre strap,
5
40 400 271.99.122
continuously adjustable firmness degree regulation
50 500 271.99.140 - Dim.: Frame height: 50 mm, installation height: 70 mm,
slat: 34 x 8 mm, slat spacing: 34 mm
60 600 271.99.168

Order reference 70 700 271.99.186

Slatted frame dim. For mattress size
Example: 2 gas-filled struts each for 80 kg must be ordered for a Cat. No.
bed weight of 80 kg. 80 800 271.99.202 (W x L) mm (W x L) mm
Packing: 1 pc
890 x 1960 900 x 2000 271.75.004
1390 x 1960 1400 x 2000 271.75.007
Angular foot Packing: 1 pc

- Area of application: For supporting the open bed

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Powder coated
- Version: With mounting plate

Functionality
The angular feet must be pulled out when the bed is opened, turned
by 90° and pushed back in again until the stop is reached.

Installation

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Screw mounting plate of angular foot to foot side of bed frame and
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

rear side of front panel.

A squared edge timber measuring at least 40 x 40 mm is needed on
all four sides as slatted frame support.

Colour Cat. No.

Mounting plate: Black, RAL 9011, 271.95.361
angular foot: White aluminium, RAL 9006
Packing: 1 pair

Stock Item Stock Item

5.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.8
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Foldaway bed fittings Lid Stays

Sanobasic KF slatted frame Accessories For Creating Bedroom Storage

With adjustable head and foot sections

- Area of application: For latex, foam and pocket spring core mattresses
- Material: Frame and resilient wooden slats: Laminate birch wood,
caps: Rubber
- Slatted frame support: With 28 resilient wooden slats, flexible
wooden slats in caps, with pressuredistributing centre strap,
5 double central zone reinforcing slats,
continuously adjustable firmness degree regulation
- Dim.: Frame height: 40 mm, installation height: 50 mm,
slat: 36 x 8 mm, slat spacing: 26 mm
- Version: With shoulder comfort zone

Slatted frame dim. For mattress size

Cat. No.
(W x L) mm (W x L) mm

890 x 1960 900 x 2000 271.75.014

1390 x 1960 1400 x 2000 271.75.017
Packing: 1 pc

Adjustable head section, shoulder comfort zone and flexible resilient

wooden slat mounting Lid Stay

- Screw mounted to side panel and lid

5 - Unhanded design 5
- Spring holds lid in position
- For heavier loads 2 lid stays should be used
- Nickel-plated steel brackets with polypropylene housing
- Order fixing screws separately

Securing bracket, prevents cabinet from tipping Housing Colour Cat. No.
Black 372.19.300
- Area of application Anti-tilt facility for foldaway beds White 372.19.700
- Material Steel
Packing: 1 pc
- Installation For screw fixing
- Fixing material supplied
Mounting dimensions are dependent on lid weight
and size. For full details visit www.hafele.co.uk
Finish Cat. No.
Powder coated, graphite black, RAL 9011 271.98.100
Packing: 2 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Cranked flush hinge

- Non mortice, for medium duty applications
- Normally for 15-16 mm door thicknesses
- With fixed pin
- Steel
- Order fixing screws separately

Finish Cat. No.

Electro brassed 351.96.519
Florentine bronzed 351.96.117
Zinc-plated 351.96.910
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

5.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.10
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Lid Stays Slatted Frame Fittings

Corner bench hinge, For wooden seat panels Scissor jacks

Adjustment facility
- No separate hinge connection required
Engaging positions of scissor - Area of application: For adjustable head and foot sections of
jacks for adjustable head and foot
- Opening angle: 95° slatted frames, couches and French beds
sections of slatted frames,
- Area of application: Joint designed for safe lift-up of seat panel couches or French beds, as well - Material: Steel
- Material: Steel as in other application areas. - Finish: Yellow chromatized
- Finish: Blue galvanized - Height: Raising height <300–375 mm
- Opening angle restraint: - Version: With screw-on plates
The opening stop in the hinge joint prevents
the seat panel from butting against the fitting Note
Lift over upper end position before
- Large swivel range to the front (110 mm) allows lifting up seat lowering.
panels even with thick padding
- A gap between seat panel and backrest is not required
- The springs for panel weight 8 kg or 12 kg provide optimum
weight compensation and allow opening with ease
In 18 stages
Installation

Height mm Cat. No.

Raising height: <300 274.00.933
Packing: 2 or 20 pcs

5 5
Seat panel
Varianta
5 mm

With spring
For panel weights up to 8 kg or up to 12 kg

Suitable for Cat. No.

Panel weight up to 8 kg 643.01.516
Panel weight up to 12 kg 643.01.525 In 19 stages
Packing: 1 or 10 pairs

Height mm Cat. No.

Raising height: <375 274.01.930
Packing: 2 or 20 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Fixed castor for underbed boxes

- Low installation height and easy to move on carpeted floors

- With side fixing mounting plate
- Without brake or swivel
- Load carrying capacity approx 40 kg per castor
- Steel housing, plastic wheel
- Order fixing screws separately

Housing/Wheel finish Cat. No.

Galvanized/White 660.98.904
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

5.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.12
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Foldaway bed fittings Built-in foldaway beds

Häfele Duoletto Built-in foldaway bed, side mounted, with slatted frame Häfele Teleletto Foldaway sofa bed fitting With frame and slatted frame

- Variable and freely selectable mounting height when used as single bed - The bed easily becomes a sofa
- The same fitting can be used for bunk beds - Fitting can also be used without sofa
- Extra large lying area

- Area of application: Single and/or bunk bed/loft bed

- Area of application: Hotel, guest house, guest room
- For mattress size (W x L): 900 x 2,000 mm
- For mattress size (W x L): 1,200 x 2,000 mm
- Load bearing capacity: 100 kg
- Bed weight: 74–110 kg
- Bed weight: 55–85 kg
5 - Material: Frame: Torsion-free tubular steel with resilient wooden slats
- Load bearing capacity: 100 kg
- Material: Frame: Torsion-free tubular steel with resilient wooden slats
5
- Finish: Powder coated white, RAL 9016
- Finish: Powder coated white, RAL 9016
- Version: With gas-filled strut for easy opening and closing,
- Version: With gas-filled strut for easy opening and closing,
with 12 flexibly mounted resilient wooden slats
with 12 flexibly mounted resilient wooden slats
- Installation: Quick fixing system, bearing plates pre-mounted
- Installation: Quick fixing system
Supplied with - Internal cabinet width: 2,060 mm
1 Foldaway bed, with frame and slatted frame - Internal cabinet height: 1,442 mm
2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility) - Internal cabinet depth: 400 mm
As single bed As bunk bed 3 Bedding straps
Supplied with
6 Mattress holders
1 Set of installation instructions 1 Built-in foldaway bed, with frame and slatted frame
Specified cabinet dimensions are external cabinet dimensions.
2 Gas-filled struts 2 Securing brackets (anti-tilt facility)
6 Mattress holders
Construction recommendation 3 Bedding straps
Version Cat. No.
Component Material thickness 1 Set of installation instructions
Front panel 16 mm Without mattress 271.89.000 2 Gas-filled struts
Cabinet base panel, plinth 19 mm With mattress 271.89.005
Construction recommendation
Rear panel, cabinet side panel 22 mm
Packing: 1 set
Component Material thickness
Front panel 16 mm
Note Replacement Bed weight kg Spring Force N Cat. No.
Cabinet base panel, plinth 19 mm
gas-filled strut 55 - 85 400
All built-in foldaway beds must
271.89.920 Rear panel, cabinet side panel 22 mm
be prevented from tipping in accordance Packing: 1 pc Mounting height can be selected variably depending on the required seat height
with EN1129. Ensure that the surface is
suitable for attaching the securing brackets.
Order reference

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Please order accessories for use as bunk bed/loft bed (hook-in ladder and bed guard) separately. Version Cat. No.
Without mattress 271.89.001
Accessories for bunk bed/loft bed Specified cabinet dimensions are external cabinet dimensions. With mattress 271.89.006
Packing: 1 set
Note
- Material: Ladder, bed guard: Laminated wood,
Replacement Bed weight kg Spring Force N Cat. No.
can be lacquered, brackets: Tubular steel All built-in foldaway beds must
- Dim.: Ladder: 1,475 x 397 x 60 mm be prevented from tipping in accordance gas-filled strut 74 - 110 700
with EN 1129. Ensure that the surface is
271.89.921
- Finish: Brackets: Powder coated, white RAL 9016 suitable for attaching the securing brackets. Packing: 1 set

Description Cat. No. Order reference

Bed weight = total weight of the front panel, mattress, bedding and bed frame (if applicable)
Hook-in ladder and bed guard 271.89.010
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

5.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.14
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Built-in foldaway beds Vertical Recessed Folding Bed And Bed Transformable

Häfele Tavoletto Bed/desk combi fitting Vertical Recessed Folding Bed And Bed Transformable
For mattresses with width of 900/1,400 mm

- Space saving, ideal for use as guest bed, in students' hostels and hospitals

Fitting for Fitting for

mattress 900 x 2,000 mm mattress 1,400 x 2,000 mm

5 5

Construction recommendation Bed position Desk position

Mattress size mm
Construction dim. mm
900 x 2000 1400 x 2000
A 1388 1780
B 1115 1598
C 1086 1188
D 944 1040
E 2160 2140
F 766 769
Max. With 214 229
mattress height slatted frame

With 263 278

resilient slats
Space above desk 530 551
in bed position
- Material: Steel
The construction dimensions apply to side panel thickness of - Colour: Black - Application: with lift-up mechanism and gas springs, incorporated
19 mm. - Safety tested by the LGA in compliance with DIN EN 1129 ladder and safety lock with removable key, electro-welded bedsrping,

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Note: high resistant steel structure.

For mattress size (W x L) mm Supplied with Cat. No. - Finish/Color: Epoxy powder coating in aluminium grey.
CAD data and installation instructions for construction are
Bed/desk combi fitting Häfele Tavoletto - Overall sizes: closed 900 x 2120 x 670 mm,
available for downloading.
open 900 x 2120 x 1525 mm, Lower bed height 295 mm,
The specifications of the CAD data must be adhered to. 900 x 2000 mm (W x L) 1 Fitting set complete for 271.97.300 upper bed height 1150 mm, necessary mattress size 800 x 18=900 x h.
Only then full functionality of the fitting is given. 1 piece of furniture, 150 mm
without fixing material - No upholstery, fabric or mattersses included.
Order reference
1400 x 2000 mm (W x L) 1 Fitting set complete for 271.97.301
All foldaway beds must be prevented Sofa - Bed Transformable
1 piece of furniture,
from tipping in accordance with EN
without fixing material
1129. Please order securing brackets Description Cat. No.
separately. Ensure that the surface Set of screws
is suitable for attaching the securing Structure for Sofa - 2 level bed transformation 271.95.450
900 x 2000 mm (W x L) Fixing material for 1 set 271.97.395
brackets. Packing: 1 set
1400 x 2000 mm (W x L) Fixing material for 1 set 271.97.396
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

5.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.16
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Cable outlets Fittings for TV and Hifi Cabinets

Drill hole Ø 60 or 80 mm Electric lift system

With swivelling section in cover

- Material: Plastic Load bearing capacity 50 kg

- Colour: In 8 colours
- Cable cut-out: 20 x 30 mm with drill hole Ø 60 mm or - Area of application: For installation in furniture,
20 x 45 mm with drill hole Ø 80 mm for raising and lowering of flat screens and small cabinets
- Version: 2-piece, round - Material: Steel
- Installation: For push fitting - Colour: Silver coloured
- Lift: 460 mm
- Load bearing capacity: 50 kg
Drill hole Ø mm Colour Cat. No.
- Travel speed: 25 mm/seconds
60 mm White 428.96.702 - VESA standard: 50 x 50 mm, 75 x 75 mm, 100 x 100 mm,
200 x 100 mm and 200 x 200 mm
Sepia brown 428.96.102 - Input voltage: 110–240 V, 50–60 Hz
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs
Supplied with
1 Lift system
1 Radio remote control
Drill hole Ø 60 or 80 mm
With spring loaded, swivelling section in cover Description Packing Cat. No.
- Material: Plastic Lift system 1 pc. 421.68.425
- Colour: In 8 colours
VESA mounting plate 1 set 421.68.431
- Cable cut-out: 15 x 30 mm with drill hole Ø 60 mm or
20 x 45 mm with drill hole Ø 80 mm Packing: 1 pc or 1 set

5 - Version: 2-piece, round

- Installation: For push fitting
5
Drill hole Ø mm Colour Cat. No.
60 mm Light Grey 429.99.520
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

Cable outlet, round, Ø 67 or 88 mm

Lid with locking mechanism, height 21 mm - Material: Zinc alloy
- Version: 2-piece, round
- Installation: For push fitting

Drill hole Ø mm Colour Cat. No. Lift system VESA mounting plate

60 mm Polished chrome plated 631.31.212

Matt chrome plated 631.31.412
Stainless steel effect 631.31.012
Electronic TV lift up to 42”
White 631.31.712
Black 631.31.312 - Area of application: Used in cabinets for raising and lowering flat
Packing: 1 or 12 pcs screen television
- Material: Steel
- Finish: Black
Cable outlet, round, Ø 67 or 88 mm - Mounting method: Suitable for below VESA standard

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Lid with locking mechanism, height 12 mm 400 x 100, 400 x 400, 600 x 200, 600 x 400
- Height of mechanism: 715 mm (closed) to 1,465 mm (open)
- Material: Zinc alloy - Stroke: 750 mm
- Version: 2-piece, round - Weight capacity: 100 kg
- Installation: For push fitting - Speed: 28 mm/sec

Drill hole Ø mm Colour Cat. No. Load bearing capacity kg Cat. No.
60 mm Polished chrome plated 631.31.202 100 421.68.420
Matt chrome plated 631.31.402 Packing: 1 set

Stainless steel effect 631.31.002

White 631.31.702
Black 631.31.302
Packing: 1 or 12 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

5.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.18
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Fittings for TV and Hifi Cabinets Wall Mounted TV Support Bracket

Electronic TV lift up to 55” Wall mounted TV support bracket, tilting

- Area of application: Used in cabinets for raising and lowering flat 32"–55"
screen television
- Adjustment facility: Tilting: ±12°
- Material: Steel
- VESA standard: 600 x 400 mm
- Finish: Black
- Material: Steel
- Mounting method: Suitable for below VESA standard
- Finish/colour: Powder coated, black
600 x 400, 600 x 200, 600 x 100, 400 x 400, 400 x 200,
- Load bearing capacity: 79 kg
400 x 100, 300 x 300, 200 x 200, 200 x 100
- Installation: For screw fixing
- Min./Max. height (lid lifter excluded) 750/1,750 mm
- Installation depth: 70 mm
- Stroke: 1,000 mm Area of application Cat. No.
For flat screen monitors with diagonal screen 817.35.322
Load bearing capacity kg Cat. No. size of 32” to 55”
100 421.68.423
Packing: 1 pc
Packing: 1 set

5 5

Wall mounted TV support bracket, extending, swivelling and inclinable

46" - 90"
- Adjustment facility: Angle of incline: +5° to –15°,
swivelling: ±90°, the screen can
be moved to the left or right after installation
- Version: Concealed cable guidance in
bracket arm and joint
- VESA standard: 100 x 100 mm, 200 x 200 mm,
300 x 200 mm, 300 x 300 mm,
400 x 200 mm, 400 x 300 mm,
400 x 400 mm, 500 x 400 mm,
600 x 400 mm
- Material: Steel

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Colour: Black
- Load bearing capacity: 68 kg

Area of application Cat. No.

For flat screen monitors, with diagonal screen size 46"-90" 817.01.380
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

5.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.20
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Wall Mounted TV Support Bracket Lift System

Load bearing capacity 8 kg Electric Lift

For screw fixing to side panels

- Brackets can be turned by 180° and can be mounted at the top and at
the bottom.
- Running characteristics can be improved by using runners.

- Material: Rails: Aluminium, glide: Plastic Order reference

- Version: The extension is firmly held in Lift height restriction with memory function programmable using operating unit
position when it is pushed in Bottom external profile Bottom external profile (Cat. No. 633.03.298), please order separately.
- Swivelling range: 180° vertical and horizontal (lifting column visible) (outer cabinet moves up) For a reset, the columns must be lowered collision-free up to a min. height of
- Installation depth: 403 mm 546 mm.
5 - VESA standard: 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm
- Area of application: For lifting and lowering
5
For flat screen monitors with diagonal screen size <19" - Version: Linking several elements allows the height of the complete
Area of application Cat. No. worktop (also L-shaped or U-shaped) to be adjusted,
For flat screen monitors, diagonal screen size <19" 421.99.951 control with push button switch
lift: 502 mm - Load bearing capacity: 60 kg per lift column with even load distribution, Max.
bending moment 150 Nm
For flat screen monitors, diagonal screen size <22" 421.99.955 - Height adjustment: 551–1,211 mm, electric, continuous
lift: 437 mm - Installation: For side panel installation, the lift must be completely
Packing: 1 pc. moved back into its initial position when set to lowermost
Top external profile Top external profile position
(internal cabinet moves up)
- Travel speed: 43 mm/s

For flat screen monitors with diagonal screen size <22" Worktop lifting end column

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

With bracket 250 mm and bracket 500 mm With 2 brackets 250 mm

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Powder coated Version Cat. No.
- Colour: White aluminium, RAL 9006 With bracket 250 mm and 500 mm 633.13.201
- Lift: 660 mm
With 2 brackets 250 mm 633.13.212
Packing: 1 pc

Note Order reference

Column must no be subjected to tensile load Please order control and operating unit separately

Stock Item Stock Item

5.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.22
 Home Improvement Fittings Home Improvement Fittings
Lift systems Lift systems

Control unit Operating device

For flush recess mounting
- Area of application: For controlling electrically adjustable end frames
- Travel speed: 43 mm/s - Area of application: Operating device for control unit
- Version: With overload protection and soft start/stop function - Material: Plastic
- Installation: Fixing with Velcro tape - Version: LED display with height indication, with 3 memory
push buttons, 1 store push button, up/down push buttons
Supplied with - Installation: Housing for clamp fixing for flush recess mounting
1 Control unit
1 Mains lead
Dim. (L x W x H) mm Cat. No.
2–4 Motor cables
Graphite black, RAL 9011 633.52.330
Lifting Wattage Nominal Traffic white, RAL 9016 633.52.730
Suitable for Cat. No.
power kg W voltage V Packing: 1 pc

2 end frames 120 200 AC 230 633.52.022

3 end frames 180 300 AC 100-240 633.52.023
4 end frames 240 300 AC 100-240 633.52.024 Extension cable
Packing: 1 pc

- Material: Plastic
- Length: 2,000 mm
Operating device
Standard Area of application Colour Cat. No.
5 - Area of application: Operating device for control unit
Between control unit and Black 633.03.299 5
- Material: Plastic drive in end frame
- Dim. (L x W x H): 56 x 54 x 8 mm Between control unit and Cream White 633.03.300
- Version: Functions: Up/down, folding
- Installation: For screw fixing operating device or manual switch
Packing: 1 pc
Colour Cat. No.
Anthracite grey, RAL 7016 633.52.230
Packing: 1 pc
Shut-off strip

- Area of application: Automatic vertical stop (personal safety not provided)

- Version: Can be shortened, for plug fitting between control unit and
motor cable into additional socket of the connecting component

Supplied with
1 Shut-off strip
1 Coupling plug

Length mm Cat. No.

Operating device
With programmable lift height restriction 2500 633.17.301
Packing: 1 pc
- Area of application: Operating device for control unit

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Note
- Material: Plastic
Safety stop required when gap >5 mm and <25 mm
- Colour: Black
Version: LED display with height indication, with memory for 3 positions,
programmable lift height restriction
- Installation: For screw fixing with mounting bracket
Supplied with
Cable 1.7 m, with modular jack plug

Dim. (L x W x H) mm Cat. No.

160 x 40 x 25 633.03.298
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

5.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

5.24
 6
DRAWER RUNNER
AND DRAWER
ORGANIZATION SYSTEM
6.1 6.2
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Information Information

Installation options Runner type Installation options

To shelf Concealed runners AL = Extension length Self closing mechanism, soft and controlled closing
Plastic rollers in running gears or steel balls in ball cages are the L = Installation length mechanism
running elements, depening on the version. Installing the runner to SL = Drawer length - The self closing mechanism of ball bearing and concealed runners
the underside of the drawer allows almost concealed installation. is an active spring element that pulls the drawer shut when it
reaches the latter part of the closing distance.
- Pneumatic or oil pressure dampers provide gentle closing by
Base mounted I Base mounted Il preventing the drawer front from slamming against the cabinet.
Roller runners - Soft and controlled closing mechanisms for supplementing roller,
The running elements are friction bearing mounted or ball bearing concealed and pull-out cabinet runners are also separately
mounted rollers, polyamide-coated steel rollers or soft rollers for silent available.
movement.

To Drawer

Ball Bearing runners Tip-on opening

Steel or plastic balls in ball cages are the running elements Extension mechanism as supplement to concealed runners: Gentle
pressure against the front causes the drawer to open automatically.

Groove mounted Side mounted Base mounted

Load bearing capacity Functions
The specified load bearing capacity indicates the maximum load per As well as moving drawers and shelves, individual runners also
runner pair at 80.000 cycles as defined by DIN 15338. The values have special functionality and equipment: Two-way drawer runners
correspond to dynamic stress and apply if all mounting holes are
Drawer runners that are extendable from both sides are used on
screw-connected using suitable fastening and base material. The
counters or partition walls – wherever two-sided access to the
specified values are sample measurements and apply to rail length
contents is required. They are available as roller runners for overlay
and drawer width of 450 mm each.
fronts and as ball bearing runners for continuous fronts.
With ball bearing runners that are designed for side mounting in Self closing and stay-closed feature/ hold-in device in closed
cabinet, the load bearing capacity is reduced to approx. 25 % if base position
mounted.
6 Concealed - The self closing and the stay-closed feature of roller runners use a
slope in the runner profile that runs toward the last part of the
6
push-in distance of the drawers and gently holds them in the Progressive effect
closed position.
- With ball bearing runners a plastic buffer acts as a hold-in device. Some ball bearing runners are supplied with an integrated
To cabinet progressive effect. Simultaneous runner movement evenly
The guide profile is slid over it and therefore clamped; the hold-out
device works using the same method. distributes the load and prevents possible jamming with wide
- With other runners, deformation of the guide profile gently holds drawers.
the rollers or the ball cages.
- Many ball bearing runners have an active locking mechanism in
the extended and pushed-in position that is operated using a lever.

Side mounted Base mounted

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

AL= extension length

AV= extension loss
L= installation length

6.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.4
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Information Information

Cabinet and drawer rail separation Height and tilting angle adjustments Area of application Installation Application Runner length
- With some drawer runners the runner profiles can be separated – Some concealed runners and ball bearing runners have height

Load capacity Kg
Single extension
either by means of the structural design of the runners or using and tilting angle adjusting facilities that allow the front panel to be

Base mounted

Full extension
Side mounted

Push to open
a release lever. Separating the cabinet rail from the drawer rail aligned after installation. Concealed runners also have a side

Height mm
Self close

Soft close
makes installation considerably easier and allows the drawers to adjusting facility (depending on the model).

300 mm

350 mm

500 mm

550 mm

700 mm
250 mm

450 mm

650 mm
200 mm

400 mm

600 mm
be removed for all kinds of purposes.

Shelf

Page
CLIP
PIN
- With some runners the drawers are suspended from (with ball
bearing runners) or placed onto (with concealed runners) the
20
runners at special receptacles. The concealed runners are Roller Runners 6.7
equipped with pins for this purpose. 25
- Other concealed runners are equipped with mounting clips that 45 45
secure the drawer to the runner. The drawer can be removed by Ball Bearing Runners 45 30 6.9
releasing the mounting clips. 25
Stainless steel and aluminium drawer runners 25

- Several drawer runners are also available in stainless steel. These 30

are ideal for use in wet areas and areas in which food or chemicals Undermount Runners
30
6.13
are being processed. 25

Disengage by operating the - Aluminium ball bearing runners are ideal for significantly reducing 25
release lever in the drawer rail. the weight of the drawers. 30
80 30
Box 6.18
170 30

Sliding and pull-out cabinet runners

- Sliding and pull-out cabinet runners are particularly suitable for
narrow (max. 600 mm per runner) and high (max. 2,500 mm)
cabinets – depending on the runners that are used.
- These runners are bottom running and are additionally guided at
the top. This makes them therefore extremely suitable for narrow,
angled installation situations, e.g. beneath sloping ceilings or stairs.
- Cabinets must be secured to prevent tipping.

6 6

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

6.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.6
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Roller Runners Roller Runners

Single extension Single extension

load bearing capacity up to 20 kg load bearing capacity up to 25 kg
Full extention, with clip
- Material: Steel
- Guided by: 4 friction bearing mounted nylon rollers with washer
- Material: Steel and ridge
- Guided by: 4 friction bearing mounted nylon rollers with washer - Thickness: 1.2 mm
and ridge - Type of closing: Self closing
- Thickness: 1.0 mm - Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer base mounted
- Type of closing: Self closing
- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer base mounted
Installation Extension Extension
Finish Cat. No.
length L mm length AL mm loss AV mm
Installation Extension Extension
Cat. No. 250 168 87 Black, 423.36.250
length L mm length AL mm loss AV mm Installation RAL 9017
300 213 423.36.300
Installation 250 168 87 423.79.725
350 263 423.36.350
300 213 423.79.730
400 313 97 423.36.400
350 263 423.79.735
450 363 423.36.450
400 313 97 423.79.740
500 413 423.36.500
450 363 423.79.745
550 433 117 423.36.550
500 413 423.79.750
600 483 423.36.600
550 433 117 423.79.755
250 168 87 Cream, 423.37.425
600 483 423.79.760
300 213 RAL 9001 423.37.430
Packing: 1 pair

Drilling pattern 350 263 423.37.435

400 313 97 423.37.440
450 363 423.37.445
6 Drilling pattern
Cabinet front edge
500 413 423.37.450
6
Cabinet front edge 550 433 117 423.37.455
600 483 423.37.460
250 168 87 White, 423.37.725
300 213 RAL 9010 423.37.730
350 263 423.37.735
400 313 97 423.37.740
450 363 423.37.745
500 413 423.37.750
550 433 117 423.37.755
600 483 423.37.760
Packing: 1 or 20 pairs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

6.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.8
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Ball Bearing Runners Ball Bearing Runners

Full extension Full extension ball bearing slide

load bearing capacity up to 45 kg load bearing capacity up to 30kg

Availble in special galvanized plating for higher corrosion resistance

- Material: Steel
- Material: Steel - Finish: Galvanized, Black colour (New)
- Finish: Galvanized, black galvanized or special galvanized plated - Guided by: 2 ball cages
- Guided by: 2 ball cages - Version: Can be disengaged by using release lever, with
- Version: Can be disengaged using release lever, with stay closed stay closed feature for holding in closed position
feature for holding in closed position - Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer side mounted.
- Temperature range: -20 to +80 °C - Soft close distance : 45mm.
- Installation: For screw fixing to side panel, at drawer side mounted

Note
Load bearing capacity refer to rail length 450 mm and extension width 450 mm.
Sofl Close function
Installation Disengaging
Installation Extension
Finish Cat. No.
Installation Extension length L mm length AL mm
Finish Cat. No. Installation
length L mm length AL mm Disengaging
300 300 Galvanized 432.24.801
250 250 Galvanized 422.25.258
350 350 432.24.802
300 300 422.25.301
400 400 432.24.803
350 350 422.25.356
450 450 432.24.804
400 400 422.25.409
500 500 432.24.805
Disengage by operating the release 450 450 422.25.454 Packing: 1 pair
lever in the drawer rail.
500 500 422.25.507
550 550 422.25.552
Drilling pattern Installation Extension
600 600 422.25.605 Finish Cat. No.
6 650 650 422.25.650
length L mm length AL mm
6
Cabinet front edge 300 300 Black 432.24.401
700 700 422.25.703
Drilling pattern 350 350 432.24.402
250 250 Black 422.25.267
Galvanized 400 400 432.24.403
300 300 422.25.310
450 450 432.24.404
350 350 422.25.365
500 500 432.24.405
400 400 422.25.418
550 550 432.24.406
450 450 422.25.463
600 600 432.24.407
500 500 422.25.516
Packing: 1 pair
550 550 422.25.561
600 600 422.25.614
650 650 422.25.669
700 700 422.25.712
Packing: 1 pair

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

6.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.10
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Ball Bearing Runners Ball Bearing Runners

Full extension Single extension

load bearing capacity up to 45 kg load bearing capacity up to 25 kg
- Area of application: For shelves and keyboards
For optimum performance - Material: Steel
allow between +0.2 mm
and +0.5 mm over the - Finish: Galvanized
nominal runner thickness, - Guided by: 2 Ball cages
for the runner space. - Version: With stay closed feature and locking at both sides
- Installation: For screw fixing at table top and beneath the shelf
- Mounting bracket: Height adjustment by 7 drillings (54–99 mm)
Can be mounted inwards or outwards

Installation Extension Extension

Cat. No.
length L mm length AL mm loss AV mm

350 270 88 420.34.935

Installation
Packing: 1 or 10 pairs

- For interlock both sides order:

2x Interlock runners 422.45.02X
- For Interlock one side order:
1x Interlock Runner 422. 45.02X
1x Companion slide 422.45.03X
- Locking kit 237.54.300 must be ordered separately
- Interlock slide (anti-tilt) with locking option
- Load carrying capacity up to 100 kg (see below for individual runner
capacity)
- Hold-in feature holds the drawer in
6 - Suitable for drawers up to 1000 mm wide (for drawers 800-1000 mm wide
the use of 2x interlock runners is recommended)
6
- Zinc plate steel
- Kit consists of:
1x Interlock slide
1x fl 6 x 300 mm rod. Cut to suit required pitch - Area of application: For shelves and keyboards
- Order fixing screws separately - Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
- Version: With stay closed feature for holding in closed position
- Installation: For screw fixing at table top and beneath the shelf
- Mounting bracket: Fixed

Installation Extension Extension

Cat. No.
Installation Travel Load capacity Load capacity length L mm length AL mm loss AV mm
(up to 800 mm wide (up to 800 mm wide Cat. No.
length length drawers) drawers) 410 295 115 420.34.941
350 mm 355 mm 85 kg 75 kg 422.45.021 Packing: 1 or 10 pairs

400 mm 430 mm 90 kg 80 kg 422.45.022 Installation

450 mm 480 mm 95 kg 85 kg 422.45.023

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

500 mm 530 mm 100 kg 90 kg 422.45.024

550 mm 580 mm 95 kg 85 kg 422.45.025
600 mm 630 mm 85 kg 75 kg 422.45.026
650 mm 680 mm 80 kg 70 kg 422.45.027
700 mm 730 mm 70 kg 60 kg 422.45.028
Packing: 1 kit

Stock Item Stock Item

6.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.12
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Undermount Runners Undermount Runners

Single and Full Extension Full extension

load bearing capacity up to 30 kg new clip #8 load bearing capacity up to 30 kg, Push To Open

Push To Open function

- Material: Steel
- Material: Steel - Finish: Galvanized
- Finish: Galvanized - Version: Push to open mechanism for opening by side pressure
- Version: Soft closing / single extension and full extension on to front panel
- Installation: Under mounted, side panel thickness: 13-16 mm - Installation: At drawer, concealed mounted
- Assembly and removal with locking device clip #8 - Assembly and removal with snap-in coupling
- Adjusting facilities: Height + 2.5 mm of snap-in coupling
Length (mm) Cabinet depth (mm) Cat. No.
Single Extention, load bearing capacity 25 kg Installation Extension Extension
Cat. No.
300 318 433.06.462 Installation length L mm length AL mm Length AL mm

350 368 433.06.463 290 300 211 421.26.031

400 418 433.06.464 340 350 261 421.26.032
450 468 433.06.465 390 400 311 421.26.033
-New generation with new clip #8 500 518 433.06.466 421.26.034
440 450 361
-Replacement “dual moving plate”
550 568 433.06.467 490 500 381 421.26.035
Full Extention, load bearing capacity 30 kg Packing: 1 or 20 pairs
Drilling Pattern
300 318 433.10.462
350 368 433.10.463
400 418 433.10.464

6 450 468 433.10.465 6

500 518 433.10.466
Drilling pattern
550 568 433.10.467
Packing: 1 pair
Cabinet front edge
L L1 L2
300 270 -
350 270 -
400 270 -
450 279 -
500 314 32
550 340 32
Single Extention

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

L L1 L2 L3
300 277 96 -
350 277 96 -
400 277 96 -
450 296 96 -
500 320 128 -
550 372 96 96
Full Extention

Stock Item Stock Item

6.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.14
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Undermount Runners Undermount Runners

Single extension PIN version Single Extension

load bearing capacity 25 kg, self and soft closing load bearing capacity up to 25 kg
With clip
- Material: Steel
- Finish: Pre-galvanized
Integrated soft closing mechanism - Dim: max drawer width = internal cabinet width -
42mm+ 2x drawer side thickness of T=16mm
- Material: Steel - Soft closing with oil dampers
- Finish: Galvanized
- Version: Integrated soft closing mechanism Length mm Cabinet Extension
Cat. No.
- Installation: At drawer, concealed mounting Length mm Length mm

250 268 170 433.03.600

Drawer length Inside cabinet
Length mm Cat. No.
L mm length L1 mm 300 318 219 433.03.602
-New generation with competitive price 350 368 247 433.03.603
350 340 350 433.06.236 -Pass DIN EN 15338, 50,000 cycles
400 390 403 433.06.241 400 418 297 433.03.604

450 440 453 433.06.246 450 468 316 433.03.605

6 6 500 518 346 433.03.606
500 490 503 433.06.251 23 23
Packing: 1 pair 550 568 496 433.03.607
Packing: 10 pairs
Installation

≤16 Internal cabinet width B-42 ≤16

≤16

6 6

B
≤16

Drilling pattern

37 128
4
250-270

350

33
24
400

21 450

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

500

550

7 0 32 128 224 288

Cabinet front
11

19

Ø7 NL
Ø7/10

11

33
Stock Item Stock Item

6.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.16
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Undermount Runners Box

Full Extension ALTO-S Drawer System

load bearing capacity up to 30 kg
With clip
- Material: Steel
- Finish: Pre-galvanized - Load capacity : 30 kg
- Dim: max drawer width = internal cabinet width - - Material : Steel
42mm+ 2x drawer side thickness of T=16mm - Durability : 60,000 cycles
- Soft closing with oil dampers - Finish : Galvanized runners, drawer sides available In
white matt and dark grey powder coated
Length mm Cabinet Extension - Type of pull-out : Full extension, self-closing and soft closing
Cat. No.
Length mm Length mm - Heights : Drawer sides available in 80 mm (inside 63 mm)
and 170 mm (inside 148 mm)
250 272 233 433.03.700 - Adjustability : Up/down: ±2 mm (clip-on), left/right: ±1.5mm (side
300 322 291 433.03.702 panel), front/back: ±1.5 mm (side panel)
- Installation : For screw fixing to cabinet side panel
-New generation with competitive price 350 372 333 433.03.703
-Pass DIN EN 15338, 50,000 cycles
400 422 383 433.03.704 Supplied with :
1 pr. Concealed runners
450 472 433 433.03.705 1 pr. Drawer sides
6
23 500 522 483 433.03.706 2 pcs. Cover caps
2 pcs. Front fixing brackets
550 572 533 433.03.707 1 pr. Clip-on fixing
26
46

Packing: 10 pairs

Installation
≤16 Internal cabinet width B-42 ≤16
41

≤16

6 6 Smooth, effortless and slim

6
The ALTO-S drawer system offers an affordable solution
coupled with quietness, smoothness and slim side panel
design with 13 mm thickness for maximal storage space
and minimalistic design.
B
The synchronized integrated self and soft closing opening
action of the ALTO-S provides smooth operation even with
Drilling pattern wide drawers.
37 128
4
Tried and tested
250-270
The ALTO-S drawer system has been tested and passed
300 the exacting European DIN EN 15338 Level 3 standards.
This was achieved with 30 kg weight capacity over 60,000
350 functional cycles test.

400
Components
450

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

500

550

7 0 32 128 224 288

Cabinet front
11

31

Ø7
Ø7/10
11

A: Concealed runner
B: Drawer side
C: Cover caps
D: Front fixing brackets
E: Clip on fixing

Stock Item

6.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.18
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Box Box

ALTO-S H80 Bottom panel ALTO-S H170 Bottom panel

Installation
Installation

Back panel Back panel

6 6
Front panel
Front panel

Drilling Pattern Drilling Pattern

>6 1.5+a
Supplied with :
1 pr. Concealed runners
1 pr. Drawer sides Supplied with :

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

2 pcs. Cover caps

1 Pair of concealed runners
2 pcs. Front fixing brackets
1 Pair of drawer sides
1 pr. Clip-on fixing
2 Cover caps
Length mm Finish Cat. No. 2 Front fixing brackets
1 Pair of clip-on fixing
500 mm Dark Grey 552.49.316
Length mm Finish Cat. No.
White matt 552.49.716
500 mm Dark Grey 552.49.345
Packing: 1set
White matt 552.49.745
Packing: 1set

Stock Item Stock Item

6.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.20
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Box Pull out cabinet runners

Internal drawer Pull out cabinet runners, full extension

Load bearing capacity up to 75 kg,
with integrated soft and self closing mechanism
The ALTO-S drawer system is also can be aplicated as
internal drawer with additional components below. - Version: With guidance at top for absolute side
stability, extremely quiet,
Internal front plastic bracket Left/Right with integrated progressive drive
- Bearing: Top runner: Roller/ball bearings,
Height mm Finish Cat. No. bottom runner: Friction bearing mounted
plastic rollers
80 mm Dark Grey 552.53.390 - Material: Runners: Steel, stops: Plastic
White matt 552.53.790 - Finish/colour: Runners: Powder coated, white
- Dim.: Recommended cabinet height max. 1.5 m,
Packing: 1set
cabinet width max. 400 mm
(with appropriately stable structure)
Inner front cover Left/Right - Installation: Quick and easy with slide-on system

Components Height mm Finish Cat. No. Note

> Do not lubricate the tracks of this runner
80 mm Dark Grey 552.53.395 > Secure cabinet with securing brackets to prevent toppling
White matt 552.53.795
Packing: 1set
Installation

Aluminium front panel

L x H mm Finish Cat. No.

1200 X 80 Dark Grey 552.53.389
White matt 552.53.789
Packing: 1set

6 6
Top and bottom runners

A : Internal front plastic bracket Left/Right

B : Inner front cover Left/Right
C : H=80mm, aluminium front panel

Supplied with
1 ball bearing runner with rollers
1 top runner with end stop for side stability
1 bottom runner
1 set of installation instructions

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Installation length L mm Extension length AL mm Cat. No.

400 385 421.51.741
450 435 421.51.746
500 485 421.51.751
550 535 421.51.756
600 585 421.51.761
650 635 421.51.766
700 685 421.51.771
750 735 421.51.776
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

6.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

6.22
 Drawer Runner and Drawer Organization System
Chipboard screws - Hospa

Fully threaded, nickel plated

Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k mm Drive

2.5 5.0 1.6 PZ1
3.0 5.0 1.8 PZ1
3.5 7.0 2.1 PZ2
4.0 8.0 2.4 PZ2

Thread Ø d mm Length L mm Packing pcs Nickel Plated

Orga-Box
3.5 15 1000 pcs 015.35.637
17 015.35.646
20 015.35.655

Hafele Varianta Special Screws

Countersunk head - for roller guided Drawer Runners
For screwing into wood
For Ø 3 mm drill holes - Material: Steel
6 - Finish: Galvanized
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
- Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm,
thread Ø 4.2 mm,
body Ø 2.8 mm

Length L mm Packing pcs Cat. No.

Orga-Box
10.5 100 or 1000 pcs 013.14.810
13.5 013.14.820
16 013.14.830

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

6.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

 7
SLIDING
DOOR
FITTINGS
7.1 7.2
 Sliding Door Fittings Sliding Door Fittings
Information Information

Sliding door system Model Number of Leaf Door weight Kg Max. Door height mm Max. Door width mm Door Thickness mm Page

up to 3 doors 60 for 2 leaf, 3 door: 2 doors:890-1800, 3 doors:

Slido Flat 60 Fb 2 or 3 leaf 3000 16-43 including handle Page 7.5
outer door 45, centre 1300-1800
door 100
Information
Häfele has many intelligent sliding door systems for furniture construction and interior design. You can choose between timber-, 25: 1250-1850, 30: 1851-2300,
HAWA Concepta 25/30/40/50 1 door 25, 30, 40, 50 300-900 19-30, rebated >30-50 Page 7.10
40: 1851-2500, 50: 2301-2850
glass - or aluminium frame doors. Possible applications for following installations: Infront, Mixfront, Vorfront or Flatfront.
HAWA Folding Concepta 25 2 doors 25 1250-1850 or 1851-2600 300-700 19 - 26 Page 7.15
Hafele Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D 1 door 30 and 50 1990-2200 and 2200-2700 18-30 Page 7.18
Fixing method Hafele Finetta Spinfront 60 2D 2 doors 60 1200-1400/1990-2200/2200-2700 1200 (2x600), 1400 (2x700) 18-30 Page 7.21
Eclipse Ex. Pivot 1 door 711 Page 7.25
Eclipse 16 IF/VF 1 door 16 1500 16-32 IF, 19-22 VF Page 7.26
Classic 30 IF AA up to 2 doors 15 or 30 Min. 16 Page 7.30
Infront Mixfront Vorfront Classic 40 IF AA up to 3 doors 40 2100 1300 Max. 18 Page 7.33
EKU Clipo 16 IF 2 doors 16 1400 1000 16-19 Page 7.36
EKU Regal B 25 H VF 1 door 25 2000 1200 16-50 Page 7.39
Classic 50 VF AB up to 3 doors 50 22 & 28 Page 7.43
Classic 50 VF BB up to 3 doors 50 22 & 28 Page 7.45
Infront (IF) Mixfront (MF) Vorfront (VF) Classic 80 VF AA up to 3 doors 80 19-28 Page 7.47
Silent Fold 40 up to 6 doors 10 per door 2500 500 19-25 Page 7.50

Fixing track to carcase

7 7
Double running track

Groove

Hanging under top panel

Fixing track to carcase

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Hanging on top panel (AB) Hanging on top panel (BB) Mounting on the edge

7.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.4
 Wooden Sliding Door Wooden Sliding Door
Flush Flush

Slido Flat 60 Fb 2-leaf or 3-leaf

SLIDO For wood weights up to 60 kg

FLAT 60 FB - One fitting for all door widths

- Easy implementation of 2-leaf and 3-leaf cabinets
- No door offset, therefore full access to the cabinet interior
is provided

2-LEAF OR 3-LEAF - Load bearing capacity: With 2 doors: 60 kg, with 3 doors:
Outer door: 45 kg, centre door: 100 kg
- Door height: <3,000 mm
- Door width: 2 doors: 890–1,800 mm,
3 doors: 1,300–1,800 mm
- Door thickness: Including handle: 16–43 mm
- Version: With soft closing mechanism
Order reference
- Please order one set for each door separately.
- With 3-leaf cabinets, the centre door can be opened to the left or
right – please order one additional set for the required opening
direction.
Application example - Please note different door weights when ordering set for 3-leaf
cabinet.
- Please order track set separately.

Set
Version Cat. No.
For 2 doors, right Opening direction left 400.50.101
For 2 doors, left Opening direction right 400.50.102
For 3 doors, right Opening direction left 400.50.103
For 3 doors, left Opening direction right 400.50.104
Packing: 1 set

Track Set
Supplied with
7 1 running track
1 guide track
7
1 set of fixing clips

Length mm Cat. No.

2000 400.50.602
2400 400.50.702
3000 400.50.603
3850 400.50.703
6000 400.50.606
Packing: 1 set

Cover for running gears

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Material: Aluminium
- Version: Can be lacquered as required
Finish Cat. No.
Bright 400.50.441
Packing: 1 pc

Cover for running track

- Material: Aluminium
- Version: Can be lacquered as required can be shortened
Finish Length mm Cat. No.
Bright 2450 400.50.460
3850 400.50.462
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item

7.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.6
 Wooden Sliding Door Aluminium Frame Sliding Doors
Flush Flush

Set Aluminium Frame Doors

2-leaf version
F=(W - X + 2G)/2
Total width C = W - 2M

Drilling pattern for top Panel

3-leaf version
F=(W - 2X + 2G)/3
Total width C = W - 2M

- Total width ©
- Door width (F)
- Door overlap at cabinet side (G)
- Side panel thickness (M)
7 - Centre panel thickness (O)
- Internal width (= track length) (W) 7
Drilling pattern for base Panel - Gap between doors (X)

Supplied with Cat. No.

Set aluminium frame 1 aluminium frame with handle profile, 1 bar profile, mounting material 400.50.479
Packing: 1 set

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

7.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.8
 Aluminium Frame Sliding Doors
Flush
Drilling pattern
For 2 doors, left
7 7
For 3 doors, centre door, left
For 3 doors, left
7.9
Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront
HAWA
CONCEPTA
25/30/40/50
Door height = internal cabinet height + cabinet top panel
thickness + cabinet base panel thickness + 60 mm + 35 mm
2-leaf version
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
3-leaf version
A Cabinet width
B Door width
F Gap between doors
G Door overlap on cabinet side panel
J Centre panel thickness
K Side panel thickness
IA Internal cabinet width (equals track length here)
FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020
7.10
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Hawa Concepta 25/30/40/50 Application Note

Gap width F If the doors of adjoining cabinets coincide when one door is opened
due to the design, then the door handle height must be taken into
Dim. mm consideration accordingly. We recommend mounting inset handles
- Door height: 1,250–1,850 mm (25 kg),
1,851–2,300 mm (30 kg), F G or flush pull handles on site.
1,851–2,500 mm (40 kg),
2 29.5
2,301–2,850 mm (50 kg)
- Door width: 300–900 mm 3 28.5
- Door thickness: Wood: 19–30 mm, rebated >30–50 mm 4 27.5
- Door weight: 25 kg, 30 kg, 40 kg or 50 kg
- Side panel thickness: In wall recesses >30 mm 5 26.5
- Running gear: 40/50 kg: 2 rollers
Rebate dimension
- Running gear guided by: 40/50 kg: Ball bearing mounted, plastic coated rollers The rebate allows the use of
- Mounting: For left and right hand use wooden doors with thickness
- Soft-Closing of >30–50 mm. Max. door handle height with adjoining cabinets

Door overlay on base panel and cabinet top panel (Vorfront) Door thickness mm Door handle height F mm
Dim. mm
A B C D E <19 13.5
19-30 55 0 0 0 <22 10
33 58 0 3 3 <25 5
36 63 2 6 5 <50 2
- The door is pulled into the pocket automatically 39 67 3 9 8
- The unique scissor technology allows large and heavy Connector connecting profile
42 70 3 12 11
doors to be implemented Connecting profile for quick and easy installation of pivot sliding
- Suitable for room partitioning solutions as there is no 45 75 5 15 14 doors that overlay the base panel and cabinet top panel (Vorfront):
need for a base panel and top panel in wall recesses - Join cabinet side panels/cabinets laterally
48 79 6 18 17
- Sets are suitable for left and right hand use - Slide connecting profile into the running and guide tracks from the
- Wall recesses are concealed without the need for a 50 83 7 21 19 front and secure with screws from above
cabinet - Height deviations of the external side or cabinets are
- All adjustments are carried out from the front compensated by the Connector by up to ±1.5 mm
- Soft closing action takes place in direction of the parking Installation dimensions
position, i.e. the door is dampened when moved into the
cabinet
EH = installation height TH = door height
T = TB – M + 73 mm
Concepta 25/30 with Concepta 40/50 with
E = T – 73 mm
Application Connector width 55 mm Connector width 55 mm
TB = door width
TH = door height
7 M = door handle width
E = max. push-in depth measured
7
from the inner side of closed door
T = max. permitted distance for
mounting the fitting measured from
Door in wall recess the inner side of closed door to rear
edge of fitting.
For deeper furniture cabinets: Install fitting at dim. T measured from the inner
side of closed door
Connector width 55 mm: Connector width 110 mm:
Recess for 1 pivot sliding door, Recess for 2 pivot sliding doors,
Calculation for wooden doors door thickness 19–30 mm door thickness 19–28 mm

Dim. mm Kitchen constructions with and without fixed plinth

Door closed (Infront and Vorfront) The same connecting profile can be used at top and at bottom for
For door weight kg TH TH E
constructions with adjusting feet. A short connecting profile (26 mm)

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

25 1250–1,850 <650 <577 is available for version with fixed plinth.

Inset door (Infront)
30 1851–2,300 <900 <827
40 1851–2,500 <900 <827
50 2301–2,850 <900 <827
Concepta 25/30 Concepta 40/50
EH = installation height TH = door height

Construction with adjusting Construction with fixed plinth

feet Profile at top:
Profile at top and bottom: Connector width 110 mm,
Connector width 110 mm, length 650 or 900 mm,
length 650 or 900 mm profile at bottom:
EH = installation height TH = door height Connector width 110 mm,
Door closed Concepta 25/30 Concepta 40/50 length 26 mm

7.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.12
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Load bearing capacity Set

Door height mm Door weight kg Supplied with Cat. No.
Concepta 25 – door weight in kg Concepta 40 – door weight in kg
For 1 door 1250 - 1850 25 1 upright with 2 runners 408.30.045
Door Door width mm Door Door width mm
1 scissor assembly complete with two scissor assembly
height 300 - 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 height 300 - 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 1851 - 2300 30 408.30.046
guides
mm 450 mm 550 3 concealed hinges
1850 25 25 25 25 25 25 24 23 21 20 2500 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 1 spacer profile
2 guide tracks
1800 25 25 25 25 25 25 23 22 21 19 2450 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 39 1 door stopper with clip-in door stopper
3 alternative profiles and 3 alternative brushes
1750 25 25 25 25 25 24 23 21 20 19 2400 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 38
1 pair of cover caps
1700 25 25 25 25 25 23 22 20 19 18 2350 40 40 40 40 40 40 39 37 1 end position cushioning
1 self closing mechanism for door
1650 25 25 25 25 24 23 21 20 19 19 2300 40 40 40 40 40 40 38 36 1 soft and self closing mechanism
1600 25 25 25 25 23 22 20 19 18 17 2250 40 40 40 40 40 39 37 35 Mounting accessories

1550 25 25 25 24 23 21 20 18 17 116 2200 40 40 40 40 40 38 36 34 1851 - 2500 40 1 upright with guide 408.30.047

1 scissor assembly complete with 2 scissor assembly guides
1500 25 25 25 24 22 20 19 18 17 16 2150 40 40 40 40 39 37 35 33 4 concealed hinges
1 spacer profile
1450 25 25 25 23 21 19 18 17 16 15 2100 40 40 40 40 38 36 34 32
1 guide track
1400 25 25 24 22 20 19 17 16 15 14 2050 40 40 40 39 37 35 33 31 1 running track
1 door stopper with clip-in door stopper
1350 25 25 23 21 19 18 17 16 15 14 2000 40 40 40 38 36 34 32 30 1 running gear
1300 25 24 22 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 1950 40 40 39 37 35 33 31 29 3 alternative profiles and 3 alternative brushes
1 pair of cover caps
1250 25 23 21 19 17 16 15 14 13 13 1900 40 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 1 end position cushioning
1 self closing mechanism for door
1850 40 39 37 35 33 31 31 27
1 soft and self closing mechanism Mounting accessories
2301 - 2850 50 1 upright with guide 408.30.048
1 scissor assembly complete with 2 scissor assembly guides
Concepta 30 – door weight in kg Concepta 50 – door weight in kg 5 concealed hinges
1 spacer profile
Door height Door width mm Door height Door width mm 1 guide track
mm 300 - 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 mm 300 - 850 900 1 running track
1 door stopper with clip-in door stopper
2300 30 30 30 30 29 27 26 2400 - 2850 50 50 1 running gear
2250 30 30 30 30 28 27 25 2350 50 49 3 alternative profiles and 3 alternative brushes
1 pair of cover caps
2200 30 30 30 29 27 26 24 2300 50 48
7 2150 30 30 30 29 27 25 24
1 end position cushioning
1 self closing mechanism for door 7
1 soft and self closing mechanism Mounting accessories
2100 30 30 30 28 26 25 23 Packing: 1 set

2050 30 30 29 27 25 24 23 Order reference

Please order Connector cabinet/side panel connecting profile for overlay doors and door handle separately.
2000 30 30 29 26 25 23 22
Accessories
1950 30 29 27 26 24 23 21
Width mm Material Finish Length mm Packing Cat. No.
1900 30 29 27 25 23 22 21
Connector connecting profile, 55 Aluminium Silver coloured 650 1 set 408.30.243
1850 30 28 26 24 23 21 20
available in packs with 2 pieces anodized
Connector connecting profile, 900 1 pc 408.30.092
for 1 pivot sliding door

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Connector connecting profile, 110 Aluminium Silver coloured 650 1 pc 408.30.093

for 2 pivot sliding doors, for anodized 900 408.30.094
construction with adjusting feet
Connector connecting profile, 110 Aluminium Silver coloured 26 1 pc 408.30.095
for 2 pivot sliding doors, anodized
for construction with fixed plinth
Order reference
Pocket for 1 pivot sliding door
Please order one set for connecting cabinets with a length of 650 mm and 2 sets for 900 mm.
Pocket for 2 pivot sliding doors
Please order 2 x Cat. No. 408.30.093 or 408.30.094 for connecting cabinets with adjusting feet at the top and bottom.
Please order 1 x Cat. No. 408.30.093 or 408.30.094 for connecting cabinets with fixed plinth at the top and 1 x Cat. No. 408.30.095 at the bottom.

Stock Item Stock Item

7.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.14
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Hawa Folding Concepta 25

HAWA - Door height: 1,250–1,850 mm or

1,851–2,600 mm

FOLDING - Door width: 300–700 mm

- Door thickness: 19–26 mm
- Door weight: <25 kg
- Running gear: 50 kg: 2 rollers
- Running gear guided by: Ball bearing mounted,

CONCEPTA 25 plastic coated rollers

- Mounting: For left and right hand use
- Soft-closing

Door from base panel to cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

Door from worktop to cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

Plinth removable

7 EH = installation height TH = door height

7
Door from base panel to cabinet top panel (Vorfront)

EH = installation height TH = door height

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Application

Note
We recommend using the strengthening profile for double systems
up to max. 2,800 mm without centre panel.

EH = installation height TH = door height

7.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.16
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Installation dimensions

T = TB – Q1 + 73 mm
E = T – 73 mm
Q1 = S + 75 mm
HÄFELE FINETTA
SPINFRONT
TB = door width
TH = door height
E = max. door panel retraction distance measured
from the inner side of closed door
T = max. permitted distance for mounting the fitting

30/50 1D
measured from the inner side of closed door to rear
edge of fitting
S = door thickness

Set
Colourless Black
Door height mm Mounting Supplied with
anodized anodized
For 1 pair 1250 - 1850 Left 1 upright, length 1800 mm 408.31.000 408.31.004
of doors 1 complete scissor assembly, length 900 mm, with 2
Right scissor assembly guides 408.31.001 408.31.005
1 concealed hinge, with closing spring
3 concealed centre hinges
2 running gears (1 each with 1 roller and 2 rollers)
1 guide track
2 running tracks with adapter
1 guide brush with profile, length 1850 mm
1 fascia for door gap, length 1870 mm
2 connecting profiles for Connector (1 each left and right)
4 connectors (2 each inner side/outer side)
1 accessory set and mounting accessories
1851 - 2600 Left 1 upright, length 2500 mm 408.31.002 408.31.006
1 complete scissor assembly, length 1500 mm, with 2
Right scissor assembly guides 408.31.003 408.31.007
1 concealed hinge, with closing spring
3 concealed centre hinges
2 running gears (1 each with 1 roller and 2 rollers)
1 guide track
7 2 running tracks with adapter
1 guide brush with profile, length 2620 mm
7
1 fascia for door gap, length 2620 mm
2 connecting profiles for Connector (1 each left and right)
4 connectors (2 each inner side/outer side)
1 accessory set and mounting accessories
Packing: 1 set

Material Finish Length mm Cat. No.

Bottom profile, Aluminium Colourless 1300 408.30.961
for flush position of doors from base panel to cabinet top anodized
panel with cover caps, contact slope and drilling jig 2000 408.30.432
Black 1300 408.30.430
anodized

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

2000 408.30.431
Door centring mechanism, magnetic, Aluminium Colourless - 408.30.229
for flush position of doors with ceiling connection or from anodized
worktop, with drilling jig

Strengthening profile for running track, Aluminium Colourless 2600 408.30.970

for double systems up to max. 2800 mm without centre anodized
panel, with connecting plate, max. sagging of furniture
cabinet top panel: <2 mm (with closed cabinet front)

Connecting plate for running track Aluminium Colourless - 408.30.400

anodized

Packing: 1 pc
Order reference
Strengthening profile cut to required length available on request. Please order connecting plate for customised strengthening profile separately.

Stock Item

7.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.18
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Vorfront with Infront Infront

Häfele Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D cover for side panel inner do door in pocket

- Door height: 1,990-2,200/2,200-2,700 mm

- Door thickness: 18-30 mm
- Door weight: 30 kg (3 hinges)/50 kg (5 hinges)
- Running gear: 3 rollers
- Running gear guided by: Ball bearing mounted roller: Plastic
- Mounting: For left and right hand use
- Cabinet depth: 560/665 mm + door thickness
Installation dim. Installation dim.
Internal installation depth 560 mm Internal installation depth 665 mm

- Secured end position when the door is being closed

- Extremely easy installation
- Soft closing action takes place in direction of the parking position,
i.e. the door is dampened when moved into the cabinet

Section top view closed

Drilling pattern

7 7

Cabinet depth 560 [665] mm

Section top view open
A = door thickness
H = 1,990–2,200 (2,200–2,700) mm
Calculation
Cabinet width = Lb
Door width = Lp = Lb + 50
Door overlay = Hm = Lp - 560 (665) + 126

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Door height 1,990-2,200 mm Door height 2,200–2,700 mm

Set
Max. door Internal installation depth
Door height mm Cat. No.
height mm mm
For 1 door 1990 - 2200 560 408.45.020
Application
665 408.45.022
2200 - 2700 560 408.45.022
665 408.45.023
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

7.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.20
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Häfele Finetta Spinfront 60 2D

HÄFELE FINETTA - Door height: 1,200–1,400/1,990–2,200/2,200–2,700 mm

- Door width: <2 x 600/2 x 700 mm

SPINFRONT
- Door thickness: 18–30 mm
- Door weight: 60 kg
- Running gear: 3 rollers
- Running gear guided by: Ball bearing mounted roller: Plastic
- Mounting: For left and right hand use

60 2D
- For internal cabinet depth: 805/905 mm

Installation dimensions

- Secured end position when the door is being closed

- Extremely easy installation

Drilling pattern
Hinges and connectors 1,200–1,400 and 1,990–2,200
(2,200–2,700) mm door height

7 7

Door width per leaf = B = 600/700 mm

Internal cabinet width = C = 1,205/1,405 mm
Internal cabinet depth = D = 805/905 mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Application

7.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.22
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Connecting profile

Fixing plate
Cover
Connecting profile

A = door thickness
H = 1,200-1,400, 1,990–2,200 or 2,200–2,700 mm

Set
Max. door For internal cabinet depth
Door height mm Cat. No. Suitable for Supplied with Material Finish
height mm mm Cat. No.
For 1 door 1200-1400 805 408.45.008 Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D
7 1990-2200 408.45.010 Connecting profile For insertion of 1 track 1160 mm Aluminium Silver coloured 408.43.901 7
2200-2700 408.45.012 for connection and cover 1 door anodized
2200-2700 905 408.45.013 at top and bottom 1 track 3500 mm Aluminium Silver coloured 408.43.903
Packing: 1 set anodized
Fixing plate For insertion of 8 fixing plates Aluminium Silver coloured 408.44.000
Accessories
Application for connecting profile 1 door 2 covers anodized
Magnet, Sleeve,
2 spacers
20 mm, drill hole 12 mm,
thickness 3 mm drilling depth 16 mm Fixing material
Pin and sleeve,
drill hole 8 mm, Connecting profile set For insertion of 2 tracks 675 mm Aluminium Silver coloured 408.45.108
drilling depth 14 mm

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

for connection and cover 2 doors, door 8 fixing plates anodized

at top and bottom thickness max. 2 covers, 2 spacers
25 mm Fixing material

Cat. No. Finetta Spinfront 60 2D

Magnet for fixing the door leaves, 408.45.102 Connecting profile set For insertion of 1 track 1830 mm Aluminium Silver coloured 408.45.109
20 x 3 mm for connection and cover 2 doors 8 fixing plates anodized
at top and bottom 2 covers
Pin and sleeve with adjustment 408.45.121 Fixing material
Packing: 1 pc
facility

Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

7.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.24
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront Infront or Vorfront

Eclipse Ex Pivot sliding door fitting

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
SLIDO
ECLIPSE
- Version: 2-side ball bearing slide with hinge and mounting plate, suitable
for cabinet of TV or sound system or bar, for light weight sliding door
- Maximun height: 711 mm

Supplied with
1 Pocket door slide set
2 Inset hinges
2 Mounting plates
4 Screws for hinge
4 Screws for mounting plate
16 IF/VF
Length mm Cat. No.
300 408.31.331
350 408.31.336
400 408.31.341
450 408.31.346
500 408.31.351
550 408.31.356
600 408.31.361
Packing: 1 set

7 7

Eclipse Ex

Length mm Cat. No.

300 408.31.330
350 408.31.335
400 408.31.340

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

450 408.31.345
500 408.31.350
550 408.31.355
600 408.31.360
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item

7.25 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.26
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront or Vorfront

Slido Eclipse 16 IF/VF, for door weights up to 16 kg Runner installation

Suitable for e.g. TV and HiFi cabinets and home bars

- Door height: Max. 1,500 mm

- Door thickness: 16–32 mm with Infront, 19–22 mm with Vorfront
- Retraction distance: Max. 230–550 mm
- Material: Steel runner and cord, plastic runner roller
- Finish/colour: Runner black galvanized, cord plastic coated black,
runner roller white
- Installation: For screw fixing into 32 mm series drilled holes

Runner length mm Max. retraction distance mm Cat. No.

340 230 408.25.335
408 294 408.25.340
440 326 408.25.345
504 390 408.25.350
436 422 408.25.355
600 486 408.25.360
664 550 408.25.365 Cable tension adjustment
Packing: 1 set

Set components For 1 door

Runner 1 pair
Cord with adjusting screw 2 pcs
Installation instructions 1 pc

Order reference
Please order door fixing set separately
7 7
Runner installation

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Application

Mount runners directly to base or top panel

Stock Item

7.27 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.28
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Sliding Doors
Infront or Vorfront Infront

Door fixing set

For inset mounting (Infront), door thicknesses 16-19 mm
- Installation: For screw fixing
- Mounting door to cabinet without tools (clip system)
CLASSIC
Supplied with
2 Concealed hinges, opening angle 95¡, crank 8 mm
4 Fixing screws for concealed hinges, 5 x 15 mm
2 Cruciform mounting plates
30 IF
Drilling pattern for cup fixing
4 Fixing screws for cruciform mounting plates, M4 x 5 mm
2 Door stoppers
2 Fixing screws for door stoppers, 3.5 x 25 mm
10 Fixing screws for runners, 4.0 x 12 mm
AA
Cat. No.
For 1 door 408.24.020
Packing: 1 set

For inset mounting (Infront), door thicknesses 19-32 mm

- Installation: For screw fixing
- Mounting door to cabinet without tools (clip system)

Supplied with
2 Concealed hinges, opening angle 95Á, crank 16 mm
4 Fixing screws for concealed hinges, 3.5 x 15 mm
2 Cruciform mounting plates
Drilling pattern for cup fixing
4 Fixing screws for cruciform mounting plates, M4 x 5 mm
2 Door stoppers
2 Fixing screws for door stoppers, 3.5 x 25 mm
10 Fixing screws for runners, 4.0 x 12 mm

7 Cat. No.
7
For 1 door 408.24.002
Packing: 1 set

For half overlay mounting (infront), door thicknesses 19-22 mm

- Installation: For screw fixing

- Mounting door to cabinet without tools (clip system)

Supplied with

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

2 Concealed hinges, opening angle 95Á, crank 8 mm

4 Fixing screws for concealed hinges, ø 3.5 x 15 mm
2 Cruciform mounting plates
Drilling pattern for cup fixing
4 Fixing screws for cruciform mounting plates, M4 x 5 mm
2 Door stoppers
2 Fixing screws for door stoppers, ø 3.5 x 25 mm
10 Fixing screws for guide, ø 4.0 x 12 mm

Cat. No.
For 1 door 408.24.011
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item

7.29 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.30
 Wooden Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront Infront

Classic 30 IF AA, for door weights up to 15/30 kg Guide with spring loaded bolt

- Area of application: For 2-leaf silding doors

- Material: Plastic
Description Cat. No.
- Colour: Brown, bolt black, rollers white
- Door thickness: Min. 16 mm Guide with spring loaded bolt 404.21.154
- Door weight: Max. 15 or 30 kg Packing: 1 or 500 pcs.
- Version: Bottom roller with height adjustment
- Installation: Press fitting and screw fixing

Note
Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.219, 405.11.218) separately.

Guide with lockable bolt

Description Cat. No.

Guide with spring loaded bolt and Bottom roller 404.22.107
Description Cat. No.
Guide with spring loaded bolt and Bottom roller with 404.22.152
Guide with lockable bolt 404.21.109
height adjustment Packing: 1 or 500 pcs.
Guide with lockable bolt and Bottom roller 404.22.108
Guide with lockable bolt and Bottom roller with 404.22.153
height adjustment
Packing: 1 set
Bottom roller

Description Cat. No.

Bottom roller 404.22.106
Packing: 1 or 500 pcs.
Installation dimensions Drilling pattern

7 7
Bottom roller with height adjustment

Height adjustment mm Cat. No.

±1 404.22.151
Packing: 1 or 500 pcs.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Bottom roller Bottom roller with height adjustment

Running and guide track

Length mm Material Weight kg Colour Cat. No.

3,000 Plastic 15 Brown 404.14.133
White 404.14.713
Black 404.14.313
Plastic Aluminium Aluminium 30 Anodized 404.16.903
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

7.31 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.32
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront Infront

Classic 40 IF AA, for door weights up to 40 kg

CLASSIC - Area of application: For 2- or 3-leaf sliding doors

- Door thickness: Min. 18 mm

40 IF
- Door weight: Max. 40 kg
- Door height: Max. 2,100 mm
- Door width: Max. 1,300 mm
- Running gear with ball bearing, white nylon
- Installation: Guide and running gear for screw fixing

AA Note
Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.217, 405.11.216)
separately.

Installation dimensions Assembly

7 7

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

7.33 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.34
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront Infront

EKU
Description Cat. No.
Complete fitting set for 2 doors without running track 404.24.101
Packing: 1 set

Set consisting of:

Running part with ball
bearing
Material
Nylon
Finish
Galvanized
For 2-leaf
4 pcs.
Cat. No.
404.24.100
CLIPO
Packing: 1 set

16 IF
Set consisting of: Material Finish For 2-leaf Cat. No.
End stop Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 404.24.320
Packing: 1 set

Set consisting of: Material Finish For 2-leaf Cat. No.

Guiding part with long Steel Galvanized 4 pcs. 404.24.330
hole Ø6, 3x48 mm

Packing: 1 set

Order reference
Please order running track and additional components separately.
7 7
Running track Material Finish Length Cat. No.
Running and guide Aluminium Anodized 3,000 404.16.913
track 3,000 mm.

Packing: 1 pc

Additional components Material Finish Cat. No.

Distance piece Steel Galvanized 404.24.310

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Packing: 1 pc

Additional components Material Finish Cat. No.

Center stopper for 3 doors Plastic Grey 404.24.300
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item

7.35 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.36
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Infront Infront

EKU Clipo 16 IF Set

Version Supplied with Cat. No.
For 2 doors With clip-in door stopper 4 running gears 405.82.216
1 door follower
2 door stoppers with clip-in door stopper
- Door height: <1,400 mm 2 floor guides
- Door width: <1,000 mm
With soft and self closing mechanism 4 running gears 405.82.218
- Door thickness: 16–19 mm
on one side,16 kg 1 door follower
- Door stopper: Top clip-in door stopper,
2 door stoppers with clip-in door stopper
for sliding into running track
2 floor guides
- Material: Housing, running gear and guide: Plastic
2 soft and self closing mechanisms with follower
- Running gear: Top running, 4 rollers
- Running gear guided by: Friction bearing mounted roller: Plastic, Packing: 1 set

axle: Steel
Order reference
- Adjustment facility: Height +2/-1 mm on running gear using
Please order running and guide tracks separately.
adjusting wheel
Soft closing mechanism on one side is possible from pitch length of min. 260 mm, both sides from 460 mm. Please order soft closing
- Installation: Housing for screw fixing, running gear
mechanism set for soft closing on both sides separately.
without tools (quick fixing system),
guide for press fitting into drill hole

Tracks and accessories

Cabinet top Material Finish/ Length Packing Cat. No.
panel thickness mm colour mm
Single running track, Min. 19 Aluminium Bright 2.5 1 pc. 405.87.042
for glue fixing 3.5 405.87.043
6.0 405.87.046

Single running track, Min. 30 Aluminium Bright 2.5 1 pc. 405.87.082

Drilling pattern Installation dimensions for screw fixing 3.5 405.87.083
6.0 405.87.086

Single running track, Min. 19 Aluminium Bright 2.5 1 pc. 405.87.092

with swivel lugs 3.5 405.87.093
(not suitable for hardwood/ 6.0 405.87.096
MDF)

7 Double running track, Min. 19 Aluminium Bright 2.5 1 pc. 405.90.032

7
for screw fixing 3.5 405.90.033
6.0 405.90.036

Double running track, Min. 19 Aluminium Anodized 2.5 1 pc. 405.90.942

for screw fixing 3.5 405.90.943
6.0 405.90.946

Track end piece, - Plastic Grey - 2 pcs. 405.83.180

with swivel lugs
(not suitable for hardwood/
MDF)

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Door overlap Track end piece, - Plastic Grey - 2 pcs. 405.83.181

for screw fixing

Single bottom guide track, - Plastic Anthracite 2.5 1 pc. 405.98.517

with harpoon rib, 3.5 405.98.527
for press fitting and glue fixing 6.0 405.98.561
into 7 mm groove

Door thickness 16 mm Door thickness 19 mm

The single top running track can be installed by Soft closing mechanism for - Plastic - 1 pair - 405.10.075
> screw fixing or glue fixing into groove or retrofitting or for soft closing
> clamping into groove with swivel lugs on both sides,
with installation instructions

Stock Item

7.37 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.38
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors
Vorfront Vorfront

EKU Regal B 25 H VF

EKU
REGAL - Door height: <2,000 mm
- Door width: <1,200 mm
- Door thickness: 16–50 mm
- Door stopper: Top and bottom clip-in door stopper or

B 25 H VF
soft and self closing mechanism,
for sliding into running track
- Material: Running gear and guide: Steel
- Running gear: Top or bottom running, 1 roller
- Running gear guided by: Friction bearing mounted roller: Plastic
- Adjustment facility: Height ±2 mm on running gear using
eccentric screw
- Installation: Connecting spacer plate, running gear
and guide for screw fixing

Drilling pattern
Installation dimensions

7 7

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Running gear, bottom running Running gear, top running

7.39 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.40
 Wooden Pivot Sliding Doors Wooden Sliding Doors
Vorfront Vorfront

Set

For 1 door
Version
With clip-in door stopper
Supplied with
2 Running gears
4 Door stoppers (2 with clip-in door stopper,
Cat. No.
405.55.214 CLASSIC
50 VF
2 stoppers) 2 Guides
22 Fixing clips
4 Safety clips
4 Cover caps
1 Mounting jig
With soft and self closing mechanism for door weight
up to 15 kg, both sides

With soft and self closing mechanism for door weight

up to 25 kg, both sides
2 Running gears with soft and self closing
mechanism
6 Door stoppers (2 with clip-in door stopper/
2 for soft and self closing mechanism/2 stoppers)
2 Guides
405.55.224

405.55.225
AB/BB
22 Fixing clips
4 Safety clips
4 Cover caps
1 Mounting jig
Packing: 1 set

Order reference
Please order running and guide tracks separately.
Note
Soft closing mechanism on one side is possible from pitch length of min. 300 mm, both sides from 540 mm.

Tracks and individual components

Material Finish/ Packing Length Cat. No.
colour mm
Single running track, Aluminium Silver 1 pc. 2.5 405.69.912
for clip fixing, coloured 3.5 405.69.913
22 x 20 mm (W x H) anodized 6.0 405.69.916

Single guide track, Aluminium Silver 1 pc. 2.5 405.61.912

7 for clip fixing,
22 x 20 mm (W x H)
coloured
anodized
3.5
6.0
405.61.913
405.61.916
7
Vertical profile, Aluminium Silver 1 pc. 2.5 400.88.902
for clip fixing to the side, coloured 3.5 400.88.903
19 x 20 mm (W x H) anodized 6.0 400.88.906

Spacer, Plastic Grey 1 pair - 405.67.113

for 2 doors on one level

Safety clip Zinc alloy Grey 1 or 4 - 405.67.095

pcs.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Order reference
The single running and guide tracks are also available in fixed lengths with appropriate purchase quantities.

Stock Item

7.41 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.42
 Wooden Sliding Doors Wooden Sliding Doors
Vorfront Vorfront

Classic 50 VF AB for door weights up to 50 kg Set consisting of: Material Finish For 2-leaf For 3-leaf Cat. No.
Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp, Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.56.115
- Door Thickness : 22 - 28 mm for distance 48 mm, for door thickness up to 22mm
- Door weight: 50 kg
- Material: Steel running gear and guide, aluminium double top
- Running track and guide track Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp, for Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.56.114
- Running gear: Plastic roller with ball bearing distance 55 mm, for door thickness up to 28mm
- Installation: Running gear, tracks and guide for screw fixing
- With anti-derailment device (detachable)

Running part for inner door Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.129
Application

Running part with pins with Hafele stamp Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.128

End stop with installation material Plastic Grey 1 pc. 1 pc. 400.58.002

Guiding part for inner door Aluminium Anthracite 2 pcs. 4 pcs. 400.57.121

Guiding part adjustable with Hafele stamp Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.57.122

Drilling dimensions for running gear and track stopper for rear and front door

Clip for guide Plastic Grey 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 400.58.060

End stop Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.58.011

Support block Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.96.060

For smooth sliding door, easy and quick to install
with clip for guide.
Central stop Plastic Grey D 1 pc. 400.96.053
7 7
Installation dimensions Drilling dimensions for guide and Drilling dimensions for guide and
guide stopper for front door guide stopper for rear door
Order reference
Please order guide and running track separately.

Note
Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.161, 405.11.160)
separately.
Tracks and individual components Material Finish Length mm Cat. No.
Running track Aluminium Anodized 2,500 400.52.026

Set Max. door thickness Cat. No.

3,500 400.52.036

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Complete fitting set for 2 doors 22 mm 400.51.120

without running track
28 mm 400.51.121
Complete fitting set for 3 doors 22 mm 400.51.122 Guide track Aluminium Anodized 2,500 400.52.952
without running track
28 mm 400.51.123 3,500 400.52.953
Packing: 1 set
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

7.43 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.44
 Wooden Sliding Doors Wooden Sliding Doors
Vorfront Vorfront

Classic 50 VF BB for door weights up to 50 kg Set consisting of: Material Finish For 2-leaf For 3-leaf Cat. No.
Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp, Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.56.117
- Door Thickness : 22 - 28 mm for distance 48 mm, for door thickness up to 22 mm
- Door weight: 50 kg
- Material: Steel running gear and guide, aluminium double top running
- track and double guide track Running part with ball bearing and Hafele stamp, for Steel Galvanized 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.56.116
- Running gear: Plastic roller with ball bearing distance 55 mm, for door thickness up to 28 mm
- Installation: Running gear, tracks and guide for screw fixing
- With anti-derailment device (detachable)

Running parts for inner door with slide bearing Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.130
Application for upper profile

Running parts for inner door with slide bearing Steel Galvanized 1 pc. 2 pcs. 400.56.131
for upper profile with pins

Brake and safety catch package Steel Galvanized 1 set 1 set 400.59.020

Screw package Steel and Grey 1 set 1 set 400.58.001

plastic

Braker, front door Braker, rear door

Guiding part for inner door Steel Grey 2 pcs. 4 pcs. 400.57.121

Guiding part adjustable with Hafele stamp Steel Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.57.122

Clip for guider Plastic Grey 4 pcs. 6 pcs. 400.58.060

End stop Plastic Grey 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 400.58.011

For smooth sliding door, easy and quick to install
with clip for guide.
Running front door with 2 stop pins Running rear door with 2 stop pins Central stop Plastic Grey D 1 pc. 400.96.053
7 7
Installation dimensions

Note Order reference

Please order Smuso Soft close mechanism (405.11.211, 405.11.210) Please order guide and running track separately.
separately.

Tracks and individual components Material Finish Length mm Cat. No.

Running track Aluminium Anodized 2,500 400.52.052

Set Max. door thickness Cat. No.

3,500 400.52.053

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Complete fitting set for 2 doors 22 mm 400.51.126

without running track
28 mm 400.51.127
Complete fitting set for 3 doors 22 mm 400.51.130 Guide track Aluminium Anodized 2,500 400.52.952
without running track
28 mm 400.51.131 3,500 400.52.953
Packing: 1 set
Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

7.45 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.46
 Wooden Sliding Doors Wooden Sliding Doors
Vorfront Vorfront

Classic 80 VF AA, for door weights up to 80 kg

CLASSIC - Door thickness: 19-28 mm

- Height adjustment: +1.5 mm

80 VF
- Material: Running gears and guides: steel
- Running gear: Top running, 1 roller, with ball bearing mounted,
plastic coated roller
- Door stop: Top and bottom stopper, with top retainer
- Installation: Running gear and guide for screw fixing

AA Drilling pattern top running gear

Bottom guide

Easy height adjustment using adjusting screw

Installation dimensions
7 7

Height adjustment

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

7.47 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.48
 Wooden Sliding Doors Wooden Folding Sliding Doors
Vorfront Mixfront or Vorfront

SILENT
Set Cat. No.
For 2 Doors 406.80.002
For 3 Doors 406.80.003
Packing: 1 set

Order reference
Please order running and guide tracks separately.
For cabinets with more than 3 doors, please order the following sets:
FOLD
40
- For cabinets with 4 doors: 2sets for 2 doors
- For cabinets with 5 doors: 2 sets for 2 doors and 1 set for 3 doors

Tracks and individual components Min. cabinet top thickness Material Finish Length Cat. No.
Double top running track, 19 mm Aluminium Silver coloured 2,500 mm 406.82.902
for screw fixing anodized 3,500 mm 406.82.903
Double bottom guide track, D Aluminium Bright 2,500 mm 407.47.002
for screw fixing 3,500 mm 407.47.004
Packing: 1 pc.

7 7

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

7.49 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.50
 Wooden Folding Sliding Doors Wooden Folding Sliding Doors
Mixfront or Vorfront Mixfront or Vorfront

Silent Fold 40, for door weights up to 10 kg (40 kg per 2 pairs of doors) Set Components

Installation dimensions
Descriptions Material Finish Cat. No.
Top running gear, end door Steel Nickel plated 409.61.750

Top running gear, Centre door Steel Nickel plated 409.61.930

Bottom guide, end door Steel Nickel plated 409.62.700

Bottom guide, centre door Steel Nickel plated 409.62.900

Panel to panel hinge Zinc alloy Nickel plated 409.63.710

Easy height adjustment using adjusting screw

- Area of application: For folding sliding doors that are free Hinge connection, centre Steel Nickel plated 409.62.940
sliding or mounted to the cabinet on
one side with concealed hinges
- Door height: max. 2,500 mm
- Door width: max. 500 mm Packing: 1 pc
- Door thickness: 19 – 25 mm
7 - Vertical door gap width: 1 – 4 mm Supplied with 7
- Height adjustment: ±2 mm at running gear using screw
- Running gear: 3 rollers, with plastic coated, Mounted to one side of cabinet Free sliding
ball bearing mounted rollers

2-leaf 3-leaf 4-leaf 5-leaf 6-leaf 1 pair of 2 pairs of 3 pairs of

doors doors doors
Top running gear, 1 pc - 1 pc - 1 pc 2 pcs 2 pcs 2 pcs
end door
Top running gear, - 1 pc 1 pc 2 pcs 2 pcs - 1 pc 2 pcs
centre door
Bottom guide, end door 1 pc - 1 pc - 1 pc 2 pcs 2 pcs 2 pcs
Bottom guide, - 1 pc 2 pcs 2 pcs - 1 pc 2 pcs

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

centre door 1 pc
Panel to panel hinge 3 pcs 3 pcs 6 pcs 6 pcs 9 pcs 3 pcs 6 pcs 9 pcs
Hinge connection, centre - 1 pc 1 pc 2 pcs 2 pcs - 1 pc 2 pcs

Order reference
Order required door configuration individually according to "Supplied with" table. Please order running and guide tracks separately

Tracks and individual components Material Finish Length Cat. No.

Single top running track, for screw Aluminium Bright 2,000 mm 940.42.920
fixing 31 x 31 mm (W x H) 3,000 mm 940.42.930
Bottom guide track, Aluminium Bright 2,000 mm 409.60.902
for screw fixing 3,000 mm 409.60.903
Packing: 1 pc.

Stock Item

7.51 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.52
 Accessories for Sliding Door Accessories for Sliding Door
Soft Closing Mechanism Soft Closing Mechanism

Smuso SD 15/SD 25 Soft closing mechanism Follow bracket for Classic 30 IF AA

- Area of application: For light-weight and medium-weight sliding - Area of application: For front and rear sliding doors on cabinets
doors, 0-15 kg or 16D25 kg
- Material: Plastic Area of application Cat. No.
- Colour: Light grey
For rear door 405.11.219
- Installation: For recess mounting or screw fixing to cabinet base
For front door 405.11.218
Smuso Soft closing mechanism Door weight Cat. No. Packing: 1 pc.

SD 15 2D15 405.12.015 Follower bracket installation

SD 25 16D25 405.12.025
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs Installation

Cover for Smuso SD 15/SD 25 soft closing mechanism

- Installation: For clipping onto soft closing mechanism
- Suitable for: Left and right

Material Colour Cat. No. Follower bracket, pre-mounted

Plastic Grey 405.12.250 1 Soft closing mechanism
2 Follower bracket
Silver coloured 405.12.290 3 Sliding door
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
4 Sliding door fitting Note
5 Cabinet side The left door must be always the front door.

Follow bracket for Classic 40 IF AA

Smuso CD Soft closing mechanism
7 - Area of application: For front and rear sliding doors on cabinets 7
- Area of application: For sliding door weights from 15 up to 80 kg
- Material: Plastic Area of application Cat. No.
- Colour: Light grey Bracket for left door
405.11.217
For Left door
- Installation: For screw fixing beneath or to the cabinet top
- Mounting: For DIN left hand and DIN right hand use For Right door 405.11.216
Bracket for right door Packing: 1 pc.
For door weights up to kg Cat. No.
50 405.11.107 Follower bracket installation
Installation
Order reference Packing: 1 or 20 pcs
Follower brackets for other sliding door fittings available on request.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Spacer
- Installation: For screw fixing beneath cabinet top
- Mounting: For DIN left hand and DIN right hand use

Material Finish Cat. No.

Plastic Grey 405.11.401
Packing: 1 or 250 pcs
Follower bracket, pre-mounted
1 Soft closing mechanism
2 Follower bracket
3 Sliding door
4 Sliding door fitting Note
5 Cabinet side The left door must be always the front door.

Stock Item Stock Item

7.53 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.54
 Accessories for Sliding Door Accessories for Sliding Door
Soft Closing Mechanism Soft Closing Mechanism

Follower bracket for Classic 50 VF AB, for door distance 29 mm Follower bracket for Classic 50 VF BB, for door distance 29 mm

Bracket for rear door Bracket for front door

Bracket for rear door

Bracket for front door

Installation

Installation

Follower bracket, pre-mounted

1 Soft closing mechanism
2 Follower bracket
3 Sliding door
4 Sliding door fitting
Follower bracket, pre-mounted 5 Cabinet side
1 Soft closing mechanism
2 Follower bracket
3 Sliding door
4 Sliding door fitting Follower bracket installation
5 Cabinet side
6 Soft closing mechanism must be installed directly against the
cabinet side panel
7 7 First drill hole for follower bracket from door edge = 31 mm
(rear door) or 47 mm (front door) + door overlap
7

Follower bracket installation

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Area of application Cat. No.

Area of application Cat. No. For rear door 405.11.211
For rear door 405.11.161 For front door 405.11.210
Note For front door 405.11.160 Packing: 1 pc.
A spacer must be installed on site between top panel and soft
closing mechanism. The left door must always be the front door. Packing: 1 pc.

Stock Item Stock Item

7.55 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.56
 Accessories for Sliding Door Accessories for Sliding Door
Straightening fitting Straightening fitting

Planofit Door fitting Cover cap

- Area of application: Prevents doors warping in either direction Area of application: For covering the tensioners
or straightens doors which have become warped
- Door height: max. 2,400 mm or 2,650 mm Material Colour Cat. No.
- Min. door thickness: 16 mm
- Material: Steel threaded rod, zinc alloy tensioner, plastic trim strip, Plastic Black 407.90.241
cover caps and retaining plate White 407.90.741
- Finish/colour: Threaded rod and tensioner bright
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs
- Installation: Can also be retrofitted for doors which have become
warped, 2 straightening fittings recommended per door

Supplied with
Planofit Straightening fitting (1 set)
1 Threaded rod
1 Trim strip
2 Tensioners
1 Hexagon nut
1 Square nut
2 Cover caps
Retaining plate
4 Plastic retaining plates
2 Lock washers
- Area of application: For fixing the threaded rod with cover profile
Installation instructions
- Installation: For screw fixing
Max. door Threaded rod Trim strip
Colour Cat. No. Material Colour Cat. No.
height mm length mm length mm
- For vertical and/or horizontal use 2,400 1,920 1,863 Black 407.90.200 Plastic Black 407.90.250
- Door thickness from 16 mm and above
2,650 2,195 2,138 407.90.201 White 407.90.750
Packing: 1 or 200 pcs
2,400 1,920 1,863 White 407.90.700

Installation 2,650 2,195 2,138 407.90.701

Packing: 2 sets

Drilling pattern
7 7

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Note
Not suitable for hardwood!
Please note when using this product in combination with lacquered
panels, a pattern of the routed recesses may emerge on the front

Stock Item Stock Item

7.57 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

7.58
 8
TABLE AND FURNITURE
BASE FITTINGS

8.1 8.2
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Information wheel.me

wheel.me wheel.me Basic Furniture foot and castor

- Area of application: For furniture in living and office areas that
can become mobile when required
> Wheel.me quickly and conveniently - Version: The furniture foot is turned into a furniture
creates space in living and ofice areas castor by lifting the furniture
whenever it is needed - Material: Plastic
> For furniture with a secure standing - Colour: Housing: Black,
and the appearance of furniture feet castor: White
that can become mobile when required - Lift: 7 mm
> The furniture foot is turned into a - Installation: For press fitting into wooden or metal feet
furniture castor by simply lifting the
furniture
Diameter For drill hole Ø Load bearing
Cat. No.
mm mm capacity kg
25 23 12.5 661.43.301
50 46 30 661.43.302
Packing: 1 pc.

Functionality

Furniture foot, Raising/lowering Castor, mobile Raising/lowering Furniture foot,

fixed fixed

8 8

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Height of furniture Height of castor Drilling dimension

foot for wooden foot or
internal diameter of
metal feet

Notes
General rule when using 4 castors:
> 1/3 of the furniture weight = load bearing capacity per castor
The load is therefore distributed on balls, meaning that the load bearing capacity of the loor covering must be taken into consideration on
site.
The structurally deined 7 mm castor protrusion means that use on carpets with a deep pile is not possible.

Stock Item

8.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.4
 Plinth Adjusting Fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Furniture Castors Furniture Castors

Fixed castor for underbed boxes Double furniture castors with plate, curve shape
- Low installation height and easy to move on carpeted floors - Material/Colour: Plastic castor black
- With side fixing mounting plate - Load bearing capacity: 25 kg/30 kg
- Without brake or swivel - Wheel Ø: 40/50 mm
- Load carrying capacity approx 40 kg per castor
- Steel housing, plastic wheel Version Height H mm Wheel Ø RD mm Cat. No.
- Order fixing screws separately
With brake 55 40 660.94.330
Housing/Wheel finish Cat. No. Without brake 660.93.330
Galvanized/White 660.98.904 With brake 70 50 660.94.320
Packing: 1 pc Without brake 660.93.320
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs

Fixed castor, special use, Ø 30 mm wheel, plate fixing

- Fixed castor; without swivel
- If mounted wheel uppermost, can be used as conveyor system
- Chromatized galvanized steel housing, plastic wheel
- Without brake

Wheel Ø Load capacity Cat. No.

Ø 30 mm 25 kg 661.23.313
Packing: 1 pc

Swivel castor, special use, Ø 75 mm wheel, plate fixing

Fixed castor, special use, Ø 25 mm wheel, plate fixing
- With screw on 60 x 60 mm mounting plate
- Fixed castor; without swivel - Galvanized steel housing with black polyamide wheel with grey
- If mounted wheel uppermost, can be used as conveyor system solid rubber tyre
- Chromatized galvanized steel housing, plastic wheel
- Without brake
Wheel Ø Load capacity Brake Cat. No.
8 Ø 25 mm 20 kg Without brake 663.06.920
8
Wheel Ø Load capacity Cat. No. With brake 663.16.920
Ø 25 mm 20 kg 661.23.304 Packing: 1 pc
Packing: 1 pc

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

8.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.6
 Plinth Adjusting Fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Furniture Castors Furniture Castors

Swivel castor, Ø 125 mm wheel, plate fixing For press fitting

- With screw on 100 x 85 mm mounting plate Guidable
- Two enclosed ball races are fitted in the ring mount
- Maintenance free roller bearings in the hollow steel hubs secured - Hard running surface: For soft floors, e.g. carpets
with hub nuts - Soft running surface: For hard floors, e.g. parquet flooring
- Galvanized steel bracket and wheel, solid rubber profiled tyre
- Without brake - Material: Plastic
- Colour: Housing: Black, hard roller: White, soft roller: Grey
- Load bearing capacity: 50 kg/castor
Wheel Ø Load capacity Brake Cat. No. - Version: For small, free standing furniture items
Ø 125 mm 100 kg Without brake 670.01.543
Drill. distance Wheel Mounting
Packing: 1 pc Running surface Cat. No.
B mm Ø mm height mm
Without brake 55 40 Hard 661.04.309
With brake 70 50 661.04.350

Swivel castor, Ø 125 mm wheel, plate fixing Without brake 55 40 Soft 661.04.340
With brake 70 50 661.04.360
- With screw on 100 x 85 mm mounting plate
- Two enclosed ball races are fitted in the ring mount Packing: 1, 20 or 100 pcs.
- Maintenance free roller bearings in the hollow steel hubs secured Rigid
with hub nuts
- Galvanized steel bracket and wheel, solid rubber profiled tyre
- With brake
Running surface Cat. No.
Hard 661.05.320
Wheel Ø Load capacity Brake Cat. No.
Soft 661.05.330
Ø 125 mm 100 kg With brake 670.03.543
Packing: 1 or 100 pcs.
Packing: 1 pc

Special applications
Ball castor
Twin wheel swivel castor, hooded, Ø 75 mm wheels, with Ø 11 mm pin hole
- Material: Steel housing and ball
8 - For use with Ø 11 mm pin
- Silver coloured RAL 9006 plastic housing, mid grey non-marking
- Finish: Housing yellow chromatized, ball chrome plated
- Version: Guidable 8
rubber wheel and black plastic brake - Recess depth. mm: 12.0
- Order qty: 1 pc - Screw hole mm: 3
- Mounting height mm: 20
Wheel Ø Load capacity Brake Cat. No. - Load bearing capacity kg: 17

Ø 75 mm 100 kg Without brake 660.91.245

Wheel Ø mm Mounting plate Ø mm Recess part Ø mm Cat. No.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

With Brake 660.90.245

25 45 33.0 661.02.250
Packing: 1 pc
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs.

Pin and mounting plate, Ø 11 mm

- For mounting castors with Ø 11 mm pin hole
- Galvanized steel
- Order qty: 1 pc

Pin Ø Cat. No.

Ø 11 mm 660.92.910
Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

8.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.8
 Plinth Adjusting Fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Plinth Adjusting fitting system Plinth Adjusting fitting system

Adjustable plinth tool M10 x 33 mm fixing screw

- Material: Steel
- Material: Plastic - Finish: Galvanized
- Colour: Black
- Adjusting range: -5 to +10 mm Length mm Cat. No.
- Installation: With M10 fixing screw or 3 chipboard screws
with countersunk head Ø3.5 mm 33 mm 637.45.997
- Load bearing capacity : approximately 100 kg Packing: 1 or 100 pcs

For plinth height mm Cat. No.

80 637.45.308
100 637.45.326
120 637.45.344 Cover cap
150 637.45.371
- Material: plastic
Packing: 1 or 200 pcs
- Colour: white

Diameter mm Cat. No.

Accessories for adjustable plinth foot 24 mm 637.45.791
Packing: 1, 100 or 1000 pcs
- Material: Plastic
- Colour: Black

Installation Cat. No.

Screw fixing 637.45.906
Clip for aluminium
Groove mounting 637.45.915
Packing: 1, 100 or 500 pcs Installation: Slide-in to front panel

Material Cat. No.

Plastic black (polypropylene) 637.15.009
Packing: 1 pc
Screw Fixing Groove mounting

Furniture leg for wooden panel

8 8
- Material: plastic black (polypropylene)
- Load capacity: Max. 150 kg/4 pcs
-Adjustable height: 30 mm

Adjustable mm Cat. No.

100-130 637.15.012

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

140-170 637.15.014
Packing: Leg 4 pcs, clip 2 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

8.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.10
 Plinth Adjusting Fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Plinth Adjusting fitting system Plinth Adjusting fitting system

Häfele AXILO™ Plinth adjusting fitting system Häfele AXILO™ 78 Plinth adjusting fitting system
Mounting plate

Installation with Häfele AXILO™

Rectangular for screw fixing Rectangular for press fitting Triangular for knocking in Triangular for screw fixing

Order reference
Please order tube with screw-in glide separately. - Material: Plastic
- Colour: Black
Version Installation Cat. No.
Rectangular For screw fixing 637.76.333
For press fitting 637.76.334
Triangular For knocking in 637.38.340
For screw fixing 637.38.341
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Tube with screw-in glide

- Material: Plastic
8 - Colour: Black 8
Product features With conventional plinth adjusting fitting systems - Installation: For plug fitting into mounting plate
- Height adjustment: Adjustable at the side and from
- Serves as arm “extension” above –10 to +20 mm using AXILO™ 78 adjusting tool
- Can be used for any angle - Height adjustment
- Very robust facility:
- Convenient operation by hand or with electric tool - 80 kg cabinet weight
- Load bearing capacity: 150 kg/foot

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Product advantages
Installation height H mm Adjustment facility mm Cat. No.
- Ergonomic installation without awkward postures for protection of the back
60 53-80 637.76.351
- Flexible, time-saving installation
- Height adjustment and simultaneous observation of the spirit level 80 70-100 637.76.352
- Adjustment by hand or with adjusting tool possible
100 90-120 637.76.353
- Adjusting tool can be used in combination with cordless screwdriver
- Easy corner cabinet adjustment 125 115-145 637.76.354
- Large area of application from plinth height 53 to 220 mm
150 140-170 637.76.355
- Exact adjustment provided by the fi ne thread Order reference
Please order mounting plate separately 180 170-200 637.76.356
200 190-220 637.76.357
Packing: 1 or 20 pcs

Please see installation video for more information at www.hafele.com

Stock Item

8.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.12
 Plinth Adjusting Fittings Plinth Adjusting Fittings
Plinth Adjusting fitting system Plinth Adjusting fitting system

Spacer ring Screw-in glide with mounting plate

- Area of application: For increasing the height of the screwin - Area of application: For low plinth height
glides - Material: Plastic
- Material: Plastic - Colour: Black
- Colour: Black - Installation: For press fitting
- Installation: For plug fitting into the screw-in glide - Height adjustment: With AXILO™ 78
from below adjusting tool,–10 mm
- Height adjustment facility: <80 kg
Height H mm Height mm Cat. No. - Load bearing capacity: 150 kg/foot
100 10 637.76.422
Supplied with
Packing: 1, 20 or 100 pcs
Screw-in glide with mounting plate Ø 35 mm

Suitable for Cat. No.

Note Plinth height 35–48 mm 637.76.460
The use of several spacer rings is possible if secure stability is provided.
Packing: 20 or 100 pcs

Plinth holder Adjusting tool

- Area of application: For fixing the plinth panel

- Material: Plastic
- Installation: For plug fitting into mounting plates
Suitable for Cat. No.
16 mm panel 637.47.491
19 mm panel 637.47.490
Packing: 20 or 100 pcs
Adjusting tool

Plinth height = H - 5 to 10 mm

Plinth panel clips Height adjustment by rotating by hand or with electric tool to safe time.

- Area of application: For ergonomic and timesaving

- Material: Plastic
8 Adjusting tool handle end and extension with 1/4"
height adjustment of
AXILO™ 78 plinth adjusting 8
Installation Cat. No.
chuck fitting system in the entire
For screw fixing 637.38.054 plinth area, also for corner
cabinets, for example
For press fitting 637.38.063 - Material: Plastic,
Packing: 20 or 100 pcs mechanism: Steel
- Adjustment facility: Adjustment angle height
0–10°

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Note - Version: Chuck 1/4" (bit supplied)

For use from installation height H = 80 mm.
For screw fixing For press fitting Colour Cat. No.

Extension Häfele AXILO™ 78 adjusting tool Grey/red 637.76.360

Extension Grey/red 637.76.361
Packing: 1 pc.

Stock Item Stock Item

8.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.14
 Plinth Adjusting Fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Glide Adjusting Screws

Syntetic-felt Rotating, length 60 - 120 mm

Round
- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
- Material: plastic
- Load bearing capacity: Approx. 300 kg (static)
- Thickness: Approx. 3 mm
- Drive: Hexagon socket Sw4 or slot recess
- Installation: Self-adhesive

Diameter mm Packing Packing piece Cat. No. length L mm Packing pieces Description Cat. No.
M10 2 sheets of 50 pcs. 100 650.06.102 60 1 or 200 Drive slot recess 637.02.009
Packing: 50 or 100 pcs 70 1 or 200 637.02.018
80 1 or 100 637.02.027
90 1 or 100 637.02.036
Self-adhesive 100 1 or 200 637.02.045

Rectangular 120 1 or 150 637.02.054

60 1 or 200 Drive slot recess 637.03.009
Dim. (L x W) mm Colour Cat. No. 70 1 or 200 637.03.018
M10 Brown 650.06.149 80 1 or 100 637.03.027
Packing: 10 pcs.
90 1 or 100 -
100 1 or 200 637.03.045
120 1 or 150 637.03.054
Packing: 1, 100 or 500 pcs

Glide - Knocking in
T-nut
Height 10 mm

- Area of application: For plain floors, length L mm Cat. No.

e.g. for stone floors, floors made pf PVC T-nut 031.00.301
- Material: Felt glide cotted with plastic base element
Packing: 100 or 500 pcs
- Colour: Base element natural coloured, glide grey

Diameter mm Cat. No.

20 650.20.206
8 Packing: 100 or 1000 pcs 8

Plastic furniture glide

Protective cap
Height 5 mm - Colour: White

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- Installation: Knocking in - Material: Plastic

- Finish: Transparent
Diameter mm Cat. No.
13 650.02.137 Installation Cat. No.

15 650.02.165 For push-fitting onto foot plate 637.02.090

Packing: 1, 100 or 500 pcs
22 650.02.226
25 650.02.250
Packing: 100 or 1000 pcs

Stock Item Stock Item

8.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.16
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Adjusting Screws Table legs

Thread M8 and M10 Cylindrical

Rigid, with steel foot plate
- Material: Glide: Plastic,
- Material: Steel plate and screw, plastic glide - screw-on plate: Zinc alloy
- Finish/colour: Plate nickel plated, screw galvanized, glide black - Installation: For screw fixing with screw-on plate
- Version: With plastic glide - Colour: Glide: Black,
- Drive: At bottom with SW12 square socket key screw-on plate: Dark grey

Thread Thread length mm Cat. No. Supplied with

Table leg
M10 19 651.02.909
Sw12 square nut Fixing material
Packing: 20, 100 or 500 pcs
Order reference
Installation height = height of table leg including screw on plate
Rigid, with T-nut
- Area of application: For drill hole Ø 10 mm
- Material: Steel screw, plastic protective cap Installation Height Diameter Finish/colour Cat. No.
- Finish/colour: Screw galvanized, protective cap black 710 mm 60 mm Chrome plated polished 635.24.274
- Load bearing capacity: Approx. 300 kg (static)
Height adjustment Packing: 1 or 4 pcs
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot at top, SW8 square socket key at bottom

Dim. A mm Dim. B mm Cat. No.

51.7 45 637.05.001
76.7 70 637.05.010
Packing: 100 pcs
Cylindrical folding table leg, Ø 50 mm

- +15 mm height adjustment

- With zinc alloy folding mechanism
- Steel with black plastic foot

Finish Cat. No.

Silver coloured RAL 9006 705 mm height 635.64.906
Packing: 1 pc

8 8

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

8.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.18
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Table legs Pull out table fittings, for table with frame

Table legs - Square Ball bearing runners

For 1 extension leaf
Synchronous, asynchronous or synchronous with
Colour and shape combinations of table legs and screw-on plates
continuous, lateral locking mechanism
possible Different positions of table leg on screw-on plate possible For 2 people more at the table
- Material: Glide: Plastic,
- screw-on plate: Zinc alloy - Material: Steel
- Installation: For screw fixing with screw on plate - Finish: Galvanized
- Colour: Glide: Black, - Installation: For screw fixing
screw-on plate: Dark grey
Technical data
Supplied with
Installation length mm 850 1,200
1 Table leg
1 Fixing material for mounting plate Load bearing capacity kg 60 90 60 90
Opening for extension leaf mm 640 640 890 640
Cross section mm Finish/colour Cat. No.
Square, Installation Width of extension leaf mm 1 x 600 1 x 600 2 x 400 2 x 400
100 x 100 Chrome plated polished 635.67.204
matt white aluminium, RAL 9006 Total extension length mm 1,250 1,410 1,830 1,780
Mounting bracket length mm 290 320 338 370
Recommended table length mm 900-1,200 1,250-1,800

Note on choice of pull out table fitting

Installation length of pull out table fitting = approx. length of frame/
Accessories base or approx. 2/3 of table diameter or table length without
extension leaves
Mounting plate
Load bearing capacity 60 kg Load bearing capacity 90 kg Installation Load bearing Version Cat. No.
- Area of application: For screw fixing table legs using different length mm capacity kg
mounting variants
- Material: Steel 850 60 Synchronous 642.59.902
- Installation height: 5 mm Asynchronous 642.56.802
- Cross section: 162 x 162 mm, one corner rounded, radius 54 mm
90 Synchronous With lateral 642.59.922
Supplied with
locking mechanism
Installation instructions
Asynchronous 642.57.008
Finish Cat. No. 1200 60 Synchronous 642.59.903
Chrome plated polished 635.67.290 90 Asynchronous 642.57.009
Packing: 1 pc Packing: 1 set

8 Order reference 8
The set does not include 8 table top connecting fittings and
4 locking hooks or 4 swivel lugs. Please order separately.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

8.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.20
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Pull out table fittings, for table with frame Pull out table fittings, for table with frame

Ball bearing runners Folding centre leaf table fitting, for central extension leaf
For 2 extention leaves - Area of application: For folding and lowering an extension leaf
Synchronous with continuous, lateral locking mechanism up to max. 500 mm
- Functionality: Semi-automatic lowering, smooth operation
For 2-4 people more at the table

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized Note
- Installation: For screw fixing These items are only suitable for extending table runners for tables
- Area of application: Also suitable for glass tables with frame

Technical data
With central extension leaf, for open table frame With central extension leaf, for closed table frame
Loading bearing capacity kg 90
Opening for extention leaves mm 840
Installation Width of extention leaves mm 1-2 x 400
Total extention length mm 1,750
Mounting bracket length mm 370
B Table top connecting fitting
Recommended table length mm 1,250 - 1,800 A Leaf handle C Locking hook 50 mm

Note on choice of pull out table fitting B Table top connecting fitting
Installation length of pull out table fitting = approx. length of frame/ K L
A Leaf handle
base or approx. 2/3 of table diameter or table length without Folding leaf hinge

extention leaves

Installation length mm Load bearing capacity kg Cat. No. J Pivot bearing

1200 90 642.57.112
Packing: 1 set K L
Folding leaf hinge

J Supporting bracket
Order reference
The set does not include 12 table top connecting fittings and
2 locking hooks or 2 swivels lugs. Please order separately.

8 8

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

8.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.22
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Pull out table fittings, For table with frame Table Fittings

Detail of folding fitting Folding table hinge

- Flush mounted
No. Description Material Finish/colour Cat. No.
- For 18, 21 and 25 mm wood thickness
A Leaf handle Steel Nickel plated 642.51.300 - Brass-plated steel
- Order fixing screws separately

For wood thickness Dim. A Dim. B Cat. No.

B Table top conecting fitting Steel Yellow chromatized 642.51.241 18 mm 25 mm 47 mm 341.30.509
25 mm 21 mm 43 mm 341.30.546
Packing: 1 pc

C Lock hook 50 mm Steel Yellow chromatized 642.51.226

D Lock hook 53 mm Zinc alloy Nickel plated 642.51.230

E Table top swivel bolt Steel Galvanized 642.48.921

F Table top swivel bolt Steel Brass plated 642.48.530

G Spring clip Steel Galvanized 380.52.925 Folding table hinge

- Flush mounted
- For wood thickness as required
- Brass
- Order fixing screws separately
H Spring clip with catch Steel Yellow chromatized 380.51.904
Finish Cat. No.
Polished nickel-plated 341.32.708
Polished brass 341.32.502
8 I Pivot bearing Steel Galvanized 642.48.505
Packing: 1 pc 8

J Supporting bracket Steel Yellow chromatized 642.48.514

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

K Folding leaf hinge Steel Yellow chromatized 341.30.509

341.30.546
341.30.561
L Folding leaf hinge Zinc alloy Yellow chromatized 341.32.708
341.32.806

Stock Item Stock Item

8.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.24
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Table Fittings Table Top Swivel Fitting

Folding Bracket for tables and benches Table top swivel fitting
An ideal solution for small rooms where space is at a premium. This fitting set allows one piece of furniture to have two functions;
sideboard and table, without losing any access to the storage space inside the cabinet.

- Ideal solution for small rooms such as work rooms, surgical waiting
rooms, meeting rooms, children’s rooms or dining rooms
- One piece of furniture with two functions: Sideboard and table
- The entire storage space inside the cabinet can be used
- Width: Max. 1.300 mm
- Depth T: Max. 500 mm
- For panel thickness min. 25 mm
Folding bracket - Set consists of:
1x Lever arm, long (fig. 1)
1x Lever arm, short (fig. 2)
- For 38 x 38 mm legs 1x Stop plate (fig. 3)
- Locks in position, open and closed 1x Magnet (fig. 4)
4x Sliding bushings (fig. 5)
Finish Cat. No. 1x Roller (fig. 6)
4x Felt glides for glue fixing beneath swivel table (fig. 7)
Galvanized steel 642.90.919 1x Set of installation instructions
Packing: 1 pair

Roller glides or ball castors (fig. 8) must be

ordered separately (661.05.320, 661.05.330)

Cat. No.
Table top swivel fitting set 646.31.000
Packing: 1 set

8 8

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item Stock Item

8.25 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.26
 Table and furniture base fittings Table and furniture base fittings
Turntables Turntables

Revolving fitting - loading capacity 180 kg Turntable 360°

- Material: Steel - Ball cage assembly ball bearing mounted, with non-slip rubbber layers
- Finish: Bright - For setting up or screw fixing
- Turntable: Ball bearing mounted - Rubber layer can be removed and screw holes used instead, for fixing
to the surface
Dim. (L x W x H) mm Cat. No. - Black plastic
170 x 170 x 27 646.15.014
Packing: 1 or 10 pcs. Overall Ø Load capacity Cat. No.
Ø 230 mm 150 kg 646.19.318
Packing: 1 pc

- Ball cage assembly roller bearing mounted

- Black plastic

Overall Ø Load capacity Cat. No.

Ø 292 mm 100 kg 646.19.381
Revolving fitting - loading capacity 150 kg Packing: 1 pc

- Material: Steel
- Finish: Galvanized
- Turntable: Ball bearing mounted

Dim. (L x W x H) mm Cat. No.

155 x 155 x 11.5 646.18.908
Packing: 1 pc

Rotates through 360°

Load bearing capacity 50 kg, with rollers with load bearing capacity 25 kg each

- Material: Turntable: Steel, rollers: Plastic

- Finish: Turntable: Galvanized
8 - Colour: Rollers: Black
- Version: Ring mount: Ball bearing mounted
8
Dim. (L x W x H) Diameter Height Packing Cat. No.
mm mm mm Pieces
Turntable
57 x 57 x 10.5 - 10.5 1 or 30 646.12.103

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Roller
- 26 13 1 or 100 646.11.016

A = ring mount
B = hole pitch
= roller

Stock Item Stock Item

8.27 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

8.28
 9
DIALOCK DFT FURNITURE
LOCKING SYSTEM

9.1 9.2
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Information Information

Locking furniture
A wide range of locking systems is available for locking furniture.
The purpose of use is decisive for making the right choice.
You will ind locking systems for almost any application on
the following pages.

This is why clients choose the Häfele Dialock identiication and access control system

Choose the lock type in accordance with your individual requirements:

Security, economic efficiency, design or complexity.
The advantages of Dialock

Locking convenience with Häfele Dialock The Häfele Dialock identiication and access control system has some decisive advantages compared to conventional mechanical
Häfele Dialock electronic

locking systems:
access control system

Dialock is a touchless operating identification and locking - As a system, Dialock is more lexible.
system. It completely replaces the combination of mechanical - Dialock has more potential applications and new - Dialock means lower maintenance costs.
keys and locks. Furniture with electronic access control organisation solutions. - Dialock is the guarantee of optimum functionality in buildings
solutions can be combined with interior and external doors - Dialock provides a wider choice of design variants. and institutions.
to create comprehensive master key systems. Dialock from - Dialock provides more beneits and comfort. - Dialock means that your investment is protected.
Häfele is easy to install and convenient to use.

The advantages of transponder technology

Dialock is a touchless, wear and tear free identiication and access control system based on passive transponder technology:
- Passive transponders operate without a power supply of their own. - The transponders are contactless and therefore wear-free.
- Passive transponders are cheap, reliable and do not require - Dialock transponders are unique.
maintenance.

The identiication data can be transmitted between the transponder key and furniture terminal or the door terminal or wall terminal
with a secure process. A furniture terminal transmits electromagnetic pulses at regular intervals. A transponder that is approaching
the furniture terminal or the antenna, absorbs the electromagnetic energy and transmits a radio pulse containing the access data to
the furniture terminal. The validity of the data is checked in the furniture terminal and access is granted. The same principle applies
to the data exchange between a door or wall terminal or a programming station and a transponder key. The reader units are mains
operated or battery-operated.
9 9

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

The advantages of transponder technology

A wide range of organizational tasks such as access control, time and attendance and billing for services can be performed using
the Dialock system. Dialock introduces functionality to retail businesses, industrial buildings, administration buildings, banks, ofices,
laboratories, warehouses, institutions, ofice furniture, etc.:
- Dialock is suitable for any kind of furniture.
- Access authorisations or rights for employees, guests and
- Dialock is suitable for any kind of door or gate.
suppliers can be managed centrally.
- All functions can be operated with a Dialock key, from property
- Made-to-measure macro programs can be implemented/set
and building protection to furniture access.
up to provide individual enhancements to the system.

9.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.4
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Information Information

Many solutions - One electric access control system: Dialock 3 steps to the product
The following three steps guide you through the most important phases for your product decision. In this way you can conigure and vary
your product yourself.

Step 1
At the beginning of the product decision it must be clariied, whether mains or battery operation is required. The advantages and areas
of application of the relevant operation mode can found in the diagram below. Once you have deined the operation mode, please select
the model in step 1:
Here you can deine the different speciications (e. g. wooden or glass door), areas of application, design requirements. This automatically
takes you to the model that is suitable for your requirements. Go to step 2 via the relevant page.
This can be found in the coloured bar next to the text “Continue to step 2 on page”.

Step 2
Here reference is made to the individual products that need to be ordered to produce the required furniture locking system.
This list replaces all standard applications. If additional questions arise, the Häfele employee who is responsible for you will
provide assistance.

Step 3
In the third step you can choose the form in which you wish to program the furniture locking system.
The following systems are available:
- Stand-alone with keycard system for approx. 20 furniture locks
- Software for larger projects for managing on a PC
- A detailed overview and all of the relevant information that
will make your choice easier can be found on page 6.48.

Mains-operated Mains-operated
Area of application: Area of application:
Security and convenience from the - Hinged doors made from - Changing lockers and
underground car park to your desk wood or glass safe deposit box locks
drawer, from the main entrance to - Changing lockers and
the patient's room, from the hotel safe deposit box locks
door to the ski lift: Flexible and ef - - Flaps
ficient access control systems are - Sliding doors made from
required wherever large numbers wood or glass
of people congregate, work and - Tambour doors
spend time. - Drawers
- HV system drawer
Dialock, the electronic access - Alulex 80 aluminium
control and identification system frame sliding doors
from Häfele, makes it possible to - Woodlex 80
set up segment-specific solutions wooden sliding doors
for a wide variety of usage areas –
for you too:
Advantages of mains operation: Advantages of battery operation:
9 - In hotels & resorts - No service interval for battery replacement - No cabling to socket required for operation 9
- Optional extensions and online connection - Low-cost variant

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

- In hospitals & retirement homes

- In offices & industrial buildings - Easy installation
- In stores & retail businesses

Please contact our product

specialist at info@hafele.co.id

The Dialock electronic access control system is characterised by having a multitude of extension options – such as connections
to online, external and time and attendance systems.
The Häfele employee who is responsible for you and our specialists from the project area would be pleased to advise you and
will help you to work out a suitable special solution.

9.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.6
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Information Information

Häfele Dialock Furniture locks, mains-operated Step 1 Häfele Dialock EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks, mains-operated Step 2
Ordering product components
Required number of Connection cable, Multi-lock adapter Power supply unit Furniture Antenna, cable
Dialock Electronic Access Control System furniture locks length 3 m terminal length 3 m
Area of application Mains-operated Select product model EFL 3/EFL 3C V2 MLA 6 MLA 8 PS 2 FT 120 FAN 100
- Furniture locks with mains or battery operation
EFL 3 EFL 3C
- Type of door/area of application
- Security requirements
- Function/features

Continue to step 2 on page FF 9.9 237.56.304/305 237.56.343 910.51.088 910.51.084 237.58.141 237.58.111 237.58.129 Continue to
Type of door/area of application FF 9.9 FF 9.10 FF 9.16 FF 9.18 FF 9.14 FF 9.13 FF 9.14 step 3
FF 9.21
Hinged door (wood) Keyed alike hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors
Hinged door (glass) Programming and
1 1 - - - 1 1
user keys
Changing lockers (wooden door up to 19 mm thick)
2-6 2-6 1 - - 1 1
Safe deposit boxes (wooden door up to 19 mm thick)
7 - 11 7 - 11 2 - - 1 1
Flap (wooden door)
12 - 16 12 - 16 - 2 - 1 1
Sliding doors (wooden door)
17 - 24 17 - 24 - 3 1 1 1
Sliding doors (glass door)
25 - 32 25 - 32 - 4 1 1 1
Tambour doors (wooden profiles)
33 - 40 33 - 40 - 5 1 1 1
Drawer (wooden drawer sides)
41 - 48 41 - 48 - 6 1 1 1
HV System drawer
49 - 56 49 - 56 - 7 2 1 1
PO box system, locker system, distribution system
57 - 64 57 - 64 - 8 2 1 1
wallpaper door in stores
65 - 72 65 - 72 - 9 2 1 1
Security requirements
73 - 80 73 - 80 - 10 2 1 1
Standard requirements (see label below)
81 - 88 81 - 88 - 11 2 1 1
Increased security requirements (see table below)
89 - 96 89 - 96 - 12 2 1 1
Drawer with push-to-open function/soft closing mechanism/
97 - 104 97 - 104 - 13 3 1 1
self closing mechanism
105 - 112 105 - 112 - 14 3 1 1
External product connection via relay
113 - 120 113 - 120 - 15 3 1 1
Function/features
121 - 128 121 - 128 - 16 3 1 1
Alarm system with feedback contact.
Keyed alike hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors
A macro is required in order to use the feedback contact.
2-8 2-8 - 1 1 1 1
Macros for individual configuration
Combination of keyed alike and keyed different hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors
9 2–6 (keyed alike) and 2-6 1 - 1 1 1 9

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

What are the security requirements for the furniture lock? 2–8 (keyed to differ) 2-8 - 1
7–12 (keyed alike) and 7-12 2 - 1 1 1
Standard requirements
2–8 (keyed to differ) 2-8 - 1
For use in areas that are not accessible to the
public and where acoustic or optical alarm as
feedback is not required. Installation examples

Hinged door, overlay Hinged door, Inset Drawer, furniture lock Drawer, furniture lock Infront sliding door

9.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.8
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Information Accessories

EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks V2 Connection cable

- Area of application For connecting an EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture lock with
- Optional, integrated contact for door status signal (EFL 3C) the MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter or the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture
- Electromotive locking, magnetic interactions cannot take place terminal
- Flat design - Version With mini plug and RJ10 plug
- Colour Black
- Area of application: Mains-operated electric lock for indoor use: Cable length m Cat. No.
For hinged doors, flaps, sliding doors, drawers and tambour doors in
furniture, office and store equipment 0.5 237.56.340
- Version: Electromotive locking, magnetic interactions cannot take place, 1.0 237.56.341
locking component without magnet, strike crossways, with mini plug and
RJ10 plug, tolerance compensation in 3 directions, flat design 12 mm 3.0 237.56.343
(installation next to drawer possible with a distance of >12 mm to 5.0 237.56.345
cabinet side panel),
- Functionality: The EFL 3 furniture lock remains unlocked for 3 seconds 10.0 237.56.349
when presenting an authorized key in combination with the FT 120, FT 130
furniture terminals (standard latchbolt function). Order reference
The EFL 3 locks automatically after 3 seconds. The optional deadbolt function One V2 connection cable is required for each EFL furniture lock.
(permanent locked/unlocked) can be set via the FT 120 furniture terminal.
The door status (locked/unlocked) can be determined with feedback contact
and additional macro. The connected FT 120 furniture terminal will generate
an alarm accordingly.
- Material: Lock case and locking bolt: Zinc alloy Locking component for glue fixing
Keyed alike furniture locks: - Finish: Lock case and locking bolt: Nickel plated
Several EFL 3 furniture locks can be switched parallel
- Area of application: For EFL 3
(keyed alike) in combination with the MLA 6 multi lock Technical data - Material: Zinc alloy
adapter. One V2 connecting cable is required in addition
for each furniture lock. Voltage supply 12 V DC
Description Cat. No.
Continuous current consumption <10 mA
Keyed alike/keyed different furniture locks: Locking component without monitoring contact 237.56.315
Several EFL 3 furniture locks can be switched parallel Current consumption unlocking/locking 100 mA/40 ms
“Locking component in lock”
(keyed alike) or individually (keyed different) in combination Tensile load 1000 N
with the MLA 8 multi-lock adapter. One V2 connecting cable
is required in addition to each furniture lock. Door width <200 mm,
The following is also possible in combination with the MLA 8: trial mounting required
- Parallel operation of keyed alike and keyed different
- Combination with other EFL furniture locks with AMP plug Operating temperature 0–50 °C
(e.g. EFL 41)
Supplied with
Note
Use marking gauge for installation. 1 EFL 3 or EFL 3C furniture lock
Note max. cable lengths, for more information see 1 Locking component
MLA 6 and MLA 8 multi-lock adapters.
Test device
Connection to old DFT furniture terminals requires special Description Cat. No.
connecting cables. Planning by Dialock specialist may be - Functionality: For testing the functionality of the EFL 3 and
required. EFL 3 furniture lock with feedback contact 237.56.304 and EFL 3C furniture lock and the V2
A furniture handle (hole centres 32 mm) can be screwed to EFL 3C furniture lock with additional feedback contact 237.56.305 connecting cable.
the backside of the fixing plate. The lock function, feedback contact and
Particularly suitable for furniture constructions with "Magnetic contact (Reed contact) in lock“ connecting cable are tested. Independent of
9 soft closing and self closing mechanisms. Not suitable for
drawers and hinged doors with Push function.
Key card, for door open alarm for EFL 3 and EFL 3C 917.42.137 FT 120, FT 130 furniture terminal, MLA 6, 9
MLA 8 multi-lock adapter and power supply.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Macro key card for alarm off; for EFL 3C and EFL 1C 917.42.131 - Material: Plastic housing
No additional panels/material (e.g. slotted sheet metal - Colour: Anthracite/light grey housing
plate) may be installed between EFL 3 / EFL 3 C and Order reference
locking component.
Please order V2 connecting cable, marking gauge for EFL 3/EFL 3C and Description Cat. No.
macro key card for EFL 3C separately. A macro is required for "permanent Test device 237.56.993
unlocked" function with key remaining on FAN 100 antanna. This macro is Supplied with
available on request.
1 Test device
1 Block battery 9 V

Stock Item Stock Item

9.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.10
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Accessories Information - Wiring diagrams

Block Battery 9 V

Area of application: Replacement battery for test device

Description Cat. No.

Block battery 9 V 910.54.981

ACC Y-adapter

- Functionality: For emergency opening of EFL 3 and EFL

3C furniture locks. The Y-adapter is
connected to the FT 120 furniture terminal.
In the event of a power failure, power can be
supplied separately via the Y-adapter for an
emergency opening. Power is supplied via a
test device.
The Y-adapter can be connected directly to
the EFL 3, EFL 3C or MLA 6, MLA 8.
- Version: With 1 RJ10 plug and 2 RJ10 sockets
- Material: Plastic
- Colour: Cream
- Length: 100 mm

Safety note
The emergency opening cable (Cat. No. 910.51.094) must be
accessible for an emergency opening.
The system can be opened without transponder using the test
device (Cat. No. 237.56.993).

Description Cat. No.

ACC Y-adapter 237.56.370

Order reference
Please order emergency opening cable (Cat. No. 910.51.094) separately.

9 9

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

FF 9.13
Stock Item

9.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.12
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Furniture terminals and antennas Furniture terminals and antennas

FT 120 Furniture terminal, For controlling EFL furniture locks Häfele Dialock FAN 100 Antenna

- Area of application: Intelligent furniture terminal, for controlling - Area of application:

EFL furniture locks
- Version: Housing with 4 screw straps for fixing
- Material: Housing: Plastic
- Colour: Housing: Anthracite/light grey
Technical data
Voltage supply
Connections for power
supply for lock
Connections for data
signals
Connection for antenna
Voltage supply
Mains lead length
Current consumption
For indoor use: For installation in furniture
- Functionality: Offset reader unit for user keys with integrated red/
green LEDs for indication of the activation status,
for FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminals
- Version: With connecting cable and coaxial plug
12–17 V DC, 11–14 V AC Technical data
Degree of protection IP 67
RJ 10 socket for EFL 3, EFL 3C
AMP socket for EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, Note
Reader range: Approx. 25 mm with FT 120 and FAN 100 antenna (key fob).
EFL 41 and EFL 8
The range may be smaller due to environmental reasons, for example if metal
RJ10 socket for MLA 6P, materials or magnetic fields (power supply line) are in the near proximity.
The FAN 100 antenna must not be installed behind or on metal surfaces
RJ11 socket for MLA 8,
or behind mirrors.
AMP socket for CC 140 Minimum distance between 2 antennas: 250 mm
Coaxial socket for 1 antenna
The antenna can be connected directly to the output port of the
Mains lead with AMP plug FT 120 furniture terminal.
Installation example For recess mounting in 35/40 mm cup
100 mm (A = antenna) drilling, mount antenna as close as possible
The supplied ferrite bead must be installed on the antenna lead at
to the front (antenna range). a distance of max. 10 cm from the FT 120.
100 mA

Rj11 socket for MLA 8 Output voltage 10.6 V DC Description Cable length m Cat. No.
RJ10 socket for EFL 3, EFL 3C, MLA 6P Output current <750 mA FAN 100 antenna 1 237.58.130
AMP socket for EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 41 and EFL 7
Signal input ports e.g. for EFL 1 with feedback contact or 3 237.58.129
Coaxial socket for FAN 100 antenna
Reed contact for door monitoring 5 237.58.128
Standard functions Relay output port 1 x change-over Packing: 1 pc
> Control by holding an authorised user key in front of the
Number of possible 199 user keys Order reference
antenna which unlocks the furniture lock by means of a
pulse Dialock keys Other cable lengths available on request.
> Latchbolt lock function: Automatic locking after 3 seconds
Operating temperature 0–50 °C
after the lock has been released (variable time setting,
can be changed with the Open Time #74 configuration PS 2 Power supply unit
card) Supplied with
> Deadbolt lock function: The lock is locked and unlocked 1 FT 120 furniture terminal
alternately by holding the user key in front of the lock 1 mains lead
> Acoustic feedback for confirming the locking action
Version Cat. No. - Functionality: Voltage supply for furniture terminals,
Optional functions distributors and multi-lock adapters
1 FT 120 Standard 237.58.111
> Indication of the locking status, e.g. for unlocked door, furniture - Version: Plug-in connection to output cable via AMP
via acoustic or optical signal generators (external LED) With CAP energy storage capacity (for 237.58.113 plug (3-way AMP plug on output port)
terminal
> Extension of functions by means of macro programmes integrated real time clock, stored for 6 days)
(e.g. controlling alarm systems in combination with the
Supplied with
FT 120 furniture terminal)
Order reference 1 PS 2 power supply unit
9 FT 120 film on CD (Cat. No. 732.29.491). This film shows Please order additionally: 1 mains lead with Schuko safety plug 9
- EFL furniture lock 1 supplementary sheet "Safety notes"

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

FT 120 furniture terminal installation, start-up and reset in Technical data

combination with EFL 1 furniture lock. - V2 connection cable (connection cable between EFL and MLA)
- PS power supply unit (depending on the size of the system) Input voltage 100–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz
Description Output current A Dim. (L x W x H) mm Cat. No.
The opening time can be changed to up to 120 seconds - A macro is required when installing an acoustic signal generator. Output voltage 12 V DC, regulated
with the latchbolt lock function using the Open Time 74 This macro is available on request. Individual extension of PS 2 power 5 115 x 52 x 30 237.58.141
functions by means of macros on request. Relative humidity 0–95 % (not condensed) supply unit
configuration key card.
- Before the user keys can be programmed, the MLA 8 multi-lock adapter Mains lead length 1800 mm
The FAN 100 antenna is not suitable for installation in (when being used) must be connected to the FT 120 furniture
terminal and assigned with the configuration card #89. Please Output cable length 1350 mm
metal or metal coated furniture. Order reference
order configuration card #89 (Cat. No. 917.42.122) separately. Approvals ACMA, CE, FCC, LPS, For countries where a cable with DIN Schuko safety plug cannot be
If 2 antennas are installed (when using two or more FT used, a cable in accordance with the national standard is available
Information about installation and operation can be found in our TÜV/GS, UL
120), the distance between the antennas must be at on request.
least 25 cm. Only one antenna can be connected to the online shop. Please contact your responsible Häfele employee for Operating temperature 0–50 °C
FT 120 furniture terminal. other options or any questions.

Stock Item Stock Item

9.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.14
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Furniture terminals and antennas Multi-lock adapters

Signal generator Häfele Dialock MLA 6P Multi-lock adapter

For EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture lock
Acoustic

- Functionality: For acoustic indication of the locking status, for

FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminals, also suitable
for customised message alerts such as alarms
- Version: Piezo sound generator, plug connector type:
Wire termination with connection lead
- Material: Housing: Plastic
- Colour: Housing: Black

Technical data
Voltage supply 3–20 V DC
Version with 88 dB Version with 88 dB
Nominal current 8 mA
Signal Continuous tone (frequency 3.1 kHz)
Sound level 88/105 dB with 300 mm - Up to 3 MLA 6P possible, only in keyed alike operation
- Separate power supply Vin (voltage supply) NC contact (normally closed)
Mounting distance 29 mm - Quick and cost-effective installation Vout (output current) (for external systems)
Connections Wire termination with 100 mm For EFL 3 or EFL 3C Data in (from FT 120)
(furniture lock)
Operating temperature –30 to +80 °C The MLA 6P multi-lock adapter is the link between the
FT 120 furniture terminal and the EFL furniture lock in cases
where more than one furniture lock has to be controlled.
Cat. No. The MLA 6P multi-lock adapter uses the incoming data
Version with 105 dB signal from the FT 120 furniture terminal and forwards it to
Acoustic signal generator, 88 dB 237.56.140 the EFL furniture locks in the form of a pulse for unlocking/ - Area of application: Electronic multi-lock adapter for indoor
Acoustic signal generator, 105 dB* locking. use: For keyed alike EFL 3 and EFL 3C
237.56.143
furniture locks
- Version: With RJ10 socket
Order reference Multi-lock adapter with keyed alike operation:
for EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture lock,
For use in combination with FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal, a > For 6 EFL 3 and EFL 3C furniture locks
with Molex-87833-042 socket
macro key card for EFL 1C and EFL 3C furniture locks is required. Other for FT 120 furniture terminal, with mains
Other functions and special features:
combinations on request. lead and data cable
> Transfer of feedback contacts (plug + play wiring of feedback
contacts between furniture locks and furniture terminal). - Material: Housing: Plastic
*Technical data and more information can be found in our online shop - Colour: Housing: Anthracite/light grey
> An additional potential free contact for external systems is
under TecService.
available at the NC output port.
Technical data
Notes concerning operation
Optical Voltage supply 9.6–14.4 V DC
> Note max. cable lengths,
see V2 connection cable. Output current 12 V, 1100 mA (total)
> Please ensure that a sufficient voltage supply Feedback contact 12 V, 50 mA
(see output current) is provided.
- Functionality: For optical indication of the locking status red/ Mains lead lengt 0.5 m (with AMP plug)
> The system can be easily extended with an additional
green (LED), for FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminals, not
MLA 8 at a later date. Data cable length 0.5 m (with 2 RJ11 plugs)
suitable for customised message alerts such as alarms
- Version: Without series resistor Note Operating temperature 0–50 °C
- Colour: Housing: Chrome coloured
An MLA 6P with external voltage supply that is not being
used has the same features than the older MLA 6 version
Technical data
9 Voltage supply 1.7 V AC/DC Cat. No.
without external voltage supply. Both are compatible or
exchangeable, respectively. Unsuitable DFT furniture
Supplied with
1 MLA 6 multi-lock adapter
9

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

terminals without an RJ10 socket may be installed in old 1 mains lead

Continuous current 20 mA Signal generator, optical (LED) 237.56.141 systems. 1 data cable for FT 120
Packing: 1 pc If this is the case please contact your responsible
Häfele employee.
Description Cat. No.
Order reference
No macro is required for use of the optical signal generator in MLA 6P multi-lock adapter 910.51.088
combination with the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal. Packing: 1 set

Stock Item Stock Item

9.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.16
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Multi-lock adapters Multi-lock adapters

V2 Connection cable Häfele Dialock MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter

For all EFL furniture locks
- Area of application: For connecting an EFL 3 furniture lock with the
MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter or the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal
- Version: With mini plug and RJ 10 plug
- Colour: Black

- Keyed alike operation possible with max. 16 MLA 8

- Keyed to differ operation possible with max. 1 MLA 8
- LEDs for function control
- Separate power supply
- Quick and cost-effective installation Vin (voltage supply) Contact NC (for external systems)
Vout (output current) to EFL 3 and EFL 3C (furniture lock)
The MLA 8 multi-lock adapter is the link between the FT 120 Data out (to other MLA 8) to EFL 1/1C/6/41 and 7
or FT 130 furniture terminal and furniture lock in cases where (furniture lock)
more than one furniture lock has to be controlled. Data in (from FT 120/130) LED 1–8 (control light)
The MLA 8 multi-lock adapter uses the incoming data signal
from the FT 120 or FT 130 furniture terminal and forwards it
to the EFL furniture locks in the form of a pulse for unlocking/
locking.
- Area of application: Electronic multi-lock adapter for indoor
Multi-lock adapter with keyed alike operation: use: For keyed alike and/or keyed to
> For 8 EFL 3, EFL 3C, EFL 1, EFL 41 and/or EFL 7 differ EFL furniture locks
furniture locks - Version: With RJ 10 socket
> For 5 EFL 6 furniture locks for EFL 3 and/or EFL 3C furniture locks,
> For max. 16 MLA 8 connected in series (128 furniture with AMP socket
locks) for EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 41 and/or
EFL 7 furniture locks,
Multi-lock adapter with keyed to differ operation:
with RJ11 socket
> For 8 EFL 3, EFL 3C, EFL 1, EFL 41 and/or EFL 7 furniture
for FT 120, FT 130 furniture terminal,
locks
with mains lead and data cable,
> For 5 EFL 6 furniture locks
programming is carried out outside the
> Max. 1 MLA 8 (8 furniture locks)
furniture,
Other functions and special features: LEDs for function control and error
> Combination of keyed alike and keyed to differ via detection next to each of the 8 output
FT 120 furniture terminal ports
> Transfer of feedback contacts (plug + play wiring of - Material: Housing: Plastic
feedback contacts between furniture locks and furniture - Colour: Housing: Light grey

Max. possible cable lengths between electronic components and furniture locks.
terminal). Macro required and available on request.
Cable length m Cat. No. > An additional potential free contact for external systems Technical data
is available at the NC output port. Voltage supply 9.6–14.4 V DC
0.5 237.56.340
1.0 237.56.341 Output current <500 mA per output port
Notes concerning operation
9 3.0 237.56.343 > Note max. cable lengths, see V2 connection cable. (<1000 mA MLA 8) 9
> Please ensure that a sufficient voltage supply (see output

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

5.0 237.56.345 Feedback contact 12 V, 50 mA

current) is provided.
10.0 237.56.349 > The system can be easily extended with an additional Mains lead lengt 0.5 m (with AMP plug)
MLA 8 at a later date. The configuration card #89 is
Packing: 1 pc Data cable length 0.5 m (with 2 RJ11 plugs)
required in order to keep existing programming.
Operating temperature 0–50 °C
Note
Note
Cable length between FT 120 and EFL max. 25 m. Supplied with
Not suitable DFT furniture terminals may be installed in old
Order reference systems. In this case please contact your responsible 1 MLA 8 multi-lock adapter
Häfele employee. 1 mains lead
One V2 connection cable is required for each EFL furniture lock.
1 data cable for FT 120 or FT 130
Order reference
Please order fixing material Description Cat. No.
(Hospa countersunk head screws 4 x 35/4 x 55) separately. MLA 8 multi-lock adapter 910.51.084
Please order the configuration card #89 (Cat. No. 917.42.122)
Packing: 1 pc.
separately.

Stock Item Stock Item

9.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.18
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Multi-lock adapters Distributors

V2 Connection cable MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter, for all EFL furniture locks
- Area of application: For connecting an EFL 3 furniture lock with the
MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter or the FT 120/FT 130 furniture terminal - Area of application: Electric distributor for indoor use:
- Version: With mini plug and RJ10 plug For keyed alike EFL furniture locks with AMP plug
- Colour: Black - Version: With 1 AMP plug, with 6 AMP sockets
- Material: Housing: Plastic
Installation - Colour: Housing: White

Technical data
Total length 155 mm
Cable length 90 mm
The CC 140 distributor is the link between the FT 120
furniture terminal and EFL furniture locks with AMP plug
in cases where more than one furniture lock has to be Description Cat. No.
actuated. Or for distributing voltages of up to 12 V/6 A.
The incoming data signal from the FT 120 furniture terminal CC 140 distributor 823.28.780
is forwarded to the EFL furniture locks for unlocking/locking. Packing: 1 pc

Distributor with keyed alike operation: Order reference

For 6 EFL furniture locks with AMP plug An ACC relay unit is required for FT 120 furniture terminals with a
power consumption of more than 750 mA or for controlling devices
Notes concerning operation that require potential free contact. Please order ACC relay unit
Please ensure that a sufficient voltage supply is provided (Cat. No. 237.56.132) separately.

Order reference
Cable length m Cat. No.
One V2 connection cable is required for each EFL
furniture lock. 0.5 237.56.340
1.0 237.56.341
3.0 237.56.343
5.0 237.56.345
10.0 237.56.349
Packing: 1 pc

Extension lead for secondary side

- Area of application: For extending cables with AMP plug,
Cable length m Cat. No.
from PS power supply unit to FT 120/FT 130 furniture terminal
or to MLA 6P/MLA 8 multi-lock adapter, 2.0 823.28.327
from FT 120/FT 130 furniture terminal to
5.0 823.28.351
EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 7 and EFL 41 furniture locks,
from MLA 8 multi-lock adapter/CC 140 distributor to 10.0 823.28.360
EFL 1, EFL 1C, EFL 6, EFL 7 and EFL 41 furniture locks Packing: 1 pc
- Version: With AMP plug and AMP socket
- Colour: Black

9 Data cable MLA 8

Cable length m Cat. No. 9
- Area of application: For connecting the MLA 8 multi-lock

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

adapter with the FT 120 and FT 130 furniture terminal 0.5 237.56.360
- Version: With 2 RJ11 plugs, cable lengths optional if the 1.0 237.56.361
data cable that is supplied with the MLA 8 multi-lock
adapter is not suitable 2.0 237.56.362
- Colour: Black 5.0 237.56.365
Packing: 1 pc

Adapter cable AMP/bare ended

- Area of application: For connecting the WT wall terminal or Technical data
other devices with AMP socket with the PS power supply units Cable length 250 mm
- Version: With AMP plug and wire end sleeves,
with plastic sheathing HO3VVH2-F Power 12 V, 6 A
- Colour: Black Plastic sheathing 2 x 0.75 mm2

Cable length m Cat. No.

Adapter cable AMP/bare ended 823.28.310
Packing: 1 pc
Stock Item Stock Item

9.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.20
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
Information Programming

PK Programming key card

Step 3
- Area of application: Small projects with few Dialock keys
- Material: Plastic
Programming - Dimensions: 54 x 85 mm (credit card size)
You have decided to install a furniture lock.
Functionality
Now you can deine the procedure that is used to program the electronics, and decide which key (user key) will be given authorisation
For allocating access authorisations without software and
to open the lock.
programming station
You have the choice between two programming methods:
- Key card programming for small projects (stand-alone SA)
- Programming using Dialock software on request. PK Clearing key card
Technology Programming Cat. No.
Tag-it™ ISO PK Programming 917.42.001
key card
Overview of advantages and usage areas:
Stand-alone mode SA Tag-it™ ISO PK Clearing key card 917.42.002

Packing: 1 pc
Key card programming is ideal for furniture containing up to
about 20 locks and 20 keys. The advantages thereof are low
administrative cost and ease of use.

The authorisation for the locks is assigned to an electronic key

(user key) using a programming key card.

If the authorisation is to be withdrawn, it is erased using a clearing

key card and the relevant electronic key (user key) that is to be Open Time 74 Configuration key card
cleared.
- Functionality: For changing the opening time at FT 120
If the authorisation is to be withdrawn, it is deleted furniture terminals to up to 120 seconds (standard setting 3 seconds)
using a clearing key card and the relevant electronic - Area of application: For use in combination with FT 120
key (user key). furniture terminals with Tag-it™ ISO processor
- Material: Plastic

Technology Programming Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO Open Time 74 Configuration 917.42.021
key card
Reset key card (7C)
Tag-it™ ISO Reset key card (7C) 917.42.027
User keys
User keys are the electronic version of keys. They must first have access authorisation assigned to them Packing: 1 pc
(programming: Stand Alone SA or software SW) so that they can then be used during everyday operations.
The user keys are maintenance free (no battery) and wear free (touch free data transfer).

9 9

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

9.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.22
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system Dialock DFT furniture locking system
User keys User keys

KC Key card KT Key tag

- Version: Wear and tear free (contactless data transfer),
maintenance-free (without batteries), insensitive to - Functionality
external influences such as wetness, moisture, magnetic Electronic keys for Dialock as key tag
fields, mechanical vibrations, dust, can be reprogrammed 4 independent locking authorisations per key tag possible
at least 100,000 times, forgery-proof unique number - Version: Solid, ultrasound welded and made waterproof
Blank card
- Material: Plastic - Material: Combination of stainless steel frame and impact
- Colour: White resistant polycarbonate
- Finish: Matt
Technical data
Data retention >10 years Colour Cat. No.
Operating temperature –35 °C to +50 °C Technical data White 917.44.147

The transponders depicted in our catalogues are of Dimensions 54 x 86 x 0.86 mm Data retention >10 years
high quality and have been tested by us on all Dialock Tag-itTM ISO-cards Dimensions 36 mm, height: 5.3 mm Black 917.44.143
components. The transponders are provided with a
security key or a Dialock segmentation for increasing Operating temperature –35 °C up to +50 °C
the security of the Dialock access control system. Technology Cat. No. Green 917.44.145
Please contact our Dialock specialists if you have
further questions. Tag-it™ ISO 917.44.011 Order reference
Red 917.44.149
Text imprint or photo/graphic (template with
min. 300 dpi required) on request.
Packing: 1 pc
Legic SuperTag transonders cannot be used in
combination with the LockerLock LL 100 set. Blue 917.44.148
The transponders 917.24.098/099 can be used
instead.
Orange 917.44.141
KC Integra Key card
- Functionality: Packing: 1 pc

Electronic key for Dialock as key tag,

4 independent locking authorisations per key tag possible
- Version: Waterproof
- Material: Plastic KT Key fob

Technology Colour Cat. No. - Version: Wear and tear free (contactless data transfer),
maintenance-free (without batteries), insensitive to
Tag-it™ ISO Black 917.44.093
external influences such as wetness, moisture,
magnetic fields, mechanical vibrations and dust,
forgery-proof unique number
Blue 917.44.098
- Functionality
Technical data Electronic key for Dialock
Data retention >10 years 4 independent locking authorisations per KT key fob possible
Red 917.44.099
Technical data
Operating temperature –35 °C to +50 °C
Data retention >10 years Colour Cat. No.
Packing: 1 pc
Dimensions 28 x 56 x 1.7 mm Grey 917.44.175
Operating temperature –25 °C to +60 °C
9 Note
A dark day can adversely influence the turn-on characteristics with White 917.44.177
9

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

older door terminal versions (visual process). In this case use a Note
different colour. The terminals in this catalogue are not affected Reader range: Approx. 25 mm with FT 120 and FAN 100
thereof. Green 917.44.170
antenna. The range may be smaller due to environmental
reasons, for example if metal materials or magnetic fields
(power supply line) are in the near proximity. Red 917.44.171

Order reference
Customised imprint on request: Orange 917.44.179
Print and customise.

Packing: 1 pc

Stock Item Stock Item

9.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

9.24
 Dialock DFT furniture locking system
User keys

KB Key wristband
- Area of application: In combination with LockerLock LL 100
- Version: Waterproof, suitable for saltwater
- Material: Wristband: Polyamide
- Functionality
Electronic key for Dialock as wristband
1 locking authorisations per key wristband possible

Technical data
Data retention >10 years
Operating temperature –35 °C to +50 °C
(short-time exposure to higher
temperatures possible, e.g. in sauna)

Order reference
Customised imprint on request:
Print and customise.

Technology Colour Cat. No.

Tag-it™ ISO Black 917.44.203
Yellow 917.44.206
Blue 917.44.208
Red 917.44.209
Green 917.44.200
Legic Black 917.24.213
Yellow 917.24.216
Blue 917.24.218
Red 917.24.219
Green 917.24.210
Packing: 1 pc

9 We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Stock Item

9.25 FURNITURE FITTING 2019

 10
TOOLS, SCREWS AND
CONSUMABLE

10.1 10.2
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Information Information

PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE

CONTENTS
FIXING SCREWS
Screws: A brief introduction.

Screw head types

Screws are the most common form of joining technology. Force is transferred to the screw by means of positive locking. For this
reason each screw requires a counterpart fitting its profile in the form of a screwdriver, key or bit. Pozidriv, Slotted, Phillips and
Hospa PZ Chipboard screws Spax PZ Chipboard screws Häfele Varianta Euro screws TORX® feature heavily within our range although this list is not exhaustative there are also hex heads, and square drives

> Slotted
The slotted profile was one of the very first screw heads and continues to enjoy widespread popularity. A simple slot on the
screw head holds the tool blade.
With the slotted profile, the force is applied to the diagonally opposite outer edges of the slot. This shape is not particularly
suitable for the transfer of high torques.

> Phillips
The cross-recessed Philips profile is characterised by two slots at right-angle to each other. This crossed version offers a
number of significant advantages over the classic slotted shape. The force is applied along the four edges and this reduces user
fatigue when turning the screw
Attention: The Phillips profile is often confused with the Pozidriv profile. Wrong utilisation can lead to damages and fast wear of
both assembly tool and screw

> Pozidriv
The profile with the two crosses. The Pozidriv profile is a further development of the cross-recessed profile and features two
> PAGE 10.6 > PAGE 10.13 > PAGE 10.11 crosses offset at 45-degree angles. However, the additional cross is narrower than the main cross and not as deep. It offers
additional stability and better resistance to slipping
Attention: The Pozidriv profile is often confused with the Phillips profile. Wrong utilisation can lead to damages and fast wear of
both assembly tool and screw. Hafele have many types of PZ screws within the Hospa range

> TORX®
Cover Caps Threaded screws Wood to metal dowel TORX® has a star-shaped, elliptically-based geometry with six rounded lobes. The TORX® can be used to transfer a higher
torque than the classical screw profiles without damaging bit or screw. Thanks to the low radial forces, the tool life of both
screw and driver is prolonged. The low radial forces are a result of the circular geometry of the lobes, the straight, vertical
sidewalls and the drive-angle of just 15 degrees. This geometry produces virtually no stress concentration. Unlike the
cross-recessed profile, for example, the TORX® driver does not require the application of force. Furthermore, there is no danger
of tool slippage, as is sometimes the case with the slotted profile. Much higher torques can also be transferred whilst applying
the same amount of force

Security screw head types

Häfele stock a range of tamper-resistant screws and nuts which can be used to safeguard against theft and vandalism, they are
becoming increasingly popular in specification and more and more common in new designs as a preventative measure to counter
these threats.

> 2 Hole
Sometimes referred to as a ‘snake eye (r trademark needs to go here)’ or ‘pig nose’ they are designed for low to medium torq
applications. They have 2 holes drilled into the head which require a unique 2 pin driver to install and remove. They are
aesthetically pleasing to the eye and often specified by architects and designers
> PAGE 10.17 > PAGE 10.10 > PAGE 10.16
> Pin hex
These screws have been manufactured with an internal pin inside the standard socket aperture. This prevents removal after
installation with standard hexagon keys. This is suitable for medium torq applications and is one of the most difficult screws to
remove without the matching driver

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

> 6 Lobe
These can often be called ‘star drive pin’ or ‘pin torx’ and are suitable for much higher torq applications. These are
manufactured with a centralised pin inside a six lobe recess which prevents removal with standard torx tools
10 10
> Sentinal
This is a ONE WAY only pozidrive system. The drive system operates only in a clockwise motion using a standard pozidrive tool.
The anti-clockwise motion is prohibited due to the rounded shape of the drive recess. This recess means that it is ideal for fast
and easy installation with power tools

> Shear Nut

Häfele stock a high security permanent nut fixing. The hexagonal part of the nut shears off at a pre-determined torq thus leaving
a tamper resistant cone

10.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.4
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Information Chipboard screws – Hospa

PZ countersunk head
Head shapes Fully threaded, galvanized
Thread Ø d mm Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.

> Pan head Orga Box

This is the standard screw head profile with an average diameter and average height, it can also be described as being a A low 2.5 16 1000 015.31.255
disc with chamfered outer edge
3.0 13 1000 015.31.326

> Domed head (head Ø 5.0) 15 1000 015.31.335

Cylindrical with a rounded/curved top 17 1000 015.31.344
3.0 13 1000 015.31.522
> Countersunk or flat head
(head Ø 6.0) 15 1000 015.31.531
Conical in shape, with flat outer face and tapering inner face allowing. This shape allows it to sink into the pre drilled hole in the
material. 17 1000 015.31.540
20 1000 015.31.559
> Oval or Raised head 25 1000 015.31.577
This is a more decorative screw head with a countersunk bottom and rounded top. This is also referred to as ‘raised countersunk’
30 1000 015.31.586

> Bugle head Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k Drive 35 1000 015.31.595
Similar to countersunk, but there is a smooth progression from the shank to the angle of the head, similar to the bell of a bugle 2.5 5.0 1.6 PZ1 40 500 015.31.602
see ‘dry wall screw’ range
3.0 5.0/6.0 1.8 PZ1 3.5 13 1000 015.31.620

> Flanged head 3.5 7.0 2.1 PZ2 15 1000 015.31.639

A flanged head can be any of the above head styles (except the countersunk styles) with the addition of an integrated flange at 4.0 8.0 2.4 PZ2 17 1000 015.31.648
the base of the head. This eliminates the need for a flat washer to be used with the screw. See ‘flat head bolt’ 020.90.137
4.5 9.0 2.7 PZ2 20 1000 015.31.657

Thread varieties 5.0 10.0 2.9 PZ2 25 1000 015.31.675

30 1000 015.31.684
> Wood
The threads on wood screws usually are coarse and deep to help them grab the wood 35 1000 015.31.693
40 500 015.31.700
> Machine 45 500 015.31.719
Machine screws have finer threads than wood screws. They are designed to be used in conjunction with a nut or tapped hole.
50 500 015.31.728
4.0 13 1000 015.31.824
> High-low
These screws have two sets of threads with alternating heights. High-low screws are specifically designed for certain plastics 15 1000 015.31.826
and other low-density materials.
17 1000 015.31.835
20 1000 015.31.844
> Self-tapping
Self-tapping or thread-forming screws feature threads that are designed to tap their own holes. These work well in softer 25 1000 015.31.853
materials such as wood and plastic but are not suitable for harder materials.
30 1000 015.31.862
35 500 015.31.871
40 500 015.31.880
45 500 015.31.899
50 500 015.31.906

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

55 200 015.31.808
4.5 17 1000 015.31.915
20 1000 015.31.924
10 10
25 1000 015.31.933
30 1000 015.31.942
35 500 015.31.951
40 500 015.31.960
45 500 015.31.979
50 200 015.31.988
55 200 015.32.010

Stock Item

10.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.6
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Chipboard screws – Hospa Chipboard screws – Hospa

Fully threaded, nickel plated Hospa PZ Pan head

With PZ cross, galvanized
Thread Ø d mm Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
- Material: Steel
Orga Box
- Drive: PZ cross slot
2.5 16 1000 015.35.253
Thread Ø d mm Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
3.0 15 1000 015.35.333
Orga Box
3.5 15 1000 015.35.637
3.0 13 1000 015.71.526
17 1000 015.35.646
15 1000 015.71.535
20 1000 015.35.655
17 1000 015.71.544
4.0 15 1000 015.35.824
20 1000 015.71.553
17 1000 015.35.833
25 1000 015.71.571
20 1000 015.35.842
3.5 13 1000 015.71.624
Big-Pack
15 1000 015.71.633
Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k Drive 3.5 15 10000 017.35.637
17 1000 015.71.642
2.5 5.0 1.6 PZ1 Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k Drive
20 1000 015.71.651
3.0 5.0 1.8 PZ1 3.0 6.0 2.4 PZ1
25 1000 015.71.679
3.5 7.0 2.1 PZ2 3.5 7.0 2.5 PZ2
30 1000 015.71.688
4.0 8.0 2.4 PZ22 4.0 8.0 2.9 PZ2
35 1000 015.71.697
4.5 9.0 3.2 PZ2
4.0 13 500 015.71.811
5.0 10.0 3.5 PZ2
15 500 015.71.820
Fully threaded, burnished 17 1000 015.71.839
20 1000 015.71.848
Thread Ø d mm Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No. 25 1000 015.71.857
Orga Box 30 1000 015.71.866
3.0 15 1000 015.39.537 35 1000 015.71.875
17 1000 015.39.546 40 500 015.71.884
20 1000 015.39.555 4.5 13 500 015.71.900
25 1000 015.39.573 15 1000 015.71.919
3.5 15 1000 015.39.635 17 1000 015.71.991
17 1000 015.39.644 20 1000 015.71.928
20 1000 015.39.653 25 500 015.71.937
25 1000 015.39.671 30 500 015.71.946
30 1000 015.39.680 35 200 015.71.955
Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k Drive 4.0 17 1000 015.39.831 5.0 17 1000 015.72.050
3.0 6.0 1.6 PZ1 20 1000 015.39.840 20 1000 015.72.078

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

3.5 7.0 1.8 PZ2 25 1000 015.39.859 25 1000 015.72.080
4.0 8.0 2.1 PZ2 30 1000 015.39.868 30 1000 015.72.096
35 500 015.39.877 35 500 015.72.098
10 40 500 015.39.886 40 1000 015.72.112 10
45 500 015.72.114
50 1000 015.72.130
Big Pack
3.0 13 10000 017.71.526
3.5 13 10000 017.71.624
15 10000 017.71.633

Stock Item Stock Item

10.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.8
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Chipboard screws – Hospa Threaded Screws

Chipboard screws – Hospa Hospa M4 Flat head combination

cross slot
PZ countersunk head, fully threaded, with central hole Galvanized
- Material: Steel
- Material: Steel
- Area of application: For fixing furniture handles and knobs,
- Drive: PZ cross slot
or example
- Steel, galvanized
With central hole 2.5 mm for secure grip
of cover caps

Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Drive

Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No. Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
4.5 9.0 Pz2
Orga Box Orga Box
5.0 10.0 PZ2
8 100 or 1000 022.35.081 27 100 or 500 022.35.270
Dimensions d x L mm Packing pieces Cat. No. 9 100 or 1000 022.35.090 28 100 or 500 022.35.289
Orga-Box 10 100 or 1000 022.35.109 30 100 or 500 022.35.305
4.5 x 25 1000 015.01.935 12 100 or 1000 022.35.127 32 100 or 500 022.35.323
4.5 x 30 1000 015.01.944 15 100 or 1000 022.35.154 35 100 or 500 022.35.350
4.5 x 35 500 015.01.953 18 100 or 1000 022.35.181 38 100 or 500 022.35.387
4.5 x 40 500 015.01.962 20 100 or 1000 022.35.207 40 100 or 500 022.35.403
4.5 x 45 500 015.01.971 22 100 or 1000 022.35.225 42 100 or 500 022.35.420
4.5 x 50 200 015.01.980 23 100 or 1000 022.35.234 45 100 or 500 022.35.458
4.5 x 70 200 015.01.982 24 100 or 1000 022.35.243 50 100 or 500 022.35.501
25 100 or 1000 022.35.252 55 100 or 300 022.35.550
26 100 or 1000 022.35.261 60 100 or 300 022.35.609

Raised head
With cross slot, galvanized, nickel plated or burnished
Countersunk head PH DIN 965, fully threaded
- Material: Steel
- Thread: Fully threaded - Steel galvanized
Thread Ø Head Ø Head Size Head Size Thread Ø Head Ø Head Size Head Size
Drive Drive
d mm dk mm k mm f mm d mm dk mm k mm f mm
3.0 6.0 1.8 0.7 Pz1 3.0 6.0 1.8 0.7 PZ1
3.5 7.0 2.1 1.0 PZ2 3.5 7.0 2.1 1.0 PZ2

Thread d mm Length L mm Packing Finish Cat. No.

Dimension d x L mm Packing pieces Cat. No. Dimension d x L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
Orga-Box
M4 x 8 250 or 1,000 020.07.063 M5 x 10 250 or 1,000 020.07.094
3.5 15 1000 pcs Nickel plated 015.55.639
M4 x 10 250 or 1,000 020.07.064 M5 x 20 250 020.07.097
20 1000 pcs Nickel plated 015.55.657
M4 x 12 250 or 1,000 020.07.065 M5 x 25 250 020.07.098
35 1000 pcs Galvanized 015.55.695

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

M4 x 16 250 or 1,000 020.07.066 M5 x 30 250 020.07.099
M4 x 20 250 or 1,000 020.07.067 M5 x 40 250 020.07.101
M4 x 25 250 or 1,000 020.07.068 M5 x 50 250 020.07.103
10 M4 x 30 250 or 1,000 020.07.069 M6 x 16 250 020.07.126 10
M4 x 35 250 020.07.070 M6 x 20 250 020.07.127
M4 x 40 250 020.07.071 M6 x 25 250 020.07.128
M4 x 45 250 020.07.072 M6 x 30 250 020.07.129
M4 x 50 250 020.07.073 M6 x 35 250 020.07.130
M4 x 60 250 020.07.075 M6 x 40 250 020.07.131
M4 x 70 250 020.07.077 M8 x 20 100 020.07.157
M4 x 80 250 020.07.079

Stock Item Stock Item

10.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.10
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Häfele Varianta Special screws Häfele Varianta Special screws

Cylindrical head - for Variant drawer runners, cruciform mounting plates, Countersunk head – for roller guided
cabinet connectors and connecting fittings drawer runners

For screwing into lightweight panels For screwing into wood

For Ø 3 and 5 mm drill holes For Ø 3 mm drill holes

- Material: Steel - Material: Steel

- Finish/colour: Galvanized - Finish: Galvanized
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot - Drive: PZ2 cross slot
- Thread: Fully threaded - Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm,
thread Ø 4.2 mm,
For drill hole Ø mm Length L mm Thread Ø d mm Cat. No. body Ø 2.8 mm
Cylindrical head Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
3 12.5 5.5 013.30.901 Orga-Box
14 5.5 013.30.900 10.5 100 or 1000 013.14.810
5 14 6.2 013.30.910 13.5 100 or 1000 013.14.820
Countersunk head 16 100 or 1000 013.14.830
5 13 7 013.31.910 Big-Pack
Packing: 100 or 1000 pcs 13.5 5000 012.14.820

Note
Other fittings such as hinges, runners, shelf supports, etc.
can also be fixed using these screws.

For screwing into wood

For Ø 3 mm drill holes - Material: Steel
- Finish/colour: Nickel plated
- Drive: PZ2 cross slot
- Thread: Fully threaded, pitch 2.0 mm,
thread Ø 4.2 mm, body Ø 2.8 mm

Length L mm Finish / Colour Packing pieces Cat. No.

Orga Box
10.5 Nickel plated 100 or 1000 013.15.617
13.5 Nickel plated 100 or 1000 013.15.626
16 Nickel plated 100 or 1000 013.15.635

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Big-Pack
13.5 Nickel plated 5000 012.15.626

10 10

Stock Item Stock Item

10.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.12
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Chipboard Screws - Spax Chipboard Screws - Spax

Countersunk head PZ, fully threaded Countersunk head PZ, fully threaded with central hole

Steel galvanized, Steel galvanized, low-friction coating,

4CUT tip with patented wave profile and multi-head with central hole 2.5 mm,
Approval: Building regulations approved Z-9.1-235 4CUT tip with patented wave profile and multi-head

Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Head height k mm Drive Thread Ø d mm Head Ø dk mm Drive

2.5 5.0 1.6 PZ1 4.5 9.0 PZ2
3.0 6.0 1.8 PZ1 5.0 10.0 PZ2
3.5 7.0 2.1 PZ2
4.0 8.0 2.4 PZ2 Dimensions d x L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
4.5 9.0 2.7 PZ2 4.5 x 45 500 018.40.155
5.0 10.0 2.9 PZ2 4.5 x 55 500 018.40.157
6.0 12.0 3.4 PZ3 4.5 x 80 200 018.40.161
5.0 x 60 500 018.40.188
5.0 x 80 200 018.40.191
Dimensions d x L mm Packing pieces Cat. No. Dimensions d x L mm Packing pieces Cat. No.
2.5 x 10 1,000 018.00.000 4.0 x 17 1,000 018.00.115
2.5 x 12 1,000 018.00.001 4.0 x 20 1,000 018.00.116
2.5 x 16 1,000 018.00.004 4.0 x 22 1,000 018.00.117
2.5 x 20 1,000 018.00.006 4.0 x 25 1,000 018.00.119
2.5 x 25 1,000 018.00.009 4.0 x 27 1,000 018.00.120
3.0 x 10 1,000 018.00.050 4.0 x 30 1,000 018.00.121
3.0 x 12 1,000 018.00.051 4.0 x 35 1,000 018.00.123
3.0 x 13 1,000 018.00.052 4.0 x 40 1,000 018.00.124
3.0 x 15 1,000 018.00.053 4.0 x 45 500 018.00.125
3.0 x 16 1,000 018.00.054 4.0 x 50 500 018.00.126
3.0 x 17 1,000 018.00.055 4.0 x 55 500 018.00.127
3.0 x 20 1,000 018.00.056 4.5 x 15 1,000 018.00.143
3.0 x 25 1,000 018.00.059 4.5 x 20 1,000 018.00.146
3.0 x 30 1,000 018.00.061 4.5 x 25 1,000 018.00.149
3.0 x 35 1,000 018.00.063 4.5 x 30 1,000 018.00.151
3.0 x 40 1,000 018.00.064 4.5 x 35 500 018.00.153
3.0 x 45 1,000 018.00.065 4.5 x 40 500 018.00.154
3.5 x 10 1,000 018.00.080 4.5 x 45 500 018.00.155
3.5 x 12 1,000 018.00.081 4.5 x 50 500 018.00.156
3.5 x 13 1,000 018.00.082 4.5 x 55 500 018.00.157
3.5 x 15 1,000 018.00.083 5.0 x 20 1,000 018.00.176
3.5 x 16 1,000 018.00.084 5.0 x 25 1,000 018.00.179
3.5 x 17 1,000 018.00.085 5.0 x 30 500 018.00.181
3.5 x 20 1,000 018.00.086 5.0 x 35 500 018.00.183

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

3.5 x 22 1,000 018.00.087 5.0 x 40 500 018.00.184
3.5 x 25 1,000 018.00.089 5.0 x 45 500 018.00.185
3.5 x 30 1,000 018.00.091 5.0 x 50 500 018.00.186
10 3.5 x 35 1,000 018.00.093 5.0 x 55 500 018.00.187 10
3.5 x 40 1,000 018.00.094 6.0 x 30 500 018.00.211
3.5 x 45 1,000 018.00.095 6.0 x 35 500 018.00.213
3.5 x 50 500 018.00.096 6.0 x 40 500 018.00.214
4.0 x 12 1,000 018.00.111 6.0 x 45 500 018.00.215
4.0 x 13 1,000 018.00.112 6.0 x 50 200 018.00.216
4.0 x 15 1,000 018.00.113 6.0 x 55 200 018.00.217
4.0 x 16 1,000 018.00.114

Stock Item Stock Item

10.13 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.14
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Window Frame Screw Wood to metal dowels, threaded bars, nuts

Window Frame Screw with Countersunk Head Wood to metal dowel

Window and door frames made of wood, metal and Material : Steel galvanized
plastic, frame to frame coupling and window pockets,
steel galvanized, low-friction coating Dimensions d x L mm Drive Packing pieces Cat. No.
Type of head: Countersunk head Without drive
Drive: T-star drive TS30
M4 x 20 - 500 026.10.901
Thread: Fully threaded
M4 x 20 - 500 026.10.902
Technical data: M4 x 20 - 500 026.10.903
M4 x 20 - 500 026.10.904
In concrete 30 mm
With TS T-star drive
In sand-lime brick 40 mm
M6 x 50 TS15 100 026.12.923
In solid red brick 40 mm
M6 x 80 TS15 100 026.12.926
In pumice brick 50 mm
M8 x 60 TS25 100 026.12.942
In light concrete 60 mm
M8 x 80 TS25 100 026.12.944
In perforated brick (min. 2 chambers) 60 mm
M8 x 100 TS25 100 026.12.946

Length mm Cat. No.

72 051.46.901
92 051.46.902
112 051.46.903
132 051.46.904
152 051.46.905
Hexagonal nut in acc. with DIN 934
182 051.46.906
212 051.46.907
Material : Steel galvanized
Packing: 100 pcs
Thread Ø d Dim. A Key size SW mm
M4 3.2 7.0
M5 4.0 8..0
M6 5.0 10.0
M8 6.5 13.0
M10 8.0 17.0

Thread Ø d Packing pieces Cat. No.

M4 250 034.16.904
M5 250 034.16.905
M6 250 034.16.906
M8 250 034.16.908
M10 100 034.16.910

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

10 10

Stock Item Stock Item

10.15 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.16
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Cover Caps Sleeves and T-nuts

Plastic, for chipboard screws with countersunk head T-nut

Note:
Specified RAL colours are not binding and merely for your guidance. - Material: Steel
- Finish: Bright or galvanized
For screw head with cross slot
Internal length L External Sleeve Rim Thickness
thread mm thread Ø mm Ø mm k mm

Colour Cat. No. M6 7.8 19.0 7.4 1.1

Sleeve Ø
for PZ2 cross slot External Ø M8 9.8 22.0 9.2 1.2
Pure white, RAL 9010 045.03.726 M10 11.0 25.0 11.3 1.3
Pine coloured, similar to RAL 1034 045.03.020
Fawn coloured, RAL 8007 045.03.128
Internal Thread Finish Packing pieces Cat. No.
Black, RAL 9005 045.03.320
M6 Bright 100 or 1000 031.00.267
Packing: 1000 pcs.
Galvanized 100 or 1000 031.00.463
M8 Bright 100 or 500 031.00.285
Galvanized 100 or 500 031.00.481
M10 Bright 100 or 500 031.00.301
Packing: 100, 500 or 1,000 pcs.

Cover caps for central hole Ø 2.5 mm

Spreading sleeves, brass

Colour Cat. No. With M4 internal thread
Pure white, RAL 9010 045.04.705
- Finish: Bright
Light grey, RAL 7035 045.04.509
For drill holes Ø mm Length mm Cat. No.
Black, RAL 9005 045.04.303
Beige, RAL 1015 045.04.401 5 8 051.45.004
Packing: 100,1000 or 3000 pcs
Fawn brown, RAL 8007 045.04.107
Packing: 500 or 5,000 pcs.

Screw-in sleeve
With rim
- Material: Steel
- Drive: Hexagon socket
Internal External thread Body Ø Head Ø Hexagon
thread Ø mm mm mm socket
M4/M6 10 7.5 12 Sw6

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

M8 12.5 9.5 14 SW8

10 Internal thread Length L mm Packing pieces Cat. No. 10

Yellow chromatized
M6 15 100 or 3000 030.10.564
17 100 or 2500 030.10.565
M8 15 100 or 2000 030.10.584
17 100 or 2000 030.10.585

Stock Item Stock Item

10.17 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.18
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Sleeves and T-nuts Universal wall plugs

Screw-in sleeve with screwdriver slot fischer S Wall plug

- Material: Steel Suitable for concrete, masonry wall material, perforated

- Finish: Bright bricks, aircrete (gas concrete), lightweight material
- Drive: Screwdriver slot resistant to weathering, ageing, corrosion and rotting,
with vibration-absorbing and sound proofing effect,
Internal length L External Body Packing largely resistant against most chemical influences,
Body Cat. No.
thread mm thread Ø mm Ø mm Pieces good electrical insulating properties
External thread
M6 11 12.0 9.0 100 or 1000 030.00.306 Material: Polyamide
Temperature resistance: -40 to +80 °C
12 10.0 7.0 100 or 1000 030.00.351
Note:
13 12.0 9.0 100 or 1000 030.00.315
Max. load bearing capacity is achieved by using
15 12.0 9.0 100 or 1000 030.00.324 the maximum screw Ø and screws, that protrude
the wall plug tip by the screw diameter,
M8 15 14.0 11.5 100 or 1000 030.00.404
vacuum or blow-out drill hole
18 16.0 12.0 100 or 5000 030.00.422
Mounting:
> For pre-mounting with wood and chipboard screws
> High tensile and compression strength
> Frictional connection in solid building material
> Positive-fit connection in soft and rough building
Strip of sleeves material
> Locking lugs prevent turning in the drilled hole
> The expansion stress-free plug neck prevents
surface damage to tiles and plaster
- Version: Strip of 20 pieces integrally injection moulded

For drill hole Ø mm Length mm Colour Cat. No. Technical data:

5 11.0 Natural colour 042.98.051 Type Drill bit Ø Drill hole Wall plug For screw Ø mm
Packing: 100 or 5000 pcs D mm depth T mm length L mm
S5 5 >35 25 3-4
S6 6 >40 30 4-5
S8 8 >55 40 4.5-6
S10 10 >70 50 6-8
S12 12 >80 60 8-10

Model Packing Pieces Cat. No.

S5 200 051.40.009
S6 200 051.40.018
S8 200 051.40.027
S10 100 051.40.036
S12 25 051.40.045

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

10 10

Stock Item Stock Item

10.19 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.20
 Tools, Screws and Consumable Tools, Screws and Consumable
Wax Stick VuPlex®

Häfele soft wax sticks VUPLEX® PLASTIC CLEANER

Maintain high gloss excellence.

- For repair work

- 10x 80 mm length sticks in a box > Specifically designed to clean, protect and maintain plastic surfaces that
- Order qty: 1 pc are used in many modern high gloss finishes
> VuPlex® was designed for use within the demanding Aviation industry for
the maintenance of expensive aircraft windows and delivers a fast, safe
and effective solution to plastic maintenance
> Most normal cleaning products can damage plastic, reducing it’s lifespan
considerably but not VuPlex®....

VuPlex® works well on.....

Composite materials Polished

and sanitary acrylics metals

Stonework, granite Painted

and marble surfaces
Shades Cat. No.
White RAL 9010 only 007.30.134
Glass and mirrors
White 007.30.130
Cherry, Pear, Mahogany 007.30.131
Maple, Alder, Larch 007.30.132
Oak wood 007.30.133

It cleans using High gloss surfaces When new, some high Together with VuPlex® has the Water and other
ingredients that won’t are particularly prone gloss materials (acrylic increased surface ability to fill fine micro contaminates are
damage delicate high to attracting dust co-polymers) are very hardness, VuPlex® scratches in acrylic repelled from the
gloss surfaces. which can cause soft when masking also produces vastly materials giving a surface, which is
VuPlex® cleans a scratches. VuPlex® material is removed. improved scratch greater lustre on particularly important
broad range of can help to solve this VuPlex® accelerates resistance by older acrylic for stone and
common household problem by controlling the hardening process depositing a materials. composite materials.
stains. and reducing the protecting the surface protective polymer

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

amount of static on from the outset. film on the surface.
high gloss surfaces.

10 Directions for use: 10

Shake can well and spray Wipe down with soft microfibre Reapply when cleaning is necessary
on lightly cloth

Stock Item

10.21 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

10.22
 Tools, Screws and Consumable
VuPlex®

®
VuPLex Plastic cleaner and cloth retail pack set

- Particularly suitable for high gloss doors, surfaces and glass

- Plastic cleaner and anti-static polish
- Recommended maximum usage of once per week on surfaces which
may be used for the preparation of food
- Set includes:
15x Vuplex cleaner 200g bottle and microfibre cloth 390 x 370 mm
retail packs
- Order qty: 1 set

Size Cat. No.

200 g 007.32.139
Packing: 1 set

DO NOT use paper towels. Only microfibre

cloths or lint free cotton cloths should be
used with VuPlex®

10

Indexes
Index by product type
Index by catalogue number
Imprint
Stock Item
for the “Furniture Fitting” catalogue, 2019 - 2020 edition

10.23 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

 Index by Product Type Index by Product Type

A Hospa PZ Pan head

PZ countersunk head
PZ countersunk head
10.8
10.6
10.9
Flap Stay
DORANA-STOP Flap stay with braking mechanism
Flap stay with pull cable
3.91 - 3.95
3.94
3.91
Häfele Piccolo-Nova Espagnolette lock
Master Key
Mortise Lock
4.18
4.21
4.19
Adjusting Screws 8.16 - 8.17
Anti-Tip Kit 2.35 Raised head 10.9 Häfele PCS 300 Flap stay with pull cable 3.92 Rim lock 4.20
Chipboard Screws - Spax 10.13 - 10.14 Flush 7.5 - 7.9 Furniture terminals and antennas 9.13 - 9.15

B Countersunk head PZ
Classic Style
10.13 - 10.14
1.7 - 1.12
Set Aluminium Frame Doors
Slido Flat 60 Fb 2-leaf or 3-leaf
7.8
7.6
FT 120 Furniture terminal
Häfele Dialock FAN 100 Antenna
9.13
9.14
Ball Bearing Runners 6.9 - 6.12 Concealed Hinges 3.6 - 3.38 Flush Handles 1.15 - 1.17 Optical 9.15
Full extension 6.10 Accessories for METALLA Mini A Concealed hinge 3.35 Flush Hinges 3.54 - 3.55 PS 2 Power supply unit 9.14
Full extension ball bearing slide 6.11 Accessories for METALLA SM 110 Black version cup 35 m 3.28 Flush hinge for inset doors 3.55 Signal generator 9.15
Single extension 6.12 Accessories for Metallamat A/SM 3.22 Foldaway bed fittings 5.5 - 5.9
Bed Fitting
Bed fitting with cranked hook-in part
2.34
2.34
Cover cap with hafele logo
Hinge for folding doors for corner units
3.8
3.38
Angular foot
Bettlift Built-in foldaway bed
5.7
5.5
G
Bed fitting for beds with central tie bar, disengageable 2.34 3.13 Bettlift Foldaway bed fitting 5.6 Gas-Filled Strut 3.90
METALLA A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on system
METALLA A/SM Cover cap 3.13 For side mounting 5.7 Glass Door Hinges 3.43 - 3.48
Biscuits and Wood Dowels 2.27
Metalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø35 mm 3.9 Foldaway bed fittings 5.13 - 5.15 Centre hinge only in combination 3.47
Wood biscuits, thickness 4 mm 2.27
Metalla A/SM, opening angle 110°, Cup Ø40 mm 3.11 Häfele Duoletto Built-in foldaway bed 5.13 Counterpiece for glass doors 3.45
Wood dowels 2.27
Metalla A/SM, with soft closing mechanism 3.6 Häfele Tavoletto Bed/desk combi fitting 5.15 GLARIOR Glass door hinge, opening angle 95° 3.43
Box 6.18 - 6.21
METALLA ECONO, opening angle 105° 3.24 Häfele Teleletto Foldaway sofa bed fitting 5.14 Glass door hinge 3.46
ALTO-S H80 6.19
METALLA Mini A, incl. mounting plate, opening angle 95° 3.31 Folding Brackets 2.50 SIMPLEX-CLIP Glass door hinge, opening angle 110° 3.44
ALTO-S H170 6.20
Folding table hinge 3.49 Glide 8.15
Internal drawer 6.21 METALLA Mini A, opening angle 95° 3.33
METALLA SM 110 blackversion cup 35 mm 3.27 Soss Hinge for wood thicknesses 13–51 mm 3.50

C METALLA SM, opening angle 105°

Metalla SM, with soft closing mechanism
3.23
3.25
Corner connectors for use with aluminium frame
Special hinge for wood thickness from 18 mm up to 32 mm 3.52
3.53 H
Hafele Keku 2.29 - 2.32
C100 Spreading Bolt 2.15 Metallamat A Cruciform mounting plate, slide on system 3.21 ZYSA Hinge for wood thickness of 14–40 mm 3.51
Angled component AD 15 2.30
For Ø 8 mm drill hole 2.15 Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 110° 3.16 Free Flap 3.61 - 3.63
Frame component AS 2.32
S100 Connecting Bolt 2.15 Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 175° 3.20 Adapter for all-glass front panels 3.63
Frame component ASR 2.32
MINIFIX GV Mitro-joint connector 2.15 Metallamat A/SM, opening angle 92° 3.18 Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame 3.62
Frame component EH 2.31
Cabinet hangers for wall unit 3.99 Concealed Shelf Support 2.46 - 2.48 Free flap 1.7 for small 3.61
Frame component EHS 2.31
Load bearing capacity 130 kg/pair 3.99 Concealed shelf support for installation into wood 2.46 Free flap 3.15 for large 3.62
Panel component AS 2.32
Wall plate For cabinet hanger 3.99 Concealed shelf support for installation into wood 2.47 Opening angle restraint 3.61
Panel component, with lip 2.29
Cabinet Locks 4.27 - 4.30 Concealed shelf support, screw fixing 2.48 Free Flap H1.5 3.64 - 3.69
Häfele Patent 1.18 - 1.19
Anti-Tip System 4.28 Connecting Screws 2.26 Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame 3.69
Model H1310 1.19
Anti-Tip Snapper 4.28 CONFIRMAT One-piece connector 2.26 Glass gluing adapter for glass fronts 3.69
Model H1365 1.18
Drawer Clips - Standard 4.28 Connecting screws and nuts with M6 thread 2.26 Häfele Free flap H 1.5 Complete sets 3.68
Häfele Varianta Special screws 10.11 - 10.12
Drawer Clips – Narrow 4.29 Sleeve nut 2.26 Individual set for one-sided application 3.68
Countersunk head 10.12
Linkage Arm 4.29 Trim cap for one-piece connector 2.26 Sw10 hex key 3.69
Cylindrical head 10.11
Modular Removable Core Locking System – Timberline 4.30 Contemporary Style 1.3 - 1.4 Twin set for two-sided application 3.69
Hinges for Concealed Mounting 3.50 - 3.53
Cable outlets 5.17 Cover Caps 10.17 Free Fold 3.70 - 3.73
Corner connectors for use with aluminium frame 3.53
Catches and Furniture Bolts 4.31 - 4.44 Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame 3.72
Soss Hinge for wood thicknesses 13–51 mm 3.50
Automatic Door Catch
Ball catch For press fitting
4.32
4.41 D Connecting hinge
Duomatic Concealed hinge 110°
3.72
3.72
Special hinge for wood thickness from 18 mm up to 32 mm 3.52
ZYSA Hinge for wood thickness of 14–40 mm 3.51
Counterpiece 4.44 DFT Accessories 9.10 - 9.11 Duomatic SM Cruciform mounting plate 3.72
Elbow catch 4.41 ACC Y-adapter 9.11 Häfele Free fold Double flap lift-up fitting 3.70
For installation under the veneer, pull 3.0 kg
For metal cabinets, pull 7.0 or 10.0 kg
4.36
4.36
Block Battery 9 V
Locking component for glue fixing
9.11
9.10
Opening angle restraint
Free Up
3.72
3.74 - 3.75
I
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

Infront 7.33 - 7.38

For recess mounting, pull 4.0 kg 4.35 Test device 9.10 Free swing Swing-up front fitting 3.74 Classic 40 IF AA 7.33 - 7.35
Furniture bolt 4.42 - 4.43 V2 Connection cable 9.10 Free Up and Free Swing Accessories 3.76 EKU Clipo 16 IF 7.36 - 7.38
Heat resistant up to 300 °C, pull 4.0 kg 4.35 Distributors 9.20 Adapter for flaps with 20 mm aluminium frame 3.76 Infront or Vorfront 7.10 - 7.29
Magnetic catch, screw fixing, 4 kg 4.34 MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter, for all EFL furniture locks 9.20 Cross bar 3.76 Classic 30 IF AA 7.30 - 7.32
Magnetic pressure catch for double glass doors 4.34 Duo/Forte 3.85 - 3.89 Glass gluing adapter for all-glass front panels 3.76 Häfele Finetta Spinfront 30/50 1D 7.18 - 7.20
Magnetic pressure catch for glass doors 4.33 Duo Forte complete set 3.88 Furniture Castors 8.5 - 8.9 Häfele Finetta Spinfront 60 2D 7.21 - 7.23
Magnetic pressure catch, 1.4 kg Pull 4.32 Duo Standard complete set 3.86 Double furniture castors with plate 8.6 Hawa Concepta 25/30/40/50 7.10 - 7.14
MINI-LATCH Spring catch 4.38 Fixed castors 8.5 Hawa Folding Concepta 25 7.15 - 7.17
Quick spring catch
Spring catch
4.38
4.39
F For press fitting
Special applications
8.8
8.8
Slido Eclipse 16 IF/VF
IXConnect RPC
7.26 - 7.29
2.28
Twin ball catch for screw fix 4.40 Fittings for TV and Hifi Cabinets 5.18 - 5.19
Swivel castor 8.6 - 8.7 Häfele Ixconnect RPC G 13/20 2.28
whatlock® 4.31 Electric lift system 5.18
Furniture Locks 4.18 - 4.21 Häfele Ixconnect RPC S 15/25 2.28
Chipboard screws - Hospa 6.23 Electronic TV lift up to 42” 5.18
Central locking rotary cylinder for side fixing 4.20 - 4.21 IXConnect SC 2.22 - 2.23
Fully threaded, nickel plated 6.23 Electronic TV lift up to 55” 5.19
Deadbolt rim lock 4.19 Hafele IXConnect SC 8/25 Spreading connector 2.22
Flap Hinges 3.39 - 3.40
Hafele Varianta Special Screws 6.23 Econo Deadbolt Rim Lock 4.18 Häfele IXConnect SC 8/60 Spreading connector 2.23
Fully threaded, burnished 10.7 Flap hinge, opening angle 270° 3.40
Effective shank length 38 mm 4.19
Fully threaded, nickel plated 10.7 PLANO-MEDIAL Flap hinge, opening angle 90° 3.40

A.1 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

A.2
 Index by Product Type Index by Product Type

L P Sleeves and T-nuts

Screw-in sleeve
Screw-in sleeve with screwdriver slot
10.18 - 10.19
10.18
10.19
U
Lid Stays 9.10 - 9.11 Pivot Hinges 3.41 - 3.42 Undermount Runners 6.13 - 6.17
Chest lid hinge with soft close 3.97 Corner pivot hinge, straight 3.41 Spreading sleeves, brass 10.18 Full extension 6.14, 6.17
Corner bench hinge 3.98 Pivot hinge 3.42 Strip of sleeves 10.19 Single and Full Extension 6.13
For wooden lids 3.97 - 3.98 Pivot hinge with identical flanges 3.41 T-nut 10.18 Single Extension 6.16
For Wooden Lids or Lids with Aluminium Frame 3.96 Plinth Adjusting fitting system 8.9 - 8.14 Soft Closing Mechanism 7.51 - 7.56 Single Extension PIN version 6.15
Häfele Maxi up 3.96 Häfele AXILO™ 8.11 - 8.12 Cover for Smuso SD 15/SD 25 soft closing mechanism 7.53 Universal wall plugs 10.20
With spring 3.98 Profile Handles 1.13 - 1.14 Follow bracket for Classic 30 IF AA 7.54 Fischer S Wall plug 10.20
Lid Stays 5.9 - 5.11 End cap, Plastic 1.13 - 1.14 Follow bracket for Classic 40 IF AA 7.54 User keys 9.23 - 9.25
Corner bench hinge 5.11 Fixing Bracket 90° 1.14 Follower bracket for Classic 50 VF AB 7.55 KB Key wristband 9.25
Fixed castor for underbed boxes 5.11 Programming 9.22 Follower bracket for Classic 50 VF AB 7.56 KC Integra Key card 9.23
Lift System 5.22 - 5.24 Open Time 74 Configuration key card 9.22 Smuso CD Soft closing mechanism 7.53 KC Key card 9.23
Control unit 5.23 PK Clearing key card 9.22 Smuso SD 15/SD 25 Soft closing mechanism 7.53 KT Key fob 9.24
Electric Lift 5.22 PK Programming key card 9.22 Spacer 7.53 KT Key tag 9.24
Extension cable 5.24 Reset key card (7C) 9.22 Storage 5.4
Operating device
Shut-off strip
5.24
5.24
Pull out cabinet runners
Pull out table fittings, for table with frame
6.22
8.20 - 8.23
Laundry Storage Solutions
Straightening fitting
5.4
7.57 - 7.58 V
Worktop lifting end column 5.22 Ball bearing runners 8.20 - 8.21 Cover cap 7.58 Vertical Recessed Folding Bed And Bed Transformable 5.16
Locks and Catches Accessories 4.25 - 4.26 Folding fitting 8.23 Planofit Door fitting 7.57 Vorfront 7.39 - 7.49
Angled striking plate 4.26 Push Cathces 3.56 Retaining plate 7.58 Classic 50 VF AB 7.42 - 7.44
Catch hook 4.26 SYMO Espagnolette Locks 4.6 Classic 50 VF BB 7.45 - 7.46
Locking Bolt
Profile Rod
4.25
4.25
R SYMO Locking System
Accesories for cam locks
4.7 - 4.17
4.9
Classic 80 VF AA
EKU Regal B 25 H VF
7.47 - 7.49
7.39 - 7.41
Rod guide 4.25 Rafix 2.17 - 2.19 Accessories for central locking system 4.13 VuPlex 10.22 - 10.23
Stop strip for screw fixing 4.26 Rafix 20 without dowel, plastic, with tightening element 2.17 4.17 VuPLex Plastic cleaner and cloth retail pack set 10.23
Accessories for Universal plate cylinder cores
Striking plate 4.26 Rafix 20 without dowel, zinc alloy, with tightening element 2.17 4.9
Cam lock nut attachment

M
Rafix INDUSTRY M20 Connecting bolts
Rafix STANDARD S20 Connecting bolts
2.19
2.19
Central locking bar
Central locking cylinder with bar
4.14
4.15
W
Rafix Tab 20 connector 2.18 4.12 Wall Mounted TV Support Bracket 5.20 - 5.21
Central locking rotary lock
M4 Screws 1.20 Roller Runners 6.7 - 6.8 4.10 Load bearing capacity 8 kg 5.21
Counterpiece for glass door cam lock
Maxi 3.77 - 3.84 Single extension 6.7 - 6.8 Wall mounted TV support bracket, tilting 5.20
Dead bolt rim lock 4.7
Maxi complete set 3.84 Rondorfix 2.24 Wall unit, concealed 3.100
Glass door cam lock 4.10
Soft closing mechanism 3.84 Cover cap 2.24 Cabinet hanger for press fitting or screw fixing 3.100
Locking sleeve for push-button cylinder 4.11
Maxifix 2.20 Rondorfix Connecting bolt 2.24 Wall plate For cabinet hanger 3.101
Master key for plate cylinder removable core HS 1-HS 3 4.17
MAXIFIX 35 Connector housing 2.20 Rondorfix Eccentric housing without flanged rim 2.24 Wax Stick 10.21
Plate-cylinder removable core 4.16
MAXIFIX S35 Connecting bolt 2.21 RV 2.25 Häfele soft wax sticks 10.21
Push-button cylinder 4.11
Screw-in dowel 2.21 RV/O Top element 2.25 Wheel 8.4
Roller shutter rim lock 4.8
Trim cap for MAXIFIX 35 2.20 RV/U-T3 Internal element 2.25 Window Frame Screw 10.15
Striking plate for roller shutter rim lock 4.8
MINIFIX 2.9 - 2.13 Wood to metal dowels 10.16
Connector housing without or with rim
Connector housing without rim, for wood
2.11
2.13
S T Hexagonal nut in acc. with DIN 934
Wood to metal dowel
10.16
10.16
Cover cap Ø17 mm for connector housing MINIFIX 12 2.11 S200 Connecting Bolt 2.14
Table Fittings 8.24 - 8.25
Cover caps, for Minifix 15 without rim 2.12 For Ø 5 mm drill hole 2.14
Folding Bracket for tables and benches 8.25
Cover caps, for MINIFIX 15 without rim 2.13 M6 spreading and glue-in sleeves 2.14
Folding table hinge 8.24
MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 12 mm 2.12 With M6 thread 2.14
Table legs 8.18 - 8.19

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

MINIFIX 15 without rim, wood thickness from 15 mm 2.13 Shelf Retainers 2.49
Accessories 8.19
Mixfront or Vorfront 7.50 - 7.52 Shelf retainers For wooden shelves, for plug fitting 2.49
Cylindrical 8.18
Silent Fold 40 7.50 - 7.52 Shelf Support 2.39 - 2.45
Table legs - Square 8.19
Model H1310 1.19 For plug fitting into Ø 5 mm drill hole 2.42
Table Top Swivel Fitting 8.26
Model H1365 1.18 For screw fixing into Ø 5 mm drill hole 2.40
Threaded Screws 10.10
Modern Style 1.5 - 1.6 Glass shelf supports made of zinc alloy 2.41
Countersunk head PH DIN 965 10.10
Modular Connection 2.33 Plug in supports for wooden shelves 2.43
Hospa M4 Flat head combination 10.10
Connecting screw and sleeve, with M6 thread, 2-piece 2.33 Shelf brackets 2.45
Traditional Furniture 4.22 - 4.24
For rapid release fastenings 2.33 Shelf support, plug-in, for Ø 3 mm holes 2.39
Rim lock 4.22
MODULAR Connecting screws 2.33 Shelf supports for glass shelves 2.41
Turntables 8.27 - 8.28
Multi-lock adapters 9.16 - 9.19 Shelf supports for wooden or glass shelves, for screw fixing 2.42
Revolving fitting 8.27
Häfele Dialock MLA 6P Multi-lock adapter 9.16 Shelf supports for wooden shelves, for plug fitting 2.42
Rotates through 360° 8.28
Häfele Dialock MLA 8 Multi-lock adapter 9.18 Shell supports for wooden shelves 2.40
Turntable 360° 8.28
V2 Connection cable 9.17, 9.19 Supports With Sleeves For Wooden Shelves 2.44
Slatted frame 5.8
Slatted Frame Fittings 5.12

A.3 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

A.4
 Index by Catalogue Number Index by Catalogue Number

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
015.31.728 10.6 015.71.642 10.8 018.00.089 10.13 020.07.073 10.10 117.64.625 1.3 210.41.612 4.16
007 015.31.808 10.6 015.71.651 10.8 018.00.091 10.13 020.07.075 10.10 030 051 117.64.635 1.3 135 210.41.613 4.16
007.30.130 10.21 015.31.824 10.6 015.71.679 10.8 018.00.093 10.13 020.07.077 10.10 030.00.306 10.19 051.40.009 10.20 135.48.001 1.7 210.41.621 4.16
007.30.131 10.21 015.31.826 10.6 015.71.688 10.8 018.00.094 10.13 020.07.079 10.10 030.00.315 10.19 051.40.018 10.20 121 135.81.950 1.9 210.41.622 4.16
007.30.132 10.21 015.31.835 10.6 015.71.697 10.8 018.00.095 10.13 020.07.094 10.10 030.00.324 10.19 051.40.027 10.20 121.19.103 1.10 135.95.001 1.7 210.41.623 4.16
007.30.133 10.21 015.31.844 10.6 015.71.811 10.8 018.00.096 10.13 020.07.097 10.10 030.00.351 10.19 051.40.036 10.20 121.21.140 1.9 135.95.003 1.7 210.41.631 4.16
007.30.134 10.21 015.31.853 10.6 015.71.820 10.8 018.00.111 10.13 020.07.098 10.10 030.00.404 10.19 051.40.045 10.20 121.26.161 1.11 210.41.632 4.16
007.32.139 10.23 015.31.862 10.6 015.71.839 10.8 018.00.112 10.13 020.07.099 10.10 030.00.422 10.19 051.45.004 10.18 121.26.171 1.11 151 210.41.633 4.16
015.31.871 10.6 015.71.848 10.8 018.00.113 10.13 020.07.101 10.10 030.10.564 2.21 051.46.901 10.15 121.88.868 1.11 151.35.262 1.15 210.90.308 4.17
012 015.31.880 10.6 015.71.857 10.8 018.00.114 10.13 020.07.103 10.10 030.10.564 10.18 051.46.902 10.15 151.35.665 1.15 210.90.504 4.17
012.14.820 10.12 015.31.899 10.6 015.71.866 10.8 018.00.115 10.13 020.07.126 10.10 030.10.565 2.21 051.46.903 10.15 122 151.38.051 1.16
012.15.626 3.36 015.31.906 10.6 015.71.875 10.8 018.00.116 10.13 020.07.127 10.10 030.10.565 10.18 051.46.904 10.15 122.28.100 1.10 151.38.052 1.16 211
012.15.626 10.11 015.31.915 10.6 015.71.884 10.8 018.00.117 10.13 020.07.128 10.10 030.10.584 2.21 051.46.905 10.15 122.31.100 1.8 151.38.053 1.16 211.01.735 4.19
015.31.924 10.6 015.71.900 10.8 018.00.119 10.13 020.07.129 10.10 030.10.584 10.18 051.46.906 10.15 151.41.503 1.17 211.04.500 4.23
013 015.31.933 10.6 015.71.919 10.8 018.00.120 10.13 020.07.130 10.10 030.10.585 2.21 051.46.907 10.15 123 151.52.052 1.16
013.14.810 6.23 015.31.942 10.6 015.71.928 10.8 018.00.121 10.13 020.07.131 10.10 030.10.585 10.18 123.32.510 1.12 213
013.14.810 10.12 015.31.951 10.6 015.71.937 10.8 018.00.123 10.13 020.07.157 10.10 103 123.34.800 1.12 155 213.21.200 4.19
013.14.820 6.23 015.31.960 10.6 015.71.946 10.8 018.00.124 10.13 031 103.33.402 1.4 123.77.900 1.12 155.00.471 1.4 213.21.219 4.19
013.14.820 10.12 015.31.979 10.6 015.71.955 10.8 018.00.125 10.13 022 031.00.267 10.18 103.84.404 1.4 155.00.570 1.7 213.21.237 4.19
013.14.830 6.23 015.31.988 10.6 015.71.991 10.8 018.00.126 10.13 022.35.081 10.10 031.00.285 10.18 124 155.00.820 1.3 213.21.255 4.19
013.14.830 10.12 015.32.010 10.6 015.72.050 10.8 018.00.127 10.13 022.35.090 10.10 031.00.301 8.16 106 124.02.210 1.6 155.00.821 1.3 213.21.308 4.19
013.15.617 3.36 015.35.253 10.7 015.72.078 10.8 018.00.143 10.13 022.35.109 10.10 031.00.301 10.18 106.42.601 1.17 124.02.220 1.6 155.00.822 1.3 213.21.317 4.19
013.15.617 10.11 015.35.333 10.7 015.72.080 10.8 018.00.146 10.13 022.35.127 10.10 031.00.463 10.18 106.69.217 1.18 124.02.630 1.6 155.00.823 1.3 213.21.335 4.19
013.15.626 3.36 015.35.637 6.23 015.72.096 10.8 018.00.149 10.13 022.35.154 10.10 031.00.481 10.18 106.69.227 1.18 124.02.631 1.6 155.00.825 1.3 213.21.353 4.19
013.15.626 10.11 015.35.637 10.7 015.72.098 10.8 018.00.151 10.13 022.35.181 10.10 106.69.617 1.18 124.02.634 1.6 155.00.826 1.3
013.15.635 3.36 015.35.646 6.23 015.72.112 10.8 018.00.153 10.13 022.35.207 10.10 034 106.69.627 1.18 155.01.400 1.6 219
013.15.635 10.11 015.35.646 10.7 015.72.114 10.8 018.00.154 10.13 022.35.225 10.10 034.16.904 10.16 125 155.01.401 1.6 219.19.677 4.17
013.30.900 10.11 015.35.655 6.23 015.72.130 10.8 018.00.155 10.13 022.35.234 10.10 034.16.905 10.16 110 125.03.902 1.9 155.01.402 1.6 219.19.876 4.23
013.30.901 10.11 015.35.655 10.7 018.00.156 10.13 022.35.243 10.10 034.16.906 10.16 110.34.206 1.19 125.71.102 1.10 155.01.403 1.6
013.30.910 10.11 015.35.824 3.23 017 018.00.157 10.13 022.35.252 10.10 034.16.908 10.16 110.34.207 1.19 155.01.405 1.6 224
013.31.910 10.11 015.35.824 3.36 017.35.637 10.7 018.00.176 10.13 022.35.261 10.10 034.16.910 10.16 110.34.306 1.19 126 155.01.407 1.6 224.64.601 4.6
015.35.824 10.7 017.71.526 10.8 018.00.179 10.13 022.35.270 10.10 110.34.307 1.19 126.14.901 1.13 155.01.408 1.6 224.64.651 4.6
015 015.35.833 3.36 017.71.624 10.8 018.00.181 10.13 022.35.289 10.10 110.34.606 1.19 126.19.900 1.13 155.01.409 1.6 224.64.701 4.6
015.01.935 10.9 015.35.833 10.7 017.71.633 10.8 018.00.183 10.13 022.35.305 10.10 039 110.34.607 1.19 126.36.001 1.13 155.01.410 1.6
015.01.944 10.9 015.35.842 3.36 018.00.184 10.13 022.35.323 10.10 039.33.060 2.14 110.34.706 1.19 126.36.300 1.13 155.01.411 1.6 225
015.01.953 10.9 015.35.842 10.7 018 018.00.185 10.13 022.35.350 10.10 039.33.266 2.14 110.34.707 1.19 126.37.001 1.14 155.01.412 1.6 225.56.609 4.18
015.01.962 10.9 015.39.537 10.7 018.00.000 10.13 018.00.186 10.13 022.35.387 10.10 039.33.462 2.14 126.37.096 1.13 155.01.461 1.5 225.56.654 4.18
015.01.971 10.9 015.39.546 10.7 018.00.001 10.13 018.00.187 10.13 022.35.403 10.10 115 126.37.097 1.14 155.01.462 1.5
015.01.980 10.9 015.39.555 10.7 018.00.004 10.13 018.00.211 10.13 022.35.420 10.10 115.70.150 1.8 126.37.098 1.14 155.01.463 1.5 226
015.01.982 10.9 015.39.573 10.7 018.00.006 10.13 018.00.213 10.13 022.35.458 10.10 042 115.93.002 1.5 126.37.300 1.14 155.01.464 1.5 226.00.200 4.25
015.31.255 10.6 015.39.635 10.7 018.00.009 10.13 018.00.214 10.13 022.35.501 10.10 042.98.051 2.19 115.93.003 1.5 126.37.936 1.13 155.01.465 1.5 226.07.209 4.25
015.31.326 10.6 015.39.644 10.7 018.00.050 10.13 018.00.215 10.13 022.35.550 10.10 042.98.051 10.19 115.93.004 1.5 126.37.937 1.14 226.07.254 4.25
015.31.335 10.6 015.39.653 10.7 018.00.051 10.13 018.00.216 10.13 022.35.609 10.10 115.93.005 1.5 126.37.938 1.14 161 226.07.990 4.25
015.31.344 10.6 015.39.671 10.7 018.00.052 10.13 018.00.217 10.13 022.35.887 1.20 115.93.006 1.5 126.37.990 1.14 161.02.400 1.16 226.30.761 4.26
045
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.
We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

015.31.522 10.6 015.39.680 10.7 018.00.053 10.13 018.40.155 10.14 115.93.008 1.5 226.30.781 4.26
015.31.531 10.6 015.39.831 10.7 018.00.054 10.13 018.40.157 10.14 045.03.020 10.17 115.93.010 1.5 130 200 226.57.708 4.25
015.31.540 10.6 015.39.840 10.7 018.00.055 10.13 018.40.161 10.14 045.03.128 10.17 115.93.011 1.5 130.51.764 1.9 200.68.188 4.19 226.67.205 4.25
015.31.559 10.6 015.39.859 10.7 018.00.056 10.13 018.40.188 10.14 024 045.03.320 10.17 115.93.013 1.5 130.51.791 1.9 226.67.223 4.25
015.31.577 10.6 015.39.868 10.7 018.00.059 10.13 018.40.191 10.14 024.02.708 2.26 045.03.726 10.17 115.93.014 1.5 130.81.910 1.17 204 226.67.250 4.25
015.31.586 10.6 015.39.877 10.7 018.00.061 10.13 045.04.009 2.26 115.93.019 1.5 204.20.500 4.23 226.67.303 4.25
015.31.595 10.6 015.39.886 10.7 018.00.063 10.13 020 045.04.107 2.26 115.93.014 1.5 131 226.67.990 4.25
015.31.602 10.6 015.55.639 10.9 018.00.064 10.13 020.07.063 10.10 026 045.04.107 10.17 115.93.019 1.5 131.11.000 1.7 209
015.31.620 10.6 015.55.657 10.9 018.00.065 10.13 020.07.064 10.10 026.10.901 10.16 045.04.303 2.26 209.99.900 4.21 232
015.31.639 10.6 015.55.695 10.9 018.00.080 10.13 020.07.065 10.10 026.10.902 10.16 045.04.303 10.17 116 134 232.01.200 4.18
015.31.648 10.6 015.71.526 10.8 018.00.081 10.13 020.07.066 10.10 026.10.903 10.16 045.04.401 2.26 116.22.629 1.4 134.15.080 1.8 210 232.01.210 4.18
015.31.657 10.6 015.71.535 10.8 018.00.082 10.13 020.07.067 10.10 026.10.904 10.16 045.04.401 10.17 116.22.638 1.4 134.33.120 1.8 210.11.001 4.17 232.01.220 4.18
015.31.675 10.6 015.71.544 10.8 018.00.083 10.13 020.07.068 10.10 026.12.923 10.16 045.04.509 2.26 116.22.647 1.4 134.45.200 1.7 210.11.002 4.17 232.04.908 4.22
015.31.684 10.6 015.71.553 10.8 018.00.084 10.13 020.07.069 10.10 026.12.926 10.16 045.04.509 10.17 134.80.610 1.7 210.11.003 4.17 232.04.917 4.22
015.31.693 10.6 015.71.571 10.8 018.00.085 10.13 020.07.070 10.10 026.12.942 10.16 045.04.527 2.26 117 134.80.629 1.7 210.11.080 4.17 232.04.926 4.22
015.31.700 10.6 015.71.624 10.8 018.00.086 10.13 020.07.071 10.10 026.12.944 10.16 045.04.705 2.26 117.14.300 1.11 210.11.090 4.17 232.04.953 4.22
015.31.719 10.6 015.71.633 10.8 018.00.087 10.13 020.07.072 10.10 026.12.946 10.16 045.04.705 10.17 117.64.615 1.3 210.41.611 4.16 232.04.962 4.22

A.5 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

A.6
 Index by Catalogue Number Index by Catalogue Number

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
232.04.971 4.22 237.43.320 4.28 241.80.541 4.41 246.75.612 4.35 262.26.536 2.13 271.97.396 5.15 282.50.704 2.42 311.43.220 3.35 311.90.500 3.9
232.26.601 4.7 237.43.322 4.29 246.75.613 4.35 262.26.570 2.12 264 271.98.100 5.9 282.66.100 2.44 311.43.230 3.35 311.90.501 3.10
232.26.602 4.7 237.43.330 4.29 244 246.94.701 4.34 262.27.679 2.14 264.37.098 2.26 271.98.110 2.35 282.66.800 2.44 311.43.300 3.35 311.90.502 3.10
232.26.611 4.7 237.48.601 4.15 244.01.113 4.39 246.94.702 4.34 262.27.949 2.15 264.37.196 2.26 271.99.122 5.7 311.43.320 3.35 311.90.516 3.9
232.26.612 4.7 237.56.140 9.15 244.01.903 4.39 246.95.010 4.36 262.28.679 2.14 264.71.760 2.26 271.99.140 5.7 283 311.43.800 3.35 311.90.516 3.24
232.26.621 4.7 237.56.141 9.15 244.20.014 4.40 246.95.020 4.36 262.28.699 2.14 264.75.762 2.26 271.99.168 5.7 283.33.501 2.48 311.43.820 3.35 311.90.517 3.10
232.26.622 4.7 237.56.143 9.15 244.20.015 4.40 246.97.900 4.36 262.28.946 2.15 271.99.186 5.7 283.33.904 2.46 311.51.510 3.35 311.90.517 3.24
232.26.631 4.7 237.56.304 9.9 244.20.016 4.40 262.47.021 2.33 267 271.99.202 5.7 283.33.910 2.47 311.51.511 3.35 311.90.518 3.10
232.26.651 4.7 237.56.305 9.9 244.20.017 4.40 251 262.47.049 2.33 267.07.902 2.33 271.99.220 5.6 311.51.512 3.35 311.90.518 3.24
232.26.681 4.7 237.56.315 9.10 244.20.214 4.40 251.01.026 4.43 262.47.076 2.33 267.07.903 2.33 271.99.266 5.6 287 311.51.513 3.35 311.91.520 3.8
232.26.699 4.7 237.56.340 9.10 244.20.215 4.40 251.01.106 4.42 262.47.978 2.33 267.82.026 2.27 271.99.300 5.6 287.30.109 2.45 311.51.514 3.35 311.91.560 3.8
232.30.621 4.8 237.56.340 9.17 244.20.216 4.40 251.01.124 4.42 262.47.987 2.33 267.82.125 2.27 271.99.346 5.6 287.30.118 2.45 311.51.515 3.35 311.92.500 3.24
232.30.990 4.8 237.56.340 9.19 244.20.217 4.40 251.01.124 4.43 262.49.356 2.29 267.82.130 2.27 271.99.355 5.5 287.30.127 2.45 311.51.520 3.35 311.92.500 3.24
232.38.920 4.20 237.56.341 9.10 244.20.614 4.40 251.02.103 4.42 262.49.365 2.31 267.82.140 2.27 271.99.373 5.5 287.30.145 2.45 311.51.521 3.35 311.92.501 3.24
237.56.341 9.17 244.20.615 4.40 251.02.121 4.42 262.49.367 2.31 267.82.227 2.27 271.99.382 5.6 287.30.163 2.45 311.51.522 3.35 311.92.501 3.24
233 237.56.341 9.19 244.20.616 4.40 251.74.501 4.43 262.50.359 2.32 267.82.230 2.27 271.99.410 5.6 287.30.172 2.45 311.51.524 3.35 311.92.502 3.24
233.40.610 4.10 237.56.343 9.10 244.20.617 4.40 251.74.707 4.43 262.50.368 2.32 267.82.235 2.27 271.99.426 5.5 287.30.181 2.45 311.51.561 3.35 311.92.502 3.24
233.40.712 4.10 237.56.343 9.17 262.50.377 2.32 267.82.240 2.27 271.99.505 5.5 287.30.207 2.45 311.51.563 3.35 311.98.500 3.13
233.42.601 4.10 237.56.343 9.19 245 251 262.50.390 2.32 267.82.250 2.27 287.30.216 2.45 311.60.430 3.9 311.98.502 3.13
233.42.611 4.10 237.56.345 9.10 245.02.501 4.39 251.01.026 4.43 262.51.380 2.30 267.82.340 2.27 273 287.30.225 2.45 311.60.431 3.10 311.98.504 3.13
233.42.700 4.10 237.56.345 9.17 245.05.502 4.39 251.01.106 4.42 262.72.701 2.25 267.82.350 2.27 273.03.515 2.34 287.30.243 2.45 311.60.432 3.10 311.98.505 3.13
233.42.710 4.10 237.56.345 9.19 245.06.509 4.39 251.01.124 4.42 262.72.953 2.25 267.82.360 2.27 287.30.261 2.45 311.60.520 3.9 311.98.510 3.13
237.56.349 9.10 245.41.792 4.31 251.01.124 4.43 262.75.061 2.24 267.82.450 2.27 274 287.30.270 2.45 311.60.521 3.10 311.98.512 3.13
234 237.56.349 9.17 245.41.798 4.31 251.02.103 4.42 262.75.098 2.24 267.82.460 2.27 274.00.933 5.12 287.30.289 2.45 311.60.522 3.10 311.98.514 3.13
234.59.994 4.11 237.56.349 9.19 245.54.390 4.38 251.02.121 4.42 262.75.990 2.24 267.82.612 2.27 274.01.930 5.12 287.43.400 2.50 311.60.525 3.6 311.98.515 3.13
234.65.601 4.11 237.56.360 9.19 245.54.701 4.38 251.74.501 4.43 262.78.704 2.24 267.90.000 2.27 287.43.419 2.50 311.60.526 3.7 311.98.660 3.8
234.87.818 4.30 237.56.361 9.19 245.54.790 4.38 251.74.707 4.43 262.87.003 2.20 267.90.004 2.27 281 287.43.428 2.50 311.60.527 3.7 311.98.662 3.8
234.87.827 4.30 237.56.362 9.19 245.55.100 4.38 262.87.013 2.20 267.90.010 2.27 281.41.907 2.41 287.43.437 2.50 311.60.820 3.9 311.98.664 3.8
234.87.836 4.30 237.56.365 9.19 245.55.502 4.38 260 262.87.190 2.20 267.90.020 2.27 287.43.446 2.50 311.60.821 3.10
234.87.845 4.30 237.56.370 9.11 245.55.790 4.38 260.09.560 2.28 262.87.390 2.20 282 311.60.822 3.10 315
234.98.601 4.12 237.56.993 9.10 245.55.913 4.38 260.09.765 2.28 262.87.490 2.20 271 282.01.505 2.42 290 311.65.700 3.13 315.06.750 3.23
234.98.611 4.12 237.58.111 9.13 245.58.754 4.32 262.87.603 2.20 271.03.511 2.34 282.01.701 2.42 290.05.740 3.99 311.67.421 3.11 315.06.751 3.23
234.98.650 4.12 237.58.113 9.13 245.61.330 4.32 262 262.87.613 2.20 271.03.531 2.34 282.04.113 2.43 290.08.900 3.99 311.67.422 3.12 315.06.752 3.23
234.98.660 4.12 237.58.128 9.14 245.61.730 4.32 262.09.202 2.15 262.87.690 2.20 271.03.910 2.34 282.04.515 2.43 290.21.900 3.100 311.67.423 3.12 315.07.007 3.25
234.99.960 4.21 237.58.129 9.14 245.62.311 4.33 262.09.302 2.15 262.87.703 2.20 271.03.930 2.34 282.04.720 2.39 290.21.901 3.100 311.67.511 3.11 315.07.008 3.26
237.58.130 9.14 245.66.201 3.45 262.11.111 2.22 262.87.713 2.20 271.75.004 5.8 282.06.500 2.43 290.21.930 3.100 311.67.512 3.12 315.07.009 3.26
235 237.58.141 9.14 245.66.211 3.45 262.11.117 2.23 262.87.790 2.20 271.75.007 5.8 282.12.403 2.39 290.21.992 3.101 311.67.513 3.12 315.27.750 3.27
235.79.301 3.69 237.96.900 4.20 245.66.221 3.45 262.12.939 2.15 262.87.901 2.21 271.75.014 5.9 282.13.610 2.41 311.70.610 3.13 315.27.751 3.27
235.88.621 4.9 245.66.309 3.45 262.17.020 2.11 262.87.902 2.21 271.75.017 5.9 282.18.706 2.42 306 311.70.612 3.13 315.27.752 3.28
235.88.990 4.9 238 245.66.311 3.45 262.17.620 2.11 262.87.911 2.21 271.87.101 5.5 282.20.715 2.42 306.00.005 3.28 311.70.614 3.13 315.59.008 3.23
238.06.108 4.24 245.66.321 3.45 262.18.020 2.11 262.87.912 2.21 271.87.920 5.8 282.24.717 2.40 306.00.006 3.28 311.71.500 3.13 315.59.018 3.28
237 245.66.600 3.45 262.18.620 2.11 271.87.921 5.8 282.24.718 2.40 306.00.007 3.28 311.71.502 3.13 315.59.024 3.28
237.10.002 4.14 239 245.67.310 4.33 262.24.055 2.13 246 271.87.922 5.8 282.24.720 2.42 306.00.008 3.27 311.71.504 3.13 315.59.024 3.28
237.10.004 4.14 239.06.505 4.26 245.67.320 4.34 262.24.064 2.12 263.09.339 2.18 271.89.000 5.13 282.24.727 2.40 306.00.009 3.27 311.71.540 3.8 315.98.610 3.23

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

237.10.006 4.14 239.06.701 4.26 245.74.000 4.41 262.24.109 2.11 263.09.731 2.18 271.89.001 5.14 282.24.728 2.40 306.00.010 3.28 311.71.542 3.8 315.98.612 3.23
237.10.009 4.14 239.26.510 4.24 262.24.153 2.13 263.10.103 2.17 271.89.005 5.13 282.24.733 2.41 311.71.544 3.8
237.22.086 4.13 239.40.507 4.24 246 262.24.162 2.12 263.10.105 2.17 271.89.006 5.14 282.25.717 2.39 306 311.81.410 3.11 315
237.22.100 4.13 239.41.013 4.26 246.00.100 4.37 262.24.359 2.13 263.10.303 2.17 271.89.010 5.13 282.25.727 2.39 311.41.500 3.31 311.81.410 3.24 316.30.100 3.16
237.22.120 4.13 239.41.311 4.26 246.00.708 4.37 262.24.368 2.12 263.10.305 2.17 271.89.920 5.13 282.25.733 2.39 311.41.501 3.32 311.81.411 3.12 316.30.101 3.17
237.22.189 4.13 239.41.513 4.26 246.02.211 4.37 262.24.709 2.11 263.10.705 2.17 271.89.921 5.14 282.26.701 2.40 311.41.502 3.32 311.81.411 3.24 316.30.102 3.17
237.22.214 4.13 239.41.520 4.23 246.03.101 4.37 262.24.751 2.13 263.11.105 2.17 271.91.114 5.5 282.26.706 2.40 311.41.570 3.31 311.81.412 3.12 316.30.500 3.16
237.22.269 4.13 239.76.761 4.25 246.03.709 4.37 262.24.760 2.12 263.11.703 2.17 271.91.115 5.5 282.28.702 2.49 311.41.571 3.32 311.81.412 3.24 316.30.501 3.17
237.22.312 4.13 239.76.781 4.25 246.03.790 4.44 262.26.032 2.13 263.11.705 2.17 271.91.135 5.5 282.28.720 2.49 311.41.572 3.32 311.84.503 3.9 316.30.502 3.17
237.22.714 4.30 239.92.755 4.26 246.08.910 4.44 262.26.032 2.13 263.20.810 2.19 271.91.136 5.5 282.28.730 2.49 311.42.500 3.33 311.84.504 3.10 316.31.500 3.18
237.22.723 4.30 246.09.103 4.37 262.26.034 2.13 263.20.847 2.19 271.95.203 5.6 282.28.734 2.49 311.42.501 3.34 311.84.505 3.10 316.31.501 3.19
237.22.732 4.30 241 246.09.701 4.37 262.26.035 2.13 263.20.981 2.19 271.95.204 5.7 282.28.739 2.49 311.42.502 3.34 311.85.500 3.11 316.31.502 3.19
237.22.741 4.30 241.10.718 4.41 246.26.141 4.37 262.26.036 2.13 271.95.361 5.7 282.43.101 2.43 311.42.510 3.33 311.85.501 3.12 316.32.600 3.20
237.22.769 4.30 241.80.505 4.41 246.26.341 4.37 262.26.070 2.12 271.95.450 5.16 282.43.905 2.43 311.42.511 3.34 311.85.502 3.12 316.32.601 3.21
237.22.778 4.30 241.80.514 4.41 246.26.741 4.37 262.26.532 2.13 271.97.300 5.15 282.44.100 2.44 311.42.512 3.34 311.88.503 3.6 316.36.330 3.22
237.23.006 4.15 241.80.523 4.41 246.26.793 4.44 262.26.534 2.13 271.97.301 5.15 282.44.800 2.44 311.43.200 3.35 311.88.504 3.7 316.36.500 3.22
237.43.310 4.28 241.80.532 4.41 246.26.940 4.37 262.26.535 2.13 271.97.395 5.15 282.50.508 2.42 311.43.210 3.35 311.88.505 3.7 316.36.510 3.22

A.7 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

A.8
 Index by Catalogue Number Index by Catalogue Number

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
316.51.502 3.21 342.79.700 3.52 365.47.334 3.93 372.33.307 3.74 372.34.701 3.76 372.37.574 3.70 372.39.821 3.68 373.69.346 3.84 400.52.052 7.46 405.11.217 7.54
316.51.504 3.21 342.79.710 3.52 365.47.335 3.93 372.33.308 3.74 372.34.702 3.76 372.37.575 3.70 372.39.830 3.68 373.69.348 3.84 400.52.053 7.46 405.11.218 7.54
316.51.506 3.21 342.79.717 3.53 365.47.336 3.93 372.33.309 3.74 372.34.710 3.76 372.37.583 3.70 372.39.831 3.68 373.69.398 3.84 400.52.952 7.44 405.11.219 7.54
316.51.508 3.21 342.79.718 3.53 365.47.340 3.93 372.33.310 3.74 372.34.711 3.76 372.37.584 3.70 372.64.796 3.72 373.69.402 3.84 400.52.952 7.46 405.11.401 7.53
316.53.710 3.22 342.79.720 3.52 365.47.341 3.93 372.33.311 3.74 372.34.712 3.76 372.37.585 3.70 372.64.797 3.72 373.69.412 3.84 400.52.953 7.44 405.12.015 7.53
365.47.342 3.93 372.33.312 3.74 372.34.720 3.76 372.37.591 3.70 372.91.320 3.61 373.69.502 3.84 400.52.953 7.46 405.12.025 7.53
318 343 365.47.343 3.93 372.33.313 3.74 372.34.721 3.76 372.37.593 3.70 372.91.321 3.61 373.69.512 3.84 400.56.114 7.44 405.12.250 7.53
318.40.500 3.16 343.90.700 3.38 365.47.344 3.93 372.33.314 3.74 372.34.722 3.76 372.37.594 3.70 372.91.322 3.61 373.69.702 3.84 400.56.115 7.44 405.12.290 7.53
318.40.501 3.17 365.47.345 3.93 372.33.500 3.74 372.37.044 3.69 372.37.596 3.70 372.91.330 3.62 373.69.712 3.84 400.56.116 7.46 405.55.214 7.41
318.40.502 3.17 351 365.47.431 3.93 372.33.501 3.74 372.37.044 3.73 372.37.599 3.70 372.91.331 3.62 373.69.732 3.84 400.56.117 7.46 405.55.224 7.41
318.41.100 3.18 351.95.110 3.55 365.47.432 3.93 372.33.502 3.74 372.37.060 3.72 372.37.710 3.70 372.91.332 3.62 373.69.734 3.84 400.56.128 7.44 405.55.225 7.41
318.41.101 3.19 351.95.127 3.54 365.47.433 3.93 372.33.510 3.74 372.37.300 3.70 372.37.712 3.70 372.91.333 3.62 373.69.736 3.84 400.56.129 7.44 405.61.912 7.41
318.41.102 3.19 351.95.129 3.54 365.47.434 3.93 372.33.511 3.74 372.37.301 3.70 372.37.713 3.70 372.91.370 3.61 373.69.738 3.84 400.56.130 7.46 405.61.913 7.41
318.42.600 3.20 351.95.129 3.54 365.47.435 3.93 372.33.512 3.74 372.37.302 3.70 372.37.720 3.70 372.91.371 3.61 373.69.742 3.84 400.56.131 7.46 405.61.916 7.41
318.42.601 3.21 351.95.156 3.55 365.47.436 3.93 372.33.513 3.74 372.37.303 3.70 372.37.722 3.70 372.91.372 3.61 373.69.744 3.84 400.57.121 7.44 405.67.095 7.41
351.96.117 5.10 365.47.731 3.93 372.33.520 3.74 372.37.304 3.70 372.37.723 3.70 372.91.380 3.62 373.69.746 3.84 400.57.121 7.46 405.67.113 7.41
318 351.96.519 5.10 365.47.732 3.93 372.33.521 3.74 372.37.305 3.70 372.37.730 3.70 372.91.381 3.62 373.69.748 3.84 400.57.122 7.44 405.69.912 7.41
329.17.600 3.73 351.96.910 5.10 365.47.733 3.93 372.33.522 3.74 372.37.306 3.70 372.37.732 3.70 372.91.382 3.62 373.69.780 3.69 400.57.122 7.46 405.69.913 7.41
329.17.630 3.73 365.47.734 3.93 372.33.523 3.74 372.37.307 3.70 372.37.733 3.70 372.91.383 3.62 373.69.798 3.84 400.58.001 7.46 405.69.916 7.41
329.71.500 3.73 356 365.47.735 3.93 372.33.530 3.74 372.37.308 3.70 372.37.734 3.70 372.91.499 3.61 373.69.799 3.84 400.58.002 7.44 405.82.216 7.38
329.71.503 3.73 356.02.501 3.56 365.47.736 3.93 372.33.531 3.74 372.37.309 3.70 372.37.742 3.70 372.91.598 3.63 373.69.906 3.96 400.58.011 7.44 405.82.218 7.38
356.02.502 3.56 365.47.931 3.93 372.33.532 3.74 372.37.310 3.70 372.37.743 3.70 372.91.598 3.78 373.69.907 3.96 400.58.011 7.46 405.83.180 7.38
341 356.02.511 3.56 365.47.932 3.93 372.33.533 3.74 372.37.311 3.70 372.37.744 3.70 372.91.599 3.62 373.69.908 3.96 400.58.060 7.44 405.83.181 7.38
341.07.718 3.50 356.02.512 3.56 365.47.933 3.93 372.33.692 3.78 372.37.312 3.70 372.37.752 3.70 372.91.599 3.78 373.69.912 3.96 400.58.060 7.46 405.87.042 7.38
341.07.727 3.50 356.37.590 3.56 365.47.934 3.93 372.33.694 3.78 372.37.313 3.70 372.37.753 3.70 372.91.720 3.61 373.82.001 3.90 400.59.020 7.46 405.87.043 7.38
341.07.736 3.50 356.37.591 3.56 365.47.935 3.93 372.33.696 3.78 372.37.314 3.70 372.37.754 3.70 372.91.721 3.61 373.82.002 3.90 400.88.902 7.41 405.87.046 7.38
341.07.745 3.50 356.53.300 3.97 365.47.936 3.93 372.33.698 3.78 372.37.315 3.70 372.37.763 3.70 372.91.722 3.61 373.82.003 3.90 400.88.903 7.41 405.87.082 7.38
341.07.754 3.50 356.53.310 3.97 365.48.110 3.91 372.33.700 3.74 372.37.316 3.70 372.37.764 3.70 372.91.730 3.62 373.82.004 3.90 400.88.906 7.41 405.87.083 7.38
341.07.763 3.50 356.53.330 3.97 365.48.111 3.91 372.33.701 3.74 372.37.317 3.70 372.37.765 3.70 372.91.731 3.62 373.82.005 3.90 400.96.053 7.44 405.87.086 7.38
341.07.772 3.50 356.53.700 3.97 365.48.112 3.91 372.33.702 3.74 372.37.318 3.70 372.37.773 3.70 372.91.732 3.62 373.85.700 3.96 400.96.053 7.46 405.87.092 7.38
341.07.781 3.50 356.53.710 3.97 365.48.113 3.91 372.33.710 3.74 372.37.319 3.70 372.37.774 3.70 372.91.733 3.62 373.85.701 3.96 400.96.060 7.44 405.87.093 7.38
341.11.503 3.51 356.53.730 3.97 365.48.310 3.91 372.33.711 3.74 372.37.320 3.70 372.37.775 3.70 373.85.702 3.96 405.87.096 7.38
341.12.500 3.51 365.48.311 3.91 372.33.712 3.74 372.37.321 3.70 372.37.783 3.70 373 404 405.90.032 7.38
341.13.507 3.51 361 365.48.312 3.91 372.33.713 3.74 372.37.322 3.70 372.37.784 3.70 373.66.036 3.96 380 404.14.133 7.32 405.90.033 7.38
341.14.504 3.51 361.03.511 3.41 365.48.313 3.91 372.33.720 3.74 372.37.323 3.70 372.37.785 3.70 373.66.212 3.86 380.51.904 8.23 404.14.313 7.32 405.90.036 7.38
341.22.506 3.51 361.03.531 3.41 365.48.510 3.91 372.33.721 3.74 372.37.324 3.70 372.37.791 3.70 373.66.214 3.86 380.52.925 8.23 404.14.713 7.32 405.90.942 7.38
341.23.503 3.51 361.22.110 3.42 365.48.511 3.91 372.33.722 3.74 372.37.332 3.70 372.37.793 3.70 373.66.222 3.86 404.16.903 7.32 405.90.943 7.38
341.30.509 8.23 361.22.310 3.42 365.48.512 3.91 372.33.723 3.74 372.37.333 3.70 372.37.794 3.70 373.66.262 3.86 400 404.16.913 7.35 405.90.946 7.38
341.30.509 8.24 361.22.710 3.42 365.48.513 3.91 372.33.730 3.74 372.37.334 3.70 372.37.796 3.70 373.66.264 3.86 400.50.101 7.6 404.21.109 7.32 405.98.517 7.38
341.30.546 8.23 361.42.202 3.44 365.48.710 3.91 372.33.731 3.74 372.37.335 3.70 372.37.799 3.70 373.66.272 3.86 400.50.102 7.6 404.21.154 7.32 405.98.527 7.38
341.30.546 8.24 361.42.300 3.44 365.48.711 3.91 372.33.732 3.74 372.37.336 3.70 372.39.500 3.69 373.66.312 3.88 400.50.103 7.6 404.22.106 7.32 405.98.561 7.38
341.30.561 8.23 361.47.207 3.47 365.48.712 3.91 372.33.733 3.74 372.37.510 3.70 372.39.510 3.69 373.66.314 3.88 400.50.104 7.6 404.22.107 7.31
341.32.502 3.49 361.49.201 3.43 365.48.713 3.91 372.34.300 3.76 372.37.512 3.70 372.39.520 3.69 373.66.322 3.88 400.50.441 7.6 404.22.108 7.31 406
341.32.502 8.24 361.49.603 3.43 365.86.704 3.94 372.34.301 3.76 372.37.513 3.70 372.39.530 3.69 373.66.372 3.88 400.50.460 7.6 404.22.151 7.32 406.80.002 7.49

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

341.32.708 3.49 361.49.701 3.43 365.86.713 3.94 372.34.302 3.76 372.37.520 3.70 372.39.600 3.68 373.66.374 3.88 400.50.462 7.6 404.22.152 7.31 406.80.003 7.49
341.32.708 8.23 361.85.501 3.48 365.86.722 3.94 372.34.303 3.76 372.37.522 3.70 372.39.601 3.68 373.66.376 3.88 400.50.479 7.8 404.22.153 7.31 406.82.902 7.49
341.32.708 8.24 361.85.609 3.48 365.86.731 3.94 372.34.304 3.76 372.37.523 3.70 372.39.610 3.68 373.66.612 3.86 400.50.602 7.6 404.24.100 7.35 406.82.903 7.49
341.32.806 3.49 361.93.240 3.46 372.34.305 3.76 372.37.530 3.70 372.39.611 3.68 373.66.614 3.86 400.50.603 7.6 404.24.101 7.35
341.32.806 8.23 361.93.241 3.46 366 372.34.306 3.76 372.37.532 3.70 372.39.620 3.68 373.66.622 3.86 400.50.606 7.6 404.24.300 7.35 407
361.93.242 3.47 366.33.830 3.95 372.34.307 3.76 372.37.533 3.70 372.39.621 3.68 373.66.632 3.88 400.50.702 7.6 404.24.310 7.35 407.47.002 7.49
342 361.93.640 3.46 372.34.308 3.76 372.37.534 3.70 372.39.630 3.68 373.66.634 3.88 400.50.703 7.6 404.24.320 7.35 407.47.004 7.49
342.62.310 3.40 361.93.641 3.46 372 372.34.500 3.76 372.37.542 3.70 372.39.631 3.68 373.66.642 3.88 400.51.120 7.43 404.24.330 7.35 407.90.200 7.57
342.62.710 3.40 361.93.642 3.47 372.19.300 5.10 372.34.501 3.76 372.37.543 3.70 372.39.700 3.69 373.66.681 3.96 400.51.121 7.43 407.90.201 7.57
342.63.502 3.40 372.19.700 5.10 372.34.502 3.76 372.37.544 3.70 372.39.710 3.69 373.69.302 3.84 400.51.122 7.43 405 407.90.241 7.58
342.63.600 3.40 362 372.33.300 3.74 372.34.510 3.76 372.37.552 3.70 372.39.720 3.69 373.69.312 3.84 400.51.123 7.43 405.10.075 7.38 407.90.250 7.58
342.66.730 3.39 362.10.803 3.41 372.33.301 3.74 372.34.511 3.76 372.37.553 3.70 372.39.730 3.69 373.69.332 3.84 400.51.126 7.45 405.11.107 7.53 407.90.700 7.57
342.75.128 3.40 372.33.302 3.74 372.34.512 3.76 372.37.554 3.70 372.39.800 3.68 373.69.334 3.84 400.51.127 7.45 405.11.160 7.55 407.90.701 7.57
342.75.628 3.40 365 372.33.303 3.74 372.34.520 3.76 372.37.563 3.70 372.39.801 3.68 373.69.336 3.84 400.51.130 7.45 405.11.161 7.55 407.90.741 7.58
342.79.300 3.52 365.47.331 3.93 372.33.304 3.74 372.34.521 3.76 372.37.564 3.70 372.39.810 3.68 373.69.338 3.84 400.51.131 7.45 405.11.210 7.56 407.90.750 7.58
342.79.310 3.52 365.47.332 3.93 372.33.305 3.74 372.34.522 3.76 372.37.565 3.70 372.39.811 3.68 373.69.342 3.84 400.52.026 7.44 405.11.211 7.56
342.79.320 3.52 365.47.333 3.93 372.33.306 3.74 372.34.700 3.76 372.37.573 3.70 372.39.820 3.68 373.69.344 3.84 400.52.036 7.44 405.11.216 7.54

A.9 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

A.10
 Index by Catalogue Number Index by Catalogue Number

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
408.45.102 7.23 422.45.021 6.11 432.24.804 6.10 631.31.702 5.17 637.76.355 8.12 660.90.245 8.7 917.44.148 9.24
408 408.45.108 7.24 422.45.022 6.11 432.24.805 6.10 631.31.712 5.17 637.76.356 8.12 660.91.245 8.7 917.44.149 9.24
408.24.002 7.29 408.45.109 7.24 422.45.023 6.11 637.76.357 8.12 660.92.910 8.7 917.44.170 9.24
408.24.011 7.29 408.45.121 7.23 422.45.024 6.11 433 633 637.76.360 8.14 917.44.171 9.24
408.24.020 7.29 422.45.025 6.11 433.03.600 6.16 633.03.298 5.23 637.76.361 8.14 661 917.44.175 9.24
408.25.335 7.27 409 422.45.026 6.11 433.03.602 6.16 633.03.299 5.24 637.76.422 8.13 661.02.250 8.8 917.44.177 9.24
408.25.340 7.27 409.60.902 7.52 422.45.027 6.11 433.03.603 6.16 633.03.300 5.24 637.76.460 8.14 661.04.309 8.8 917.44.179 9.24
408.25.345 7.27 409.60.903 7.52 422.45.028 6.11 433.03.604 6.16 633.13.201 5.22 661.04.340 8.8 917.44.200 9.25
408.25.350 7.27 409.61.750 7.52 433.03.605 6.16 633.13.212 5.22 642 661.04.350 8.8 917.44.203 9.25
408.25.355 7.27 409.61.930 7.52 423 433.03.606 6.16 633.17.301 5.24 642.48.505 8.23 661.04.360 8.8 917.44.206 9.25
408.25.360 7.27 409.62.700 7.52 423.36.250 6.8 433.03.607 6.16 633.52.022 5.23 642.48.514 8.23 661.05.320 8.8 917.44.208 9.25
408.25.365 7.27 409.62.900 7.52 423.36.300 6.8 433.03.700 6.17 633.52.023 5.23 642.48.530 8.23 661.05.330 8.8 917.44.209 9.25
408.30.045 7.14 409.62.940 7.52 423.36.350 6.8 433.03.702 6.17 633.52.024 5.23 642.48.921 8.23 661.23.304 8.5
408.30.046 7.14 409.63.710 7.52 423.36.400 6.8 433.03.703 6.17 633.52.230 5.23 642.51.226 8.23 661.23.313 8.5 940
408.30.047 7.14 423.36.450 6.8 433.03.704 6.17 633.52.330 5.24 642.51.230 8.23 661.43.301 8.4 940.42.920 7.52
408.30.048 7.14 420 423.36.500 6.8 433.03.705 6.17 633.52.730 5.24 642.51.241 8.23 661.43.302 8.4 940.42.930 7.52
408.30.092 7.14 420.34.935 6.12 423.36.550 6.8 433.03.706 6.17 642.51.300 8.23
408.30.093 7.14 420.34.941 6.12 423.36.600 6.8 433.03.707 6.17 635 642.56.802 8.20 663
408.30.094 7.14 423.37.425 6.8 433.06.236 6.15 635.24.274 8.18 642.57.008 8.20 663.06.920 8.6
408.30.095 7.14 421 423.37.430 6.8 433.06.241 6.15 635.64.906 8.18 642.57.009 8.20 663.16.920 8.6
408.30.229 7.17 421.26.031 6.14 423.37.435 6.8 433.06.246 6.15 635.67.204 8.19 642.57.112 8.21
408.30.243 7.14 421.26.032 6.14 423.37.440 6.8 433.06.251 6.15 635.67.290 8.19 642.59.902 8.20 670
408.30.400 7.17 421.26.033 6.14 423.37.445 6.8 433.06.462 6.13 642.59.903 8.20 670.01.543 8.7
408.30.430 7.17 421.26.034 6.14 423.37.450 6.8 433.06.463 6.13 637 642.59.922 8.20 670.03.543 8.7
408.30.431 7.17 421.26.035 6.14 423.37.455 6.8 433.06.464 6.13 637.02.009 8.16 642.90.919 8.25
408.30.432 7.17 421.51.741 6.22 423.37.460 6.8 433.06.465 6.13 637.02.018 8.16 817
408.30.961 7.17 421.51.746 6.22 423.37.725 6.8 433.06.466 6.13 637.02.027 8.16 643 817.01.380 5.20
408.30.970 7.17 421.51.751 6.22 423.37.730 6.8 433.06.467 6.13 637.02.036 8.16 643.01.516 3.98 817.35.322 5.20
408.31.000 7.17 421.51.756 6.22 423.37.735 6.8 433.10.462 6.13 637.02.045 8.16 643.01.516 5.11
408.31.001 7.17 421.51.761 6.22 423.37.740 6.8 433.10.463 6.13 637.02.054 8.16 643.01.525 3.98 823
408.31.002 7.17 421.51.766 6.22 423.37.745 6.8 433.10.464 6.13 637.02.090 8.16 643.01.525 5.11 823.28.310 9.19
408.31.003 7.17 421.51.771 6.22 423.37.750 6.8 433.10.465 6.13 637.03.009 8.16 823.28.327 9.19
408.31.004 7.17 421.51.776 6.22 423.37.755 6.8 433.10.466 6.13 637.03.018 8.16 646 823.28.351 9.19
408.31.005 7.17 421.68.420 5.18 423.37.760 6.8 433.10.467 6.13 637.03.027 8.16 646.11.016 8.28 823.28.360 9.19
408.31.006 7.17 421.68.423 5.19 423.79.725 6.7 637.03.045 8.16 646.12.103 8.28 823.28.780 9.20
408.31.007 7.17 421.68.425 5.18 423.79.730 6.7 502 637.03.054 8.16 646.15.014 8.27
408.31.330 7.25 421.68.431 5.18 423.79.735 6.7 502.72.702 5.4 637.05.001 8.17 646.18.908 8.27 910
408.31.331 7.25 421.99.951 5.21 423.79.740 6.7 502.72.703 5.4 637.05.010 8.17 646.19.318 8.28 910.51.084 9.18
408.31.335 7.25 421.99.955 5.21 423.79.745 6.7 502.72.704 5.4 637.15.009 8.10 646.19.381 8.28 910.51.088 9.16
408.31.336 7.25 423.79.750 6.7 637.15.012 8.10 646.31.000 8.26 910.54.981 9.11
408.31.340 7.25 422 423.79.755 6.7 552 637.15.014 8.10
408.31.341 7.25 422.25.258 6.9 423.79.760 6.7 552.49.316 6.19 637.38.054 8.13 650 917
408.31.345 7.25 422.25.267 6.9 552.49.345 6.20 637.38.063 8.13 650.02.137 8.15 917.24.210 9.25
408.31.346 7.25 422.25.301 6.9 428 552.49.716 6.19 637.38.340 8.12 650.02.165 8.15 917.24.213 9.25

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.

408.31.350 7.25 422.25.310 6.9 428.96.102 5.17 552.49.745 6.20 637.38.341 8.12 650.02.226 8.15 917.24.216 9.25
408.31.351 7.25 422.25.356 6.9 428.96.702 5.17 552.53.389 6.21 637.45.308 8.9 650.02.250 8.15 917.24.218 9.25
408.31.355 7.25 422.25.365 6.9 552.53.390 6.21 637.45.326 8.9 650.06.102 8.15 917.24.219 9.25
408.31.356 7.25 422.25.409 6.9 429 552.53.395 6.21 637.45.344 8.9 650.06.149 8.15 917.42.001 9.22
408.31.360 7.25 422.25.418 6.9 429.99.520 5.17 552.53.789 6.21 637.45.371 8.9 650.20.206 8.15 917.42.002 9.22
408.31.361 7.25 422.25.454 6.9 552.53.790 6.21 637.45.791 8.10 917.42.021 9.22
408.43.901 7.24 422.25.463 6.9 432 552.53.795 6.21 637.45.906 8.9 651 917.42.027 9.22
408.43.903 7.24 422.25.507 6.9 432.24.401 6.10 637.45.915 8.9 651.02.909 8.17 917.42.131 9.9
408.44.000 7.24 422.25.516 6.9 432.24.402 6.10 531 637.45.997 8.10 917.42.137 9.9
408.45.008 7.23 422.25.552 6.9 432.24.403 6.10 631.31.002 5.17 637.47.490 8.13 660 917.44.011 9.23
408.45.010 7.23 422.25.561 6.9 432.24.404 6.10 631.31.012 5.17 637.47.491 8.13 660.93.320 8.6 917.44.093 9.23
408.45.012 7.23 422.25.605 6.9 432.24.405 6.10 631.31.202 5.17 637.76.333 8.12 660.93.330 8.6 917.44.098 9.23
408.45.013 7.23 422.25.614 6.9 432.24.406 6.10 631.31.212 5.17 637.76.334 8.12 660.94.320 8.6 917.44.099 9.23
408.45.020 7.20 422.25.650 6.9 432.24.407 6.10 631.31.302 5.17 637.76.351 8.12 660.94.330 8.6 917.44.141 9.24
408.45.022 7.20 422.25.669 6.9 432.24.801 6.10 631.31.312 5.17 637.76.352 8.12 660.98.904 5.11 917.44.143 9.24
408.45.022 7.20 422.25.703 6.9 432.24.802 6.10 631.31.402 5.17 637.76.353 8.12 660.98.904 8.5 917.44.145 9.24
408.45.023 7.20 422.25.712 6.9 432.24.803 6.10 631.31.412 5.17 637.76.354 8.12 917.44.147 9.24

A.11 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020 FURNITURE FITTING 2019 - 2020

A.12
Imprint
Reprinting of this catalogue in whole or in part, the copying or imitation of any
illustrations and the imitation of the layout are strictly prohibited.

The technical descriptions and dimensions in this catalogue, also those with the
photographs and drawings, are not binding. We reserve the right to make design
improvements. All dimensions in mm, unless stated otherwise.

All deliveries are made pursuant to the Häfele conditions of sale, delivery and
payment, which can be inspected at www.hafele.co.id.

Issued by:
PT. Häfele Indotama
Taman Tekno BSD Blok A No. 3
Serpong - Tangerang 15314

Hotline: +62 82 333 666 082

Phone: +62 21 7587 8888
Fax: +62 21 7587 7777
Email: info@hafele.co.id
Website: www.hafele.co.id

July 2019
© by PT. Häfele Indotama
All rights reserved.
Printed in Indonesia.